Table of Contents

 

 

FORM 6-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Report of Foreign Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the month of July, 2019

Commission File Number: 001-12518

Banco Santander, S.A.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ciudad Grupo Santander

28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid) Spain

(Address of principal executive office)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:

Form 20-F  ☒            Form 40-F  ☐

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

Yes  ☐             No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

Yes  ☐             No  ☒

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Banco Santander, S.A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Item

    
1    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group) Auditor’s report, Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the Interim Consolidated Directors’ Report for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019


Table of Contents

Item 1

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

and subsidiaries

(Santander Group)

Auditor’s report,

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and

the Interim Consolidated Directors’ Report

for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019


Table of Contents

LOGO

This version of our report is a free translation of the original, which was prepared in Spanish.

All possible care has been taken to ensure that the translation is an accurate representation of

the original. However, in all matters of interpretation of information, views or opinions, the

original language version of our report takes precedence over this translation

Independent auditor’s report on the interim condensed

consolidated financial statements

To the shareholders of Banco Santander, S.A.:

Report on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 

Opinion

We have audited the interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Banco Santander, S.A. (the Parent company) and its subsidiaries (the Group), which comprise the balance sheet as at June 30, 2019, and the income statement, statement of recognised income and expense, statement of changes in total equity, statement of cash flows and related notes, all condensed and consolidated, for the six-month period then ended.

In our opinion, the accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Banco Santander, S.A. and its subsidiaries for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019 have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the requirements of International Accounting Standard (IAS) 34, “Interim Financial Reporting”, as adopted by the European Union, as provided in Article 12 of Royal Decree 1362/2007, for the preparation of interim condensed financial statements.

 

 

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with the legislation governing the audit practice in Spain. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements, including those relating to independence, that are relevant to our audit of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements in Spain, in accordance with legislation governing the audit practice. In this regard, we have not rendered services other than those relating to the audit of the accounts, and situations or circumstances have not arisen that, in accordance with the provisions of the aforementioned legislation, have affected our necessary independence such that it has been compromised.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

 

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L., Torre PwC, P° de la Castellana 259 B, 28046 Madrid, España

Tel.: +34 915 684 400 / +34 902 021 111, Fax: +34 915 685 400, www.pwc.es

 

R. M. Madrid, hoja 87.250-1, folio 75, tomo 9.267, libro 8.054, sección 3º

Inscrita en el R.O.A.C. con el número S0242 - CIF: B-79 031290

 

 

1


Table of Contents
LOGO    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group)

 

  Key audit matter

 

  

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

 

Estimation of impairment of financial assets at amortised cost - loans and advancess   

The estimation of the impairment of financial assets at amortised cost - loans and advances to customers - for credit risk is one of the estimates that greater judgment requires in the preparation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements as at June 30, 2019.

 

The models use to estimate the expected credit losses required by the International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) 9 imply a high level of judgement, considering factors such as:

 

·  The classification of the different credit portfolios by risk and asset type.

 

·  The identification and classification by stages of the impaired assets or assets with a significant increase in credit risk.

 

·  The use of assumptions such as macroeconomic scenarios, expected life and segmentation criteria.

 

·  The development of parameters for these models such as the probabilities of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD).

 

·  Regular retrospective testing (backtesting and monitoring) on the different parameters included within the models.

 

The Group’s business is focused primarily on commercial banking products and is concentrated in nine key markets (Brazil, Chile, Spain, United States, Mexico, Poland, Portugal, United Kingdom and the consumer finance business in Europe).

 

In this context, the Group develops a general framework of internal expected credit loss models that are adapted for each geography and business, in order to take into account specifics of each market. The above mentioned internal models allow the Group to estimate both the collective provisions and the individual provisions.

 

Please refer to Notes 1 and 5 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements attached.

  

The work performed, with the collaboration of our specialists, over the estimation of the impairment of financial assets at amortised cost - loans and advances to customers - for credit risk has focused on the analysis, evaluation and testing of internal controls, as well as the performance of tests of details over credit risk provisions estimated collectively and individually.

 

With respect to internal control, we have focused on testing the design and operating effectiveness of the following controls:

 

·  Calculation methodologies, calibrations, and monitoring performed by Management.

 

·  Compliance with and operation of the internal models approved by Management.

 

·  Reliability of the data sources used in the calculations and the suitability of the models taking into account the circumstances.

 

·  Process for periodic review of borrower classification.

 

·  The review process of the model calculation and principal portfolios.

 

In addition, we performed the following tests of details:

 

·  Tests of principal models with respect to: i) calculation and segmentation methods; ii) methodology utilized for the estimation of the expected loss parameters; iii) methodology used for the generation of the macroeconomic scenarios; iv) information used in the calculation and its generation; and v) the criteria for significant increase in credit risk and loan staging classification.

 

·  Verification of the impairment calculation for the principal credit portfolios.

 

·  On a sample basis, evaluating individual credit files to determine the adequacy of their accounting and classification, discounted cash flows and, where appropriate, corresponding impairment.

 

We have not identified exceptions outside of a reasonable range in the tests outlined above.

 

2


Table of Contents
LOGO    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group)

 

Key audit matter

 

  

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

 

Assessment of goodwill impairment indicators

  

On an annual basis, the Group evaluates each Cash-Generating Unit (CGU) with a registered goodwill for evidence of impairment, using market quotations, if available, market references (multiples), internal estimations and valuations performed by management’s experts.

 

In connection with the interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the Group’s Management assesses the existence of evidence of impairment in the CGU since the previous year-end close.

 

Due to their relevance to Santander Group and the sensitivity of the assumptions, close monitoring is required for the goodwill related to the cash-generating units from United Kingdom and from Santander Consumer USA.

 

Please refer to Notes 1 and 8 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements attached.

  

We have obtained an understanding, with the assistance of our valuation experts, of the process of impairment evidence assessment performed by Management.

 

With respect to internal control, we have focused on testing the design and operating effectiveness of the controls over the assessment of indicators of impairment in the goodwill registered by the Group, including the supervision of the process and its approvals.

 

We also conducted substantive tests to contrast the impairment evidence assessment, considering market practices and specific sector aspects. This assessment included the analysis of the budgetary monitoring of the main CGUs, verification of the assumptions such as growth rates and discount rates, and the impact of the variances identified on the budget and the rates which served as the basis for Management to determine the possible indicators of impairment.

 

As a result of our procedures, we consider the determination by Management that no indicators of impairment exist for the registered goodwill which is based on sufficient evidence in the context of the circumstances in which the interim condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared.

Recoverability of deferred tax assets

  

Assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets is exercise that requires a high degree of judgement and estimation. It is of particular relevance to the Group in multiple geographies, including Spain, Brazil, and the United States.

 

In line with the recoverability model defined by the Group, on an annual basis Management, with respect to the Group of each business unit compiles the assumptions that underpin the business plans that are projected over the time horizon established for that business.

  

In collaboration with our tax experts, we have obtained an understanding of the estimation process undertaken by Management.

 

With respect to internal controls, we have focused on testing the design and operating effectiveness of controls in the following processes:

 

·  Assessment of the review of the projections used in the estimation of the recoverability of deferred tax assets.

 

·  Calculation of deferred tax assets.

 

3


Table of Contents
LOGO    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group)

 

Key audit matter

 

  

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

 

This process implies specific considerations that Management takes into account in order to assess recognition of deferred tax assets.

 

The most significant considerations made by the Group in this respect are:

 

·  Assuring that the tax regulations are applied correctly and the temporary differences that qualify as deductibles are duly recognised.

 

·  Maintaining a control environment, running the models and validating the calculations deriving therefrom to ensure that the tax assets are properly recognised and measured and that the conclusions drawn regarding their recoverability are accurate.

 

·  Monitoring the projections that are part of the defined model which is in turn used to estimate the tax profits used to infer the amount of deferred tax assets that will be recoverable in future periods in relation to deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses are indeed achievable.

 

Please refer to Note 1 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements attached.

 

  

We also performed the following tests of details:

 

·  Evaluation of the completeness and appropriateness of the assumptions used by the Group in their calculation of the deductible temporary differences.

 

·  Analysis of the key data used by Management in their estimation and monitoring of the recoverability of deferred tax assets, including:

 

-   Obtaining and analysing the income projections carried out by Management and the assumptions used, including the detail of the economic forecasts and indicators used in the analysis;

 

-   Analysis of the tax strategy planned by the Group for the recoverability of the deferred tax assets.

 

Based on the procedures performed, we have obtained sufficient audit evidence to corroborate the estimates made by the Group with respect to the recoverability of its deferred tax assets.

Provisions.for contingent liabilities

 

  

The Group is party to a range of tax and legal proceedings - administrative and judicial - which primarily arose in the ordinary course of its operations. There are also situations not yet subject to any judicial proceedings that have nevertheless required the Group to recognise provisions; these include customer compensation related to conduct matters.

 

These proceedings generally take a long period of time to run their course, giving rise to complex processes dictated by the applicable legislation prevailing in the various jurisdictions in which the Group operates.

  

We have obtained an understanding and evaluated the estimation process performed by Management.

 

With respect to internal controls, we have focused on testing the design and operating effectiveness of controls in the following process:

 

·  Updates to the databases that contain the ongoing litigations.

 

·  Evaluation of the adjustments to the provisions for regulatory, legal or tax procedures and their recognition.

 

·  Reconciliation between the minutes of the inspections and the amounts registered.

 

4


Table of Contents
LOGO    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group)

 

Key audit matter

 

  

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

 

The Group’s Management decide when to recognise a provision for these proceedings based on estimates made using consistent procedures with the uncertainty intrinsic to the obligations they cover.

 

Among these provisions, the most significant are those to cover the tax and labour proceedings in Brazil and those for customer compensation for the sale of certain products in Spain and in the United Kingdom; these estimates are based on the number of claims expected to be received, the number expected to be accepted, and the estimated average pay out per case.

 

Please refer to Notes 1 and 10 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements attached.

  

In addition, we performed the following tests of details:

 

·  Analysis of the reasonableness of the expected outcomes of the most significant tax and legal proceedings.

 

·  Assessment of possible contingencies relating to compliance with the Group’s tax obligations for all the years open to inspection.

 

·  Obtaining confirmation letters from external lawyers and tax advisors who work with the Group to compare their assessment of the outcome of the litigations, all of the information used, the correct recognition of the various provisions and the identification of potentially omitted liabilities.

 

·  Examination of the communications with the regulatory bodies, analysis of the ongoing regulatory inspections and size of the impact of any regulatory finding on the audit.

 

·  Analysis of the recognition and reasonableness of the provisions recorded for accounting purposes and the movements therein.

 

Specifically for the provisions recorded to cover customer compensation, our procedures focused on:

 

·  Evaluation of the design and testing the operating effectiveness of the controls related to the calculation and review of the provision recognised for customer compensation, including the process of generating and approving the model assumptions and results.

 

·  Evaluation of the methodology used by Management, verifying that it is reasonable and is in line with the recommendations issued by the supervisory bodies.

 

·  Performing sensitivity analyses on the results of the model, varying the key inputs to test the model’s results.

 

In the procedures described above, no exceptions were identified outside of a reasonable range.

 

5


Table of Contents
LOGO    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group)

 

Key audit matter

 

  

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

 

Information systems

  

 

The Group’s financial information is highly dependent on information technology (IT) systems and therefore an adequate control of these systems is crucial to ensuring correct data processing.

 

In this context, it is vital to evaluate aspects such as the organisation of the Group’s Technology and Operations department, controls over software maintenance and development, physical and logical security controls, and controls over computer operations.

 

In this respect, Management has developed a plan to strengthen the internal controls over IT systems. This plan contains aspects such as access control and the internal governance that manage the IT processes that support the Group, which includes the new Cybersecurity model.

  

We have evaluated, in collaboration with our IT system specialists, the internal controls over the IT systems, databases and applications that support the core business activity and have an impact on the Group’s financial reporting.

 

For this purpose, we performed procedures over internal control and test of details related to:

 

·  The function of the IT governance framework.

 

·  Access and logical security controls over the applications, operating systems and databases that support the relevant financial information.

 

·  Application development and change management.

 

·  Computer operations.

 

In addition, considering the plan developed by the Group to strengthen the internal controls over IT systems, our approach and audit plan focused on the following aspects:

 

·  Follow up on the execution of the changes made as part of this plan and of the new strategic access control solutions implemented by the Group in 2019.

 

·  On a sample basis, testing of the design and operating effectiveness of the new controls implemented by the Group.

 

In the procedures described above, no key exceptions were identified related to this matter.

 

 

Emphasis of matter

We draw attention to Note 1.b, which describes that these interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all the information required in a complete set of consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, and therefore the accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read together with the consolidated annual accounts of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

 

6


Table of Contents
LOGO    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group)

 

 

Other information: Interim consolidated director’s report

Other information comprises only the interim consolidated director’s report for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019, the formulation of which is the responsibility of the Parent company’s directors and does not form an integral part of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

Our audit opinion on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements does not cover the interim consolidated director’s report. Our responsibility regarding the interim consolidated director’s report, in accordance with legislation governing the audit practice, is to evaluate and report on the consistency between the interim consolidated director’s report and the interim condensed consolidated financial statements as a result of our knowledge of the Group obtained during the audit of the aforementioned financial statements, and does not include information different to that obtained as evidence during our audit. Likewise, our responsibility is to evaluate and report on whether the content and presentation of the interim consolidated director’s report is in accordance with applicable regulations. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that material misstatements exist, we are required to report that fact.

On the basis of the work performed, as described in the previous paragraph, the information contained in the interim consolidated director’s report is consistent with that contained in the interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019, and its content and presentation are in accordance with the applicable regulations.

 

 

Responsibility of the directors and the audit committee for the interim condensed consolidated financial statements

The Parent company’s directors are responsible for the preparation of the accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of International Accounting Standard (IAS) 34, “Interim Financial Reporting”, as adopted by the European Union, for the preparation of interim condensed financial information, as provided in Article 12 of Royal Decree 1362/2007, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the Parent company’s directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Parent company’s audit committee is responsible for overseeing the process of preparation and presentation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the interim condensed consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with legislation governing the audit practice in Spain will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

7


Table of Contents
LOGO    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group)

 

As part of an audit in accordance with legislation governing the audit practice in Spain, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 

·  

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

 

·  

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

 

·  

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the Parent company’s directors.

 

·  

Conclude on the appropriateness of the Parent company’s directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the interim condensed consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

 

·  

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures.

 

·  

Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the Parent company’s audit committee regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide the Parent company’s audit committee with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements, including those relating to independence, and we communicate with the audit committee those matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with the Parent company’s audit committee, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters.

We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter.

 

8


Table of Contents
LOGO    Banco Santander, S.A. and subsidiaries (Santander Group)

 

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

 

 

Appointment period

The General Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting held on April 12, 2019 appointed us as auditors of the Group for a period of one year, as from the year ended December 31, 2019.

Previously, we were appointed by resolution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting and we have audited the accounts continuously since the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

 

Services provided

PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L. has provided to the Group, services different to the audit ones, including the issuance of ‘comfort letters’, assurance services and other regulatory reviews required to the auditor, in connection to aspects such as securitizations.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L. (S0242)

Original in Spanish signed by

Alejandro Esnal (19930)

July 26, 2019

 

9


Table of Contents

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A. and Companies composing Santander Group

 

Interim Condensed Consolidated

Financial Statements for the six-month

period ended 30 June 2019

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in

Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

SANTANDER GROUP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS AT 30 JUNE 2019 AND 31 DECEMBER 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

ASSETS        Note              30-06-2019                31-12-2018 (*)      
       

CASH, CASH BALANCES AT CENTRAL BANKS AND OTHER DEPOSITS ON DEMAND

        104,104      113,663
       

FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING

   5    102,574      92,879

 Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

        28,424      23,495
       

NON-TRADING FINANCIAL ASSETS MANDATORILY AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

   5    5,393      10,730

 Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

        -      -
       

FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

   5    73,420      57,460

 Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

        8,221      6,477
       

FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   5    118,062      121,091

 Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

        26,458      35,558
       

FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST

   5    981,046      946,099

 Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

        20,466      18,271
       

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

        8,451      8,607
       

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RISK

        1,621      1,088
       

INVESTMENTS

        7,788      7,588

  Joint ventures entities

        962      979

  Associated entities

        6,826      6,609
       

ASSETS UNDER INSURANCE OR REINSURANCE CONTRACTS

        311      324
       

TANGIBLE ASSETS

   7    33,755      26,157

Property, plant and equipment

        32,651      24,594

  For own-use

        14,522      8,150

  Leased out under an operating lease

        18,129      16,444

 Investment property

        1,104      1,563

  Of which: Leased out under an operating lease

        794      1,195

  Memorandum items: acquired in lease

        6,608      98
       

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

   8    28,794      28,560

 Goodwill

        25,613      25,466

 Other intangible assets

        3,181      3,094
       

TAX ASSETS

        30,102      30,251

 Current tax assets

        6,502      6,993

 Deferred tax assets

        23,600      23,258
       

OTHER ASSETS

        12,140      9,348

 Insurance contracts linked to pensions

        207      210

 Inventories

        5      147

 Other

        11,928      8,991
       

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

  

6

 

  

4,535  

 

  

5,426

 

TOTAL ASSETS

        1,512,096      1,459,271

(*) Presented for comparison purposes only (Note 1.e).

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2019.

 

1


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in

Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

SANTANDER GROUP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS AT 30 JUNE 2019 AND 31 DECEMBER 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

LIABILITIES    Note           30-06-2019          31-12-2018 (*)      
       

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

   9             74,187        70,343  

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

   9             60,237        68,058  

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

       -        -  

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTISED COST

   9             1,224,194        1,171,630  

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

       21,419        23,820  

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

       7,267        6,363  

 

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

       296        303  

 

LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE OR REINSURANCE CONTRACTS

       731        765  

 

PROVISIONS

       14,571        13,225  

 Pensions and other post-retirement obligations

   10             6,216        5,558  

 Other long term employee benefits

   10             1,708        1,239  

 Taxes and other legal contingencies

   10             3,153        3,174  

 Contingent liabilities and commitments

   14             728        779  

 Other provisions

   10             2,766        2,475  

 

TAX LIABILITIES

       9,838        8,135  

 Current tax liabilities

       3,230        2,567  

 Deferred tax liabilities

       6,608        5,568  

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

       10,790        13,088  

 

LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

      

 

-

 

 

 

    

 

-

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

         1,402,111        1,351,910  
       

SHAREHOLDERS´ EQUITY

       120,054        118,613  

 

CAPITAL

   11             8,118        8,118  

 Called up paid capital

       8,118        8,118  

 Unpaid capital which has been called up

       -        -  

 Memorandum items: uncalled up capital

       -        -  

SHARE PREMIUM

       50,993        50,993  

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS ISSUED OTHER THAN CAPITAL

       581        565  

 Equity component of the compound financial instrument

       -        -  

 Other equity instruments issued

       581        565  

OTHER EQUITY

       155        234  

ACCUMULATED RETAINED EARNINGS

       61,049        56,756  

REVALUATION RESERVES

       -        -  

OTHER RESERVES

       (4,061)        (3,567)  

(-) OWN SHARES

       (12)        (59)  

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS OF THE PARENT

   3             3,231        7,810  

(-) INTERIM DIVIDENDS

       -        (2,237)  

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

       (21,425)        (22,141)  

 

ITEMS NOT RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS

   11             (3,625)        (2,936)  

 

ITEMS THAT MAY BE RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS

   11             (17,800)        (19,205)  

 

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

       11,356        10,889  

 Other comprehensive income

       (1,149)        (1,292)  

 Other items

 

      

 

12,505

 

 

 

    

 

12,181

 

 

 

EQUITY

         109,985        107,361  

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

         1,512,096        1,459,271  

MEMORANDUM ITEMS: OFF BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS

   14                 

 Loan commitments granted

       223,954        218,083  

 Financial guarantees granted

       12,077        11,723  

 Other commitments granted

         94,785        74,389  

(*) Presented for comparison purposes only (Note 1.e).

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2019.

 

2


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in

Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

SANTANDER GROUP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS

ENDED 30 JUNE 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

                                                             

         Debit/Credit  
     

Note        

 

  

01-01-2019 to  

30-06-2019  

    

01-01-2018 to  

30-06-2018 (*)  

 
       

Interest income

          28,669        26,904  

  Financial assets at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

          2,020        2,548  

  Financial assets at amortised cost

          24,396        23,011  

  Other interest income

          2,253        1,345  

Interest expense

          (11,033)        (9,973)  

Interest income/ (charges)

          17,636        16,931  

Dividend income

          361        264  

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

          306        354  

Commission income

          7,502        7,475  

Commission expense

          (1,639)        (1,586)  

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

          350        326  

  Financial assets at amortised cost

          105        16  

  Other financial assets and liabilities

          245        310  

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net

          (12)        1,197  

  Reclassification of financial assets from fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

          -        -  

  Reclassification of financial assets from amortised cost

          -        -  

  Other gains or (-) losses

          (12)        1,197  

Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

          215        56  

  Reclassification of financial assets from fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

          -        -  

  Reclassification of financial assets from amortised cost

          -        -  

  Other gains or (-) losses

          215        56  

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

          (207)        132  

Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net

          (26)        33  

Exchange differences, net

          191        (890)  

Other operating income

          855        813  

Other operating expenses

          (1,136)        (979)  

Income from assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts

          1,630        1,756  

Expenses from liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts

          (1,590)        (1,720)  

Total income

          24,436        24,162  

Administrative expenses

          (10,110)        (10,265)  

  Staff costs

          (6,080)        (5,960)  

  Other general and administrative expenses

          (4,030)        (4,305)  

Depreciation and amortisation

          (1,477)        (1,217)  

Provisions or reversal of provisions, net

          (1,916)        (1,262)  

Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

          (4,368)        (4,352)  

  Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

          (6)        (1)  

  Financial assets at amortised cost

   5      (4,362)        (4,351)  

Impairment of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net

          -        -  

Impairment on non-financial assets, net

          (27)        (96)  

  Tangible assets

          (19)        (33)  

  Intangible assets

          (2)        (64)  

  Others

          (6)        1  

Gain or losses on non financial assets and investments, net

          250        23  

Negative goodwill recognised in results

          -        -  

Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

   6      (257)        (94)  

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

          6,531        6,899  

Tax expense or income from continuing operations

          (2,449)        (2,378)  

Profit for the period from continuing operations

          4,082        4,521  

Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations

          -        -  

Profit for the period

          4,082        4,521  

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

          851        769  

Profit attributable to the parent

          3,231        3,752  

Earnings per share

   3          

Basic

          0.18        0.22  

Diluted

          0.18        0.22  

(*) Presented for comparison purposes only (Note 1.e).

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated income statement for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019.

 

3


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in

Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

SANTANDER GROUP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED 30 JUNE 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

      Note        

  01-01-2019 to  

30-06-2019

   

  01-01-2018 to  

30-06-2018 (*)

 
       

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD

         4,082       4,521  
       

OTHER RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

         859       (2,000)  

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

         (708)       538  

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension plans

   11           (833)       981  

Non-current assets held for sale

         -       -  

Other recognised income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

         -       -  

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

         (21)       (136)  

Gains or losses resulting from the accounting for hedges of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net

         -       -  

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (hedged item)

         -       -  

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (hedging instrument)

         -       -  

Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk

         (120)       (33)  

Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified

         266       (274)  

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

         1,567       (2,538)  

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion)

   11           (762)       293  

Revaluation gains (losses)

         (762)       293  

Amounts transferred to income statement

         -       -  

Other reclassifications

         -       -  

Exchanges differences

   11           921       (2,437)  

Revaluation gains (losses)

         921       (2,437)  

Amounts transferred to income statement

         -       -  

Other reclassifications

         -       -  

Cash flow hedges (effective portion)

         127       (138)  

Revaluation gains (losses)

         260       (644)  

Amounts transferred to income statement

         (133)       506  

Transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

         -       -  

Other reclassifications

         -       -  

Hedging instruments (items not designated)

         -       -  

Revaluation gains (losses)

         -       -  

Amounts transferred to income statement

         -       -  

Other reclassifications

         -       -  

Debt instruments at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

         1,891       (549)  

Revaluation gains (losses)

         2,131       (269)  

Amounts transferred to income statement

         (240)       (280)  

Other reclassifications

         -       -  

Non-current assets held for sale

         -       -  

Revaluation gains (losses)

         -       -  

Amounts transferred to income statement

         -       -  

Other reclassifications

         -       -  

Share of other recognised income and expense of investments

         26       (85)  

Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

         (636)       378  

Total recognised income and expenses

         4,941       2,521  

Attributable to non-controlling interests

         994       587  

Attributable to the parent

         3,947       1,934  

( *) Presented for comparison purposes only (see Note 1.e).

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated statement of recognised income and expense for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019.

 

4


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the

Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

SANTANDER GROUP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED 30 JUNE 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

     Capital    

Share

premium

   

Equity

instruments

issued (not

capital)

   

Other

equity

instruments

   

Accumulated

retained

earnings

   

Revaluation

reserves

   

Other

reserves

   

(-)

Own shares

   

Profit

Attributable

to

shareholders

of the parent

   

(-)

Interim

dividends

   

Other

comprehensive

income

   

 

  Non-Controlling interest  

    Total  
 

Other

comprehensive
income

    Others
items
 

Balance as at 31-12-18 (*)

    8,118       50,993       565       234       56,756       -       (3,567)       (59)       7,810       (2,237)       (22,141)       (1,292)       12,181       107,361  

Adjustments due to errors

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

    -       -       -       -       -       -       (391)       -       -       -       -       -       -       (391)  

Opening balance as at 01-01-19 (*)  

    8,118       50,993       565       234       56,756       -       (3,958)       (59)       7,810       (2,237)       (22,141)       (1,292)       12,181       106,970  

Total recognised income and expense

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       3,231       -       716       143       851       4,941  

Other changes in equity

    -       -       16       (79)       4,293       -       (103)       47       (7,810)       2,237       -       -       (527)       (1,926)  

Issuance of ordinary shares

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Issuance of preferred shares

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Issuance of other financial instruments

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Maturity of other financial instruments

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Capital reduction

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Dividends

    -       -       -       -       (1,055)       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (592)       (1,647)  

Purchase of equity instruments

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (522)       -       -       -       -       -       (522)  

Disposal of equity instruments

    -       -       -       -       -       -       (6)       569       -       -       -       -       -       563  

Transfer from equity to liabilities

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Transfer from liabilities to equity

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Transfers between equity items

    -       -       -       -       5,348       -       225       -       (7,810)       2,237       -       -       -       -  
Increases (decreases) due to business combinations     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       81       81  

Share-based payment

    -       -       -       (77)       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (77)  

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

    -       -       16       (2)       -       -       (322)       -       -       -       -       -       (16)       (324)  

Balance as at 30-06-19

    8,118       50,993       581       155       61,049       -       (4,061)       (12)       3,231       -       (21,425)       (1,149)       12,505       109,985  

(*) Presented for comparison purposes only (Note 1.e).

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019.

 

5


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in

Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

SANTANDER GROUP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED 30 JUNE 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

(*)   <    

Share

 premium 

   

Other equity

instruments issued

(not capital)

   

 Other equity 

instruments

   

Accumulated

retained earnings

   

Revaluation

reserves

   

Other

 reserves 

   

 (-) Own 

shares

   

Profit Attributable

to shareholders of

the parent

   

 (-) Interim 

dividends

   

Other

comprehensive

income

    Non-Controlling interest     Total  
 

Other

 comprehensive 

income

   

 Others 

items

 

Balance as at 31-12-17 (**)  

    8,068       51,053       525       216       53,437       -       (1,602)       (22)       6,619       (2,029)       (21,776)       (1,436)       13,780       106,833  

Adjustments due to errors

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

    -       -       -       -       -       -       112       -       -       -       (291)       241       (1,533)       (1,471)  

Opening balance as at 01-01-18 (**)

    8,068       51,053       525       216       53,437       -       (1,490)       (22)       6,619       (2,029)       (22,067)       (1,195)       12,247       105,362  

Total recognised income and expense

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       3,752       -       (1,818)       (182)       769       2,521  

Other changes in equity

    -       -       17       (1)       3,530       -       (62)       (39)       (6,619)       980       -       -       (1,244)       (3,438)  

Issuance of ordinary shares

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Issuance of preferred shares

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Issuance of other financial instruments

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Maturity of other financial instruments

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Capital reduction

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Dividends

    -       -       -       -       (968)       -       -       -       -       (1,049)       -       -       (418)       (2,435)  

Purchase of equity instruments

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (624)       -       -       -       -               (624)  

Disposal of equity instruments

    -       -       -       -       -       -       1       585       -       -       -       -               586  

Transfer from equity to liabilities

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -                  

Transfer from liabilities to equity

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -                  

Transfers between equity items

    -       -       -       -       4,498       -       92       -       (6,619)       2,029       -       -                  

Increases (decreases) due to business combinations

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (822)       (822)  

Share-based payment

    -       -       -       (69)       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       17       (52)  

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

    -       -       17       68       -       -       (155)       -       -       -       -       -       (21)       (91)  

Balance as at 30-06-18 (**)  

    8,068       51,053       542       215       56,967       -       (1,552)       (61)       3,752       (1,049)       (23,885)       (1,377)       11,772       104,445  

(*) See reconciliation of IAS39 31 December 2017 to IFRS9 1 January 2018 (Note 1.b of the 2018 consolidated annual accounts).

(**) Presented for comparison purposes only (Note 1.e).

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019.

 

6


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in

Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

SANTANDER GROUP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED 30 JUNE 2019 AND 2018

(Millions of euros)

 

           Note                     30-06-2019                  30-06-2018 (*)         
       

A. CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      (1,700)     (7,132)  

Profit for the period

      4,082     4,521  

Adjustments made to obtain the cash flows from operating activities

      12,166     11,360  

Depreciation and amortisation cost

      1,477     1,217  

Other adjustments

      10,689     10,143  

Net increase/(decrease) in operating assets

      51,210     30,839  

Financial assets held-for-trading

      9,023     (11,425)  

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

      (5,551)     658  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

      15,595     7,655  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

      (6,895)     (2,306)  

Financial assets at amortised cost

      36,158     33,482  

Other operating assets

      2,880     2,775  

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities

      34,238     8,983  

Financial liabilities held-for-trading

      3,370     (31,499)  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

      (9,604)     (1,621)  

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

      44,787     45,219  

Other operating liabilities

      (4,315)     (3,116)  

Income tax recovered/(paid)

      (976)     (1,157)  

B. CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      (1,647)     6,490  

Payments

      4,617     5,550  

Tangible assets

  7           4,053     4,926  

Intangible assets

      499     624  

Investments

      7     -  

Subsidiaries and other business units

  2           58     -  

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

      -     -  

Other payments related to investing activities

      -     -  

Proceeds

      2,970     12,040  

Tangible assets

  7           929     2,459  

Intangible assets

      -     -  

Investments

      363     548  

Subsidiaries and other business units

      85     431  

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

  6           1,593     8,602  

Other proceeds related to investing activities

      -     -  

C. CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      (6,299)     (811)  

Payments

      7,915     4,385  

Dividends

  3           2,110     1,936  

Subordinated liabilities

      4,137     1,341  

Redemption of own equity instruments

      -     -  

Acquisition of own equity instruments

      522     624  

Other payments related to financing activities

      1,146     484  

Proceeds

      1,616     3,574  

Subordinated liabilities

      1,056     2,987  

Issuance of own equity instruments

  11           -     -  

Disposal of own equity instruments

      560     587  

Other proceeds related to financing activities

      -     -  

D. EFFECT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE DIFFERENCES

      87     (1,855)  

E. NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      (9,559)     (3,308)  

F. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

      113,663     110,995  

G. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

      104,104     107,687  

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

           

Cash

      7,606     6,540  

Cash equivalents at central banks

      80,471     84,721  

Other financial assets

      16,027     16,426  

Less: Bank overdrafts refundable on demand

      -     -  

TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

      104,104     107,687  

In which: restricted cash

      -     -  

(*) Presented for comparison purposes only (Note 1.e).

The accompanying explanatory Notes 1 to 17 are an integral part of the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019.

 

7


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Translation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance

with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Notes 1 and 17). In the event of a

discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.

Banco Santander, S.A. and Companies composing Santander Group

Explanatory notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019

1.         Introduction, basis of presentation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and other information

 

  a)

Introduction

Banco Santander, S.A. (“Bank” or “Banco Santander”) is a private-law entity subject to the rules and regulations applicable to banks operating in Spain. The Bylaws and other public information of the Bank can be consulted at its registered office at Paseo de Pereda 9-12, Santander.

In addition to the operations carried on directly by it, the Bank is the head of a group of subsidiaries that engage in various business activities and which compose, together with it, Santander Group (“Group” or “Santander Group”).

The Group’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019 (“interim financial statements”) were authorised by the Group’s directors at the board of directors meeting held on 21 July 2019. The Group’s consolidated annual accounts for year 2018 were approved by the shareholders at the Bank’s annual general meeting on 12 April 2019.

 

  b)

Basis of presentation of the interim financial statements

Under Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 July 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated annual accounts for the years beginning on or after 1 January 2005 in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRSs”). In order to adapt the accounting system of Spanish credit institutions to these standards, the Bank of Spain issued Circular 4/2004, of 22 December, on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats, which was repealed on 1 January 2018 by Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017, of 27 November 2017, and subsequent modifications.

The consolidated annual accounts for 2018 were approved at the board of directors meeting on 26 February 2019 in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, taking into account Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017, and subsequent modifications, using the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases described in Note 2 to the aforementioned consolidated annual accounts and, accordingly, they presented fairly the Group’s consolidated equity and consolidated financial position at 31 December 2018 and the consolidated results of its operations, and the consolidated cash flows in 2018. The aforementioned consolidated annual accounts, which are included in the Group’s Form 20-F filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on 26 March 2019, and these interim financial statements are also in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”, and together with EU-IFRS, “IFRS”).

.

 

8


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

These interim financial statements were prepared and are presented in accordance with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34, Interim Financial Reporting, for the preparation of interim condensed financial statements, in conformity with Article 12 of Royal Decree 1362/2007, and taking into account the requirements of Circular 3/2018, of 28 June, of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (“CNMV”). The aforementioned interim financial statements will be included in the half-year financial report for the first semester of 2019 to be presented by the Group in accordance with the Circular 3/2018.

In accordance with IAS34, the interim financial statements are intended only to provide an update on the content of the latest consolidated annual accounts authorised for issue, focusing on new activities, events and circumstances occurring during the six-month period, and does not duplicate information previously reported in the latest consolidated annual accounts. Consequently, these interim financial statements do not include all the information that would be required for a complete set of consolidated annual accounts prepared in accordance with IFRSs and, accordingly, for a proper comprehension of the information included in these interim financial statements, they should be read together with the Group’s consolidated annual accounts for the year ended 31 December 2018.

Santander Group policies include presenting the interim financial statements for its use in the different markets using the Euro as its presentation currency. The amounts held in other currencies and the balances of entities whose functional currency is not the Euro, have been translated to the presentation currency in accordance with the criteria indicated in Note 2.a to the consolidated annual accounts for 2018. As indicated in that note, for practical reasons, the balance sheet amount has been converted to the closing exchange rate, the equity to the historical type, and the income and expenses have been converted by applying the average exchange rate of the period; the application of such exchange rate or that corresponding to the date of each transaction does not lead to significant differences in the interim financial statements of the Group.

The accounting policies and methods used in preparing these interim financial statements are the same as those applied in the consolidated annual accounts for 2018, taking into account the standards and interpretations which came into effect for the Group in the six-month period ended 30 June 2019, which are detailed below:

 

  -

IFRS16 Leases

On 1 January 2019, IFRS16 Leases came effective. IFRS16 establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and breakdown of lease contracts, with the objective of ensuring reporting information that faithfully represents the lease transactions. The Group has adopted the standard, using the modified retrospective approach from 1 January 2019, not restating the comparative financial statements for 2018, as permitted under the specific transitional provisions of the standard.

The adoption of IFRS16 has led to changes in the Group’s accounting policies for the recognition, measurement, presentation and breakdown of lease contracts.

The main aspects contained in the new regulations and the breakdowns relating to the impact of the adoption of IFRS16 in the Group are included below:

a) Lease accounting policy

Since 1 January 2019, leases are recognised as right-of-use assets and the corresponding liability on the date on which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and the finance charge. The finance charge is allocated to the income statement during the term of the lease in such a way as to produce a constant periodic interest rate on the remaining balance of the liability for each year. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset or the lease term, whichever is shorter, on a straight-line basis.

 

9


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured at present value. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

 

  ·  

Fixed payments (including essentially fixed payments), less any lease incentive receivable,

  ·  

Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate,

  ·  

The amounts expected to be paid by the lessee under residual value guarantees,

  ·  

The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option, and

  ·  

Lease termination penalty payments, if the term of the lease reflects the lessee’s exercise of that option.

Lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. Given in certain situations this interest rate cannot be obtained, the discount rate used is the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at the related date. For this purpose, the entity has calculated this incremental interest rate taking as reference the listed debt instruments issued by the Group; in this regard, the Group has estimated different interest rate curves depending on the currency and economic environment in which the contracts are located.

In order to construct the incremental interest rate, a methodology has been developed at the corporate level. This methodology is based on the need for each Entity to consider its economic and financial situation, for which the following factors must be considered:

 

  ·  

Economic and political situation (country risk).

  ·  

Credit risk of the company.

  ·  

Monetary policy.

  ·  

Volume and seniority of the company’s debt instrument issues.

The incremental interest rate is defined as the interest rate that a lessee would have to pay for borrowing, given a similar period to the duration of the lease and with similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the asset by right of use in a similar economic environment. The Group Entities have a wide stock and variety of financing instruments issued in different currencies to that of the euro (pound, dollar, etc.) that provide sufficient information to be able to determine an “all in rate” (reference rate plus adjustment for credit spread at different terms and in different currencies). In circumstances, where the leasing company has its own financing, this has been used as the starting point for determining the incremental interest rate. On the other hand, for those Group entities that do not have their own financing, the information from the financing of the consolidated subgroup to which they belong was used as the starting point for estimating the entity’s curve, analysing other factors to assess whether it is necessary to make any type of negative or positive adjustment to the initially estimated credit spread.

Right-of-use assets are valued at cost which includes the following:

 

  ·  

The amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability,

  ·  

Any lease payment made at or before the start date less any lease incentive received,

  ·  

Any initial direct costs, and

  ·  

Restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term less than or equal to 12 months.

 

10


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

b) Recognised effects on the adoption of the standard

With the adoption of IFRS16, the Group recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases previously classified as “operating leases” under the principles of IAS17 Leases in force at 31 December 2018. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at 1 January 2019. At the date of first application, the weighted average discount rate was 4.5%, mainly due to the contribution of rented properties in Spain.

For leases previously classified as finance leases, the Group recognised the carrying amount of the lease asset and lease liability immediately before transition as the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset and lease liability on the initial effective date. The measurement principles in IFRS16 apply only after that date.

The Group has considered the practical expedients defined in paragraph C10 of the standard in the application of the modified retrospective method. Such application shall be made on a contract-by-contract basis and shall not provide for the application of any of the waivers on a generalised basis.

A reconciliation between the operating lease commitments at 31 December 2018 and the lease liability recognised at 1 January 2019 is detailed below:

 

    

Millions of   

euros   

 
   

Operating lease commitments at 31 December 2018

    8,699  

Amount of operating lease commitments discounted by the Group rate

    6,550  

(+) Liabilities under financial leases at 31 December 2018

    96  

(-) Short-term leases recognised as expenses on a straight-line basis

    (20)  

(-) Low-value leases recognised as expenses on a straight-line basis

    (2)  

(-) Contracts revalued as service contracts

    -  

(+)/(-) Adjustments resulting from different treatment of extension and termination options

    556  

(+)/(-) Adjustments related to changes in the index or rate affecting variable payments

    -  

Lease liability at 1 January 2019

    7,180  

As a result of the entry into force of IFRS16, the impact of the first application recorded by the Group corresponds, mainly, to the recognition of assets for right of use for an amount of EUR 6,665 million, financial liabilities for an amount of EUR 7,084 million and an negative impact on the Group’s equity of EUR 391 million. The impact of the first application of IFRS16 on the ordinary capital ratio (Common Equity Tier 1 - CET 1) was -20 b.p.

 

  -

IFRIC23 Uncertainty about the treatment of income tax - applies to the determination of taxable profit or loss, tax bases, unused tax loss carry forwards, unused tax credits and tax rates when there is uncertainty about the treatment of taxes under IAS12.

 

  -

Amendment to IFRS9 Financial Instruments - allows entities to measure certain financial assets prepayable with a negative offset at amortised cost. These assets, which include some loans and debt securities, would have had to be measured at fair value through profit or loss.

In order to apply measurement at amortised cost, the negative offset must be ‘reasonable compensation for early termination of the contract’ and the asset must be maintained within a ‘held-to-collect’ business model.

 

11


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  -

Amendment to IAS28 Investments in associates and joint ventures - the amendments clarify the accounting for long-term interests in an associate or joint venture, which are essentially part of the net investment in the associate or joint venture, but to which equity accounting is not applied. Entities must account for such interest under IFRS9 Financial Instruments before applying the allocation of losses and IAS28 impairment requirements in Investments in associates and joint ventures.

 

  -

Amendment to IAS19 Employee Benefits – clarifies the accounting of the amendments, reductions and settlements on defined benefit plans.

 

  -

Amendment to IFRS 2015-2017 introduces minor amendments to IFRS3, IFRS11, IAS12 and IAS23:

IFRS3, Business Combinations - clarifies that obtaining control of a business that is a joint venture is a business combination achieved in stages.

IFRS11, Joint Arrangements - clarifies that the party that obtains joint control of a business that is a joint venture should not reassess its previous interest in the joint venture.

IAS12, Income Taxes - clarifies that the income tax consequences of dividends on financial instruments classified as equity should be recognised according to where the past transactions or events that generated distributable profits were recognised.

IAS23, Borrowing Costs - clarifies that if a specific loan remains outstanding after the related qualifying asset is ready for sale or intended use, it becomes part of generic loans.

The application of the aforementioned amendments to accounting standards and interpretations did not have any material effects on the Group’s interim financial statements.

At the date of preparation of these interim financial statements there are no standards pending adoption by the European Union which came into force on 1 January 2019.

 

  c)

Use of critical estimates

The consolidated results and the determination of the consolidated equity are sensitive to the accounting principles and policies, valuation criteria and estimates used by the directors of the Bank in preparing the interim financial statements. The main accounting principles, policies, and valuation criteria are indicated in Note 2 of the consolidated annual accounts of the year 2018, except for those indicated in these interim financial statements due to the rules that have come into effect during the first six months of the year 2019.

The interim financial statements contain estimates made by the senior management of the Bank and of the consolidated entities in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and obligations reported herein. These estimates, which were made on the basis of the best information available, relate mainly to the following:

 

  1.

The income tax expense, which, in accordance with IAS34, is recognised in interim periods based on the best estimate of the weighted average tax rate expected by the Group for the full financial year;

 

  2.

The impairment losses on certain assets – Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, financial assets at amortised cost, non-current assets held for sale, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, tangible assets and intangible assets;

 

12


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  3.

The assumptions used in the calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments and other obligations;

 

  4.

The useful life of the tangible and intangible assets;

 

  5.

The measurement of goodwill impairment arising on consolidation;

 

  6.

The calculation of provisions and the consideration of contingent liabilities;

 

  7.

The fair value of certain unquoted assets and liabilities;

 

  8.

The recoverability of deferred tax assets.

In the six-month period ended 30 June 2019 there were no significant changes in the estimates made at the 2018 year-end other than those indicated in these interim financial statements.

 

  d)

Contingent assets and liabilities

Note 2.o to the Group’s consolidated annual accounts for the year ended 31 December 2018 includes information on the contingent assets and liabilities at that date. There were no significant changes in the Group’s contingent assets and liabilities from 31 December 2018 to the date of formal preparation of these interim financial statements.

 

  e)

Comparative information

The information for the year 2018 contained in these interim financial statements is only presented for comparison purposes with the information relating to the six-month period ended 30 June 2019, except for the effect of hyperinflation in Argentina on the six-month period ended 30 June 2018 balances in accordance with current legislation (see Note 1.h of the 2018 consolidated annual accounts).

In this respect, the segment information corresponding to the first semester of 2018 is recasted for comparative purposes, in accordance with the new organizational structure of the Group, as required by IFRS8 (Note 12).

In order to interpret the changes in the balances with respect to 31 December 2018, it is necessary to take into consideration the exchange rate effect arising from the volume of foreign currency balances held by the Group in view of its geographic diversity (Note 51.b to the consolidated annual accounts for the year ended 31 December 2018) and the impact of the appreciation/depreciation of the various currencies against the euro in the first six months of 2019: Mexican peso (3.08%), US dollar (0.62%), Brazilian real (2.14%), Argentine peso (-10.71%), Pound sterling (-0.23%), Chilean peso (2.68%) and Polish zloty (1.22%); as well as the evolution of the average exchange rates between comparable periods: Mexican peso (6.59%), US dollar (7.10%), Brazilian real (-4.76%), Argentine peso (-44.62%), Pound sterling (0.73%), Chilean peso (-2.94%) and Polish zloty (-1.68%).

 

  f)

Seasonality of the Group’s transactions

The business activities carried on by the Group entities, and their transactions are not cyclical or seasonal in nature. Therefore, no specific disclosures are included in these explanatory notes to the interim financial statements for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019.

 

  g)

Materiality

In determining the note disclosures to be made on the various items in the interim financial statements or other matters, the Group, in accordance with IAS 34, took into account their materiality in relation to the interim financial statements for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019.

 

13


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  h)

Events after the reporting period.

From 1 July 2019 until the approval date of the interim financial statements for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019, no significant events other than those indicated in the interim financial statements have occurred.

 

  i)

Other information

Negotiations for the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union

On 23 June 2016, the UK held a referendum on EU membership in which the majority voted in favour of leaving the EU. There remains a great deal of uncertainty about the UK’s exit and its future relationship with the European Union and with regard to the UK’s future trading relationship with the rest of the world.

On 29 March 2017, pursuant to Article 50(2) of the Treaty on European Union, the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom notified her intention to leave the European Union. The activation of this Article initiated a two-year negotiation period to determine the terms of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union and the framework for the United Kingdom’s future relationship with the European Union.

The Prime Minister presented to the Parliament of the United Kingdom an exit agreement that established the basic terms for the United Kingdom departure agreed with the European Union. However, the Prime Minister has not achieved a majority for the approval of the exit agreement in the House of Commons which has led her to agree to an extension of Article 50. As a result, the United Kingdom would formally leave the European Union on 31 October 2019.

After the repeated failures of the Prime Minister to approve the exit agreement in the United Kingdom Parliament, on 24 May 2019 she announced that she would resign from her positions both as Prime Minister and as leader of the Conservative party.

There is also the possibility that UK’s membership in the EU will end without reaching any agreement on the terms of its future relationship. Moreover, at the date of this document, the exit agreement, which provides for a transitional period while the future relationship is being negotiated, has not been ratified by the UK parliament.

The outcome of Brexit remains uncertain; however, the UK’s exit from the European Union without an agreement remains a possibility and the consensus position is that it would have a negative impact on the UK economy and its growth prospects. While it is difficult to predict the long-term effects of the UK’s imminent exit from the European Union, in the short term the situation is one of economic and political uncertainty.

Santander UK is subject to significant regulation and supervision by the European Union. Although legislation has already been passed transferring EU standards to UK standards, uncertainty persists as to the legal and regulatory environments in which the Group’s subsidiaries will operate in the UK when that country is no longer a member of the European Union, and the framework in which cross-border banking business will take place after Brexit.

At the operational level, the Group’s UK subsidiaries and other financial institutions may no longer be able to rely on the European cross-border framework for financial services and it is not clear what the alternative regime after Brexit will be. This uncertainty and the measures taken as a result of it, as well as the new or amended rules could have a significant impact on the Group’s operations, profitability and business.

The aforementioned UK political developments, together with other changes in the structure and policies of government, could lead to greater market volatility and changes in the tax, monetary and regulatory landscape in which the Group operates and could have material adverse effects on its access to capital and liquidity under acceptable conditions and, more generally, on its business, financial position and operating results. The Group’s best estimate at the date of preparation of the interim financial statements has considered these circumstances in its assessment of the various affected items in the consolidated annual accounts, mainly in the recoverability of the cash-generating unit that supports Santander UK’s goodwill.

 

14


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

2.       Santander Group

Appendices I, II and III to the consolidated annual accounts for the year ended 31 December 2018 provide relevant information on the Group companies at that date and on the companies accounted for under the equity method.

Also, Note 3 to the aforementioned consolidated annual accounts includes a description of the most significant acquisitions and disposals of companies performed by the Group in 2018, 2017 and 2016.

The most significant transactions performed during the first semester of 2019 or pending at 30 June 2019 are as follows:

Reorganization of the banking insurance business, asset management and pension plans in Spain

On 24 June 2019, Banco Santander, S.A. has reached an agreement with the Allianz Group to terminate the agreement that Banco Popular Español, S.A. (“Banco Popular”) held in Spain with the Allianz Group for the exclusive distribution of certain life insurance products, non-life insurance products, collective investment institutions, and pension plans through the Banco Popular network (the “Termination Agreement”).

The Termination Agreement will entail the payment by Santander Group of EUR 936.5 million (including any dividend prior to the closing of the transaction).

It is expected that, upon completion of the Termination Agreement and subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, 51% of life-risk insurance business and 51% of the future Non-life Insurance Business coming from the Banco Popular network and not transferred to Mapfre (by virtue of the agreement indicated below), will be acquired by Aegon. This acquisition will be executed according to note 3.b.vi disclosure of the 2018 consolidated annual accounts.

In addition, by virtue of the agreement reached between Banco Santander and Mapfre dated 21 January 2019, 50.01% of the motor insurance, multi-risk business, multi-risk SMEs and civil liability insurance for enterprises businesses in the entire Banco Santander network in Spain will be, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions and authorizations, acquired by Mapfre.

Offer to acquire shares of Banco Santander Mexico, S.A., Institución de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

On 12 April 2019, Banco Santander, S.A. announced its intention to make an offer to acquire all the shares of Banco Santander Mexico, S.A., Institución de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México (“Santander México”) which are not owned by Grupo Santander, representing approximately 25% of the share capital of Santander México.

The shareholders accepting the offer will receive 0.337 newly issued shares of Banco Santander, S.A. per share of Santander México and 1.685 American Depositary Shares (ADSs) of Banco Santander, S.A. per ADS of Santander México (the “Exchange Ratio”).

If all the shares held by minority shareholders accept the offer, Banco Santander, S.A. would issue approximately 571 million shares, representing 3.5% of the share capital at the date of communication of the offer.

On 17 June 2019, the Board of Directors decided to call an Extraordinary Shareholders General Meeting on 23 July 2019 to approve the capital increase for the acquisition of the aforementioned shares; following this approval, the execution and the settlement of the transaction is expected.

 

15


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Agreement with Crédit Agricole S.A. on the depositary and custody business

On 17 April 2019, Banco Santander, S.A. announced that it had signed a memorandum of understanding with Crédit Agricole S.A. with the purpose of combining CACEIS and its subsidiaries (the “CACEIS Group”), which is wholly-owned by Crédit Agricole S.A., with Santander Securities Services, S.A.U. and its subsidiaries (the “S3 Group”), which is wholly-owned by Banco Santander, S.A.

Under the transaction Santander Group will contribute 100% of the S3 Group’s operations in Spain and 49.99% of its operations in Latin America to CACEIS Group, in exchange for 30.5% of the share capital and voting rights of CACEIS Group. The remaining 69.5% would continue to be held by Crédit Agricole S.A. The Latin American operations of the S3 Group would be jointly controlled by CACEIS Group and the Santander Group.

On 27 June 2019 the final agreements were signed following the required prior consultation with the relevant works councils at Credit Agricole, S.A. and the CACEIS Group. The completion of the transaction is expected to take place in throughout the second half of 2019 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including to obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals.

3.        Shareholder remuneration system and earnings per share

 

  a)

Shareholder remuneration system

The cash remuneration paid by the Bank to its shareholders in the first six months of 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

 

      30-06-19      30-06-18  
      % of par    
value    
    

Euros per    

share    

     Amount    
(Millions of    
euros)    
     % of par  
value  
     Euros per  
share  
     Amount  
(Millions of  
euros)  
 

Ordinary shares

     26.00%        0.130        2,110        24.00%        0.120        1,936  

Other shares (without vote, redeemable, etc.)

     -        -        -        -        -        -  

Total remuneration paid

     26.00%        0.130        2,110        24.00%        0.120        1,936  

Dividend paid out of profit

     13.00%        0.065        1,055        12.00%        0.060        968  

Dividend paid with a charge to reserves or share premium

     13.00%        0.065        1,055        12.00%        0.060        968  

Dividend in kind

     -        -        -        -        -        -  

Flexible payment

     -        -        -        -        -        -  

 

  b)

Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

i. Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share for the period are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group for the six-month period adjusted by the after-tax amount relating to the remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares recognised in equity by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding the average number of treasury shares held in the period.

Accordingly:

 

      30-06-19      30-06-18  

Profit attributable to the Parent (millions of euros)

     3,231        3,752  

Remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares (millions of euros)

     (298)        (266)  
       2,933        3,486  

Of which:

         

  Profit or Loss from discontinued operations (non controlling interest net) (millions of euros)

     -        -  

  Profit or Loss from continuing operations (PPC net) (millions of euros)

     2,933        3,486  
     

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

     16,231,374,256        16,129,055,793  

Basic earnings per share (euros)

     0.18        0.22  

Of which: from discontinued operations (euros)

     -        -  

         from continuing operations (euros)

     0.18        0.22  

 

16


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

ii. Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share for the period are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group for the six-month period adjusted by the after-tax amount relating to the remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares recognised in equity and of perpetual liabilities contingently amortisable in their case by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding the average number of treasury shares and adjusted for all the dilutive effects inherent to potential ordinary shares (share options, warrants and convertible debt instruments).

Accordingly, diluted earnings per share were determined as follows:

 

      30-06-19      30-06-18  
                   

Profit attributable to the Parent (millions of euros)

     3,231        3,752  

Remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares (millions of euros)

     (298)        (266)  

Dilutive effect of changes in profit for the period arising from potential conversion of ordinary shares

         
       -        -  
       2,933        3,486  

Of which:

         

  Profit or Loss from discontinued operations (non controlling interest net)

 (millions of euros)

     -        -  

  Profit or Loss from continuing operations (PPC net) (millions of euros)

     2,933        3,486  
     

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

     16,231,374,256        16,129,055,793  

Dilutive effect of options/ receipt of shares

     41,832,881        45,858,082  

  Adjusted number of shares

     16,273,207,137        16,174,913,875  

Diluted earnings per share (euros)

     0.18        0.22  

Of which: from discontinued operations (euros)

     -        -  

     from continuing operations (euros)

     0.18        0.22  

 

17


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

4.        Remuneration and other benefits paid to the Bank’s directors and senior managers

Note 5 to the Group’s consolidated annual accounts for the year ended 31 December 2018 includes the detail of the remuneration and other benefits paid to the Bank’s directors and senior managers in 2018 and 2017.

Following is a summary of the most significant data on the remunerations and benefits for the six months ended 30 June 2019 and 2018:

Remuneration of members of the board of directors (1)

 

     Thousands of euros
     30-06-19       30-06-18    
     

Members of the board of directors (2) (3):

       

Remuneration concept

       

  Fixed salary remuneration of executive directors

    3,459       3,759  

  Variable salary remuneration of executive directors

    -       -  

  Directors fees

    579       488  

  Bylaw-stipulated emoluments (annual emolument)

    1,853       1,785  

  Other (except insurance premiums) (4)

    3,354       691  

Sub-total

    9,245       6,723  
     
Transactions with shares and/or other financial instruments     -       -  
      9,245       6,723  

 

  (1)

The notes to the consolidated annual accounts for 2019 will contain detailed and complete information on the remuneration paid to all the directors, including executive directors.

 

 

  (2)

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo ceased his executive duties with effective date 1 May 2019, continuing from that date as a non-executive director.

 

 

  (3)

Mr. Juan Miguel Villar Mir ceased as member of the board of director on 1 January 2019.

 

 

  (4)

It includes the amount related to the post-contractual non-compete agreement pact received by Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo as a result of having ceased in his executive functions with effective date 1 May 2019. The comparison of the figures of the two semesters is affected by the timing difference (semi-annual or annual) of the concepts included in the category.

 

On 30 June 2019, the remuneration received by the executive directors reflects the transformation into the pension system, which includes the reduction of the amount of the annual contributions to the executive directors’ pension system, proportionally increasing the fixed annual salary and without any increase in the total cost to the Bank; and the elimination of the supplementary pension system in the event of death (widowhood and orphanhood) and disability, simultaneously establishing a fixed remuneration complement and improving the life insurance coverage of the executive directors, without any increase in the total cost to the Bank. The section on executive directors’ pension funds and plans below reflects this transformation in the provisions and/or contributions to pension funds.

 

18


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Other benefits of members of the board of directors

 

     Thousands of euros
     30-06-19       30-06-18    
     

Members of the board of directors:

       

Other benefits-

       

  Advances

    -       -  

  Loans granted

    121       84  

  Pension funds and plans: Endowments and/or contributions (1)

    1,001       1,341  

  Pension funds and plans: Accumulated rights (2)

    77,153       75,804  

  Life insurance premiums

    1,069       862  

  Guarantees provided for directors

 

   

 

-

 

 

 

   

 

-

 

 

 

 

  (1)

These correspond to the endowments and/or contributions made during the first six months of 2019 and 2018 in respect of retirement pensions and complementary benefits for widowhood, orphanhood and permanent disability.

 

 

  (2)

Corresponds to the rights accrued by the directors in matters of pensions. It also includes for informational purposes the rights accumulated by Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo, although these rights corresponded to Mr. Echenique before his appointment as executive director. Additionally, former members of the board had at 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2018 rights accrued for this concept for 68,201 thousands of euros and 79,465 thousands of euros, respectively.

 

Remuneration of senior management (1)(2)

The table below includes the corresponding amounts related to remunerations of senior management at 30 June 2019 and 2018, excluding the executive directors:

 

     Thousands of euros
     30-06-19       30-06-18    
     

Senior management (1):

       

Total remuneration of senior management (2)

 

   

 

17,690

 

   

 

   

 

16,972

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Remunerations regarding to members of senior management who, during the six month period ended 30 June 2019, had ceased their duties amount to EUR 96 thousands (30 June 2018: EUR 10 thousands).

 

 

  (2)

The number of senior managers of the Bank, excluding executive directors, is 18 as at 30 June 2019. (No changes regarding the figure published at 30 June 2018).

 

The remuneration received by senior management at 30 June 2019 reflects the improvement in senior management life insurance coverage following the transformation of the pension system at the beginning of 2018. This transformation did not entail any increase in the total cost for the Bank.

The variable annual remuneration (or bonuses) received for fiscal year 2018, both for directors and the rest of senior management, were included in the information on remuneration included in the annual report for that year. Similarly, the variable remuneration attributable to the 2019 results, which will be submitted for approval by the Board of Directors at the appropriate time, will be included in the financial statements for the current year.

 

19


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Funds and pension plans of senior management

 

      Thousands of euros  
          30-06-19              30-06-18      
     

Senior management:

       

Pension funds: Endowments and / or contributions (1)

     3,190        2,739  

Pension funds: Accumulated rights (2)

     71,237        62,872  
                   

 

  (1)

Corresponds to the allocations and/or contributions made during the first six months of 2019 and 2018 as retirement pensions.

 

 

  (2)

Corresponds to the rights accrued by members of senior management in the area of pensions. In addition, former members of senior management had at 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2018 rights accumulated for this same concept for EUR 166,960 thousands and EUR 173,819 thousands, respectively.

 

5.        Financial assets

 

  a)

Breakdown

The detail, by nature and category for measurement purposes, of the Group’s financial assets, other than the balances relating to Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand and Hedging derivatives, at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018 is as follows, presented by the nature and categories for valuation purposes:

 

      Millions of euros  
   30-06-19  
  

Financial

assets held for

trading

    

Non-trading

financial assets

mandatorily at

fair value

through profit or

loss

    

Financial

assets

designated at

fair value

through profit

or loss

    

Financial

assets at fair

value through

other

comprehensive

income

    

Financial

assets at

amortised cost

 
                                              

Derivatives

     57,798                      

Equity instruments

     11,133        3,367             2,789       

Debt instruments

     33,343        1,628        3,496        111,891        39,382  

Loans and advances

     300        398        69,924        3,382        941,664  

Central Banks

     -        -        7,105        -        19,450  

Credit institutions

     -        -        39,810        -        41,068  

Customers

     300        398        23,009        3,382        881,146  

Total

     102,574        5,393        73,420        118,062        981,046  
              
      Millions of euros  
   31-12-18  
   Financial
 assets held for 
trading
    

Non-trading
financial assets
mandatorily at

fair value

 through profit or 

loss

    

Financial
assets
designated at
fair value
 through profit 

or loss

    

Financial

assets at fair

value through

other

 comprehensive 
income

    

Financial

assets at
 amortised cost 

 
                                              

Derivatives

     55,939                      

Equity instruments

     8,938        3,260             2,671       

Debt instruments

     27,800        5,587        3,222        116,819        37,696  

Loans and advances

     202        1,883        54,238        1,601        908,403  

Central Banks

     -        -        9,226        -        15,601  

Credit institutions

     -        2        23,097        -        35,480  

Customers

     202        1,881        21,915        1,601        857,322  

Total

     92,879        10,730        57,460        121,091        946,099  

 

20


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Following is the gross exposure of financial assets subject to impairment stages at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018:

 

     Millions of euros  
  30-06-19     31-12-18  
  Impairment value correction     Impairment value correction  
        Stage 1           Stage 2           Stage 3           Total           Stage 1           Stage 2           Stage 3             Total       
                 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    115,278       6       -       115,284       118,422       6       -       118,428  

Debt instruments

    111,899       -       -       111,899       116,825       -       -       116,825  

Loans and advances

    3,379       6       -       3,385       1,597       6       -       1,603  

  Central Banks

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

  Credit institutions

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

  Customers

    3,379       6       -       3,385       1,597       6       -       1,603  

Financial assets at amortised cost

    919,584       51,025       33,146       1,003,755       882,661       52,295       34,333       969,289  

Debt instruments

    39,129       114       736       39,979       37,339       117       870       38,326  

Loans and advances

    880,455       50,911       32,410       963,776       845,322       52,178       33,463       930,963  

  Central Banks

    19,450       -       -       19,450       15,601       -       -       15,601  

  Credit institutions

    41,081       -       1       41,082       35,489       1       2       35,492  

  Customers

    819,924       50,911       32,409       903,244       794,232       52,177       33,461       879,870  

Total

    1,034,862       51,031       33,146       1,119,039       1,001,083       52,301       34,333       1,087,717  

On 30 June 2019, the Group has EUR 623 million (EUR 757 million on 31 December 2018) of exposure in impaired assets purchased with impairment, which mainly correspond to the business combinations carried out by the Group.

 

  b)

Valuation adjustments for impairment of financial assets at amortised cost portfolio

The following is the movement that has taken place, during the six-month periods ended 30 June 2019 and 2018, in the balance of provisions that cover losses due to impairment of assets which comprise the heading balance of the financial assets at amortised cost:

 

      Millions of euros  
            30-06-19                  30-06-18 (*)        
     

Balance as at beginning of period

     23,945        26,656  
     

Impairment losses charged to income for the period

     5,199        5,174  

Of which:

       

 Impairment losses charged to income

     9,697        9,042  

 Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income

     (4,498)        (3,868)  

Write-off of impaired balances against recorded impairment allowance

     (6,246)        (6,140)  

Exchange differences and other

     434        (749)  

    

       

Balance as at end of period

     23,332        24,941  
     

Of which, relating to:

       

Impaired assets

     15,110        16,131  

Other assets

     8,222        8,810  

    

                 
     

Of which:

       

Individually calculated

     4,983        6,146  

Collectively calculated

     18,349        18,795  

 

  (*)

See reconciliation of IAS 39 31 December, 2017 to IFRS 9 1 January, 2018 (Note 1.b of the 2018 Consolidated Annual Accounts).

 

21


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Following is the movement of the loan loss provision broken down by impairment stage of loans and advances to customers recognised under “Financial assets at amortised cost” as at 30 June 2019:

 

      Millions of euros  
        Stage 1          Stage 2          Stage 3              Total        

Loss allowance as at beginning of period

     3,658        4,743        14,906        23,307  

Transfers between stages

     (442)        (246)        3,160        2,472  

Net exposure changes and modifications in the credit risk

     673        (336)        2,419        2,756  

Write-offs

     -        -        (6,246)        (6,246)  

Exchange differences and other

     (54)        198        290        434  

Carrying amount as of 30 June 2019

     3,835        4,359        14,529        22,723  

Previously written-off assets recovered during the first six months of 2019 and 2018 amount to EUR 837 million and to EUR 823 million, respectively. Considering these amounts, the recorded impairment of financial assets at amortised cost is EUR 4,362 million and EUR 4,351 million, respectively.

 

  c)

Impaired assets of financial assets at amortised cost portfolio

The movement produced, during the six-month periods ended 30 June 2019 and 2018, in the balance of financial assets classified at amortised cost and considered doubtful by reason for the credit risk is as follows:

 

     Millions of euros  
           30-06-19                  30-06-18         
     

Balance as at beginning of period

    35,091       37,275  

Net additions

    4,581       5,070  

Written-off assets

    (6,246)       (6,140)  

Exchange differences and other

    343       (267)  

Balance as at end of period

    33,769       35,938  

This amount, after deducting the related allowances, represents the Group’s best estimate of the discounted value of the flows that are expected to be recovered from the impaired assets.

 

  d)

Guarantees received

Following is the breakdown of the value of the guarantees received to ensure the collection of the financial assets that comprise the heading of financial assets at amortized cost, distinguishing between real guarantees and other guarantees as of June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 

     Millions of euros  
             30-06-19                      31-12-18           
     

Real guarantees value

    509,859       460,674  

Of which: non-performing risks

    12,080       13.566  

Other guarantees value

    29,298       36,727  

Of which: non-performing risks

    558       1,131  

Total value of the guarantees received

    539,157       497,401  

 

22


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  e)

Fair value of financial assets not measured at fair value

Following is a comparison of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial assets measured at other than fair value and their respective fair values at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018:

 

      Millions of euros            Millions of euros  
      30-06-19            31-12-18  
     

 

Carrying  

amount  

 

     Fair value             

Carrying  

amount  

     Fair value    

Financial assets at amortised cost

                    

Financial assets at amortised cost

                 

  Loans and advances

     941,664        952,624     

  Loans and advances

     908,403        914,013  

Central banks

     19,450        19,450     

Central banks

     15,601        15,610  

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     41,068        41,309     

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     35,480        35,833  

Loans and advances to customers

     881,146        891,865     

Loans and advances to customers

     857,322        862,570  

  Debt instruments

     39,382        40,058     

  Debt instruments

     37,696        38,095  

ASSETS

     981,046        992,682      ASSETS      946,099        952,108  

The main valuation methods and inputs used in the estimation of the fair value of the financial assets of the previous table are detailed in Note 51.c of the consolidated annual accounts for the year 2018.

6.       Non-current assets held for sale

The detail, by nature, of the Group’s non-current assets held for sale at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018 is as follows presented by nature:

 

     Millions of euros
           30-06-19                31-12-18       
     

Tangible assets

  4,535    5,424 

  Of which:

       

Foreclosed assets

  4,450    5,334 

  Of which: Property assets in Spain (*)

  3,606    4,488 

Other tangible assets held for sale

  85    90 

Other assets

   
    4,535    5,426 

(*) During the first six months of 2019, the sale of foreclosed real estate assets to Cerberus took place, generating EUR 180 million losses.

On 30 June 2019, the allowance that covers the value of the foreclosed assets represents the 49% (31 December 2018: 49%). The charges recorded in the first six months of 2019 and 2018 amounted to EUR 160 million and EUR 159 million, respectively, and the recoveries undergone during those periods amount to EUR 32 million and EUR 13 million, respectively.

7.       Tangible assets

 

  a)

Changes in the period

In the first six months of 2019 and 2018, tangible assets were acquired for EUR 4,053 million and EUR 4,926 million, respectively.

Also, in the first six months of 2019 and 2018 tangible asset items were disposed of with a carrying amount of EUR 1,004 million and EUR 2,441 million respectively, giving rise to a net gain of EUR 30 million and EUR 18 million, respectively.

 

  b)

Property, plant and equipment purchase commitments

At 30 June 2019 and 2018, the Group did not have any significant commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment items.

 

23


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

8.     Intangible assets

Goodwill

The detail of Intangible Assets - Goodwill at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018, based on the cash-generating units giving rise thereto, is as follows:

 

     Millions of euros  
     30-06-19         31-12-18      
     

Santander UK

    8,288       8,307  
     

Banco Santander (Brasil)

    4,554       4,459  
     

Santander Bank Polska

    2,431       2,402  
     

Santander Consumer USA

    2,115       2,102  
     

Santander Bank, National Association

    1,804       1,793  
     

Santander Consumer Germany

    1,217       1,217  
     

SAM Investment Holdings Limited

    1,173       1,173  
     

Santander Portugal

    1,040       1,040  
     

Santander España

    1,023       1,023  
     

Banco Santander - Chile

    644       627  
     

Santander Consumer Nordics

    494       502  
     

Grupo Financiero Santander (Mexico)

    448       434  
     

Other entities

    382       387  
     

Total Goodwill

    25,613       25,466  

In the first six months of 2019, goodwill increased by EUR 147 million mainly due to exchange differences (Note 11), which pursuant to current regulations, were recognised with a debit to Other accumulated results – items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences in equity through the condensed consolidated statement of recognised income and expense.

Note 17 to the consolidated annual accounts for the year ended 31 December 2018 includes detailed information on the procedures followed by the Group to analyse the potential impairment of the goodwill recognised with respect to its recoverable amount and to recognise the related impairment losses, where appropriate.

Accordingly, based on the analysis performed of the available information on the performance of the various cash-generating units which might evidence the existence of indicators of impairment, the Group’s directors concluded that in the first six months of 2019 there were no impairment losses which required recognition.

 

24


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

9.         Financial liabilities

 

  a)

Breakdown

The following is a breakdown of the Group’s financial liabilities, other than the balances corresponding to the Derivatives - hedge accounting heading, as of 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018, presented by nature and categories for valuation purposes:

 

      Millions of euros  
   30-06-19      31-12-18  
   Financial
liabilities held
for trading
     Financial
liabilities
designated at
fair value
through profit
or loss
     Financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
     Financial
liabilities held
for trading
     Financial
liabilities
designated at
fair value
through profit
or loss
     Financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
 
                                            

Derivatives

     58,341              55,341          

Short Positions

     15,846              15,002          

Deposits

     -        56,990        937,710        -        65,304        903,101  

Central banks

     -        8,836        71,778        -        14,816        72,523  

Credit institutions

     -        10,305        89,030        -        10,891        89,679  

Customer

     -        37,849        776,902        -        39,597        740,899  

Debt instruments

     -        3,117        251,672        -        2,305        244,314  

Other financial liabilities

     -        130        34,812        -        449        24,215  

Total

     74,187        60,237        1,224,194        70,343        68,058        1,171,630  

 

  b)

Information on issues, repurchases or redemptions of debt instruments issued

The detail of the balance of debt instruments issued according to their nature is:

 

      Millions of euros                             
               30-06-19                                     31-12-18                             

Bonds and debentures outstanding

     202,464        195,498     

Subordinated

     21,277        23,676     

Promissory notes and other securities

     31,048        27,445     

Total debt instruments issued

     254,789        246,619     

The detail, at 30 June 2019 and 2018, of the outstanding balance of the debt instruments, excluding promissory notes, which at these dates had been issued by the Bank or any other Group entity is disclosed below. Also included is the detail of the changes in this balance in the first six months of 2019 and 2018:

 

     Millions of euros  
  30-06-19  
  Opening balance at  
01-01-19
     Perimeter            Issues           

Repurchases 

or 

redemptions 

   

Exchange rate and

other adjustments

     Closing balance at
30-06-19
 
                                          

Bonds and debentures outstanding

    195,498        -        32,105        (26,713     1,574        202,464  

Subordinated

    23,676        -        1,056        (3,502     47        21,277  
Bonds and debentures outstanding and subordinated liabilities issued     219,174        -        33,161        (30,215     1,621        223,741  

 

25


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

      Millions of euros  
   30-06-18  
   Opening balance at  
01-01-18
     Perimeter        Issues              Repurchases 
or
redemptions 
    Exchange rate and
other adjustments
    Closing balance at
30-06-18
 
             

Bonds and debentures outstanding

     176,719        -        35,957        (29,081     (765     182,830  

Subordinated

     21,382        -        2,987        (644     89       23,814  
Bonds and debentures outstanding and subordinated liabilities issued      198,101        -        38,944        (29,725     (676     206,644  

In April 2019, Banco Santander, S.A. announced its decision to carry out the optional early redemption of all outstanding Series II/2014 Non-Step-Up Non-Cumulative Contingent Convertible Perpetual Preferred Tier 1 Securities, with a nominal total value of USD 1,500 million (EUR 1,345 million) which are traded on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange.

In February 2019 the Group announced that it had completed the placement of preferred securities contingently convertible into newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank, excluding preemptive subscription rights and for a nominal value of USD 1,200 million (EUR 1,056 million) (the “Issue” and the “CCPS”).

The CCPS were issued at par and its remuneration has been set at 7.50% on an annual basis for the first five years. The payment of the remuneration of the CCPS is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. After that, it will be reviewed every five years by applying a margin of 498.9 basis points on the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate.

In March 2018, Banco Santander, S.A. communicated that the placement of preference shares contingently convertible into newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank was carried out, excluding the right of preferential subscription of its shareholders and for a nominal amount of EUR 1,500 million (the “Issuance” and the CCPSs”).

The Issuance was made at par and the remuneration of the CCPSs, whose payment is subject to certain conditions and is also discretionary, was fixed at an annual 4.75% for the first seven years, being revised thereafter every five years applying a margin of 409.7 basis points over the 5-year Euro Mid-Swap Rate.

 

  c)

Other issues guaranteed by the Group

At 30 June 2019 and 2018, there were no debt instruments issued by associates or non-Group third parties that had been guaranteed by the Bank or any other Group entity.

 

  d)

Fair value of financial liabilities not measured at fair value

Following is a comparison between the value by which the Group’s financial liabilities are recorded that are measured using criteria other than fair value and their corresponding fair value at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018:

 

      Millions of euros  
      30-06-19      31-12-18  
     

  Carrying      

amount    

    

Fair value    

 

       Carrying      
amount    
    

Fair value    

 

 

Deposits

     937,710        937,371        903,101        902,680  

Central banks

     71,778        71,362        72,523        72,039  

Credit institutions

     89,030        89,078        89,679        89,662  

Customer

     776,902        776,931        740,899        740,979  

Debt instruments

     251,672        259,005        244,314        247,029  

Other financial liabilities

     34,812        34,860        24,215        24,197  

Liabilities

     1,224,194        1,231,236        1,171,630        1,173,906  

The main valuation methods and inputs used in the estimation of the fair value of the financial liabilities in the previous table are detailed in Note 51.c of the consolidated annual accounts for 2018, other than those mentioned in these interim financial statements.

 

26


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

10.      Provisions

 

  a)

Provisions for Pensions and other post-retirements obligations and Other long term employee benefits

The variation experienced by the balance of the Pensions and other post-retirements obligations and other long term employee benefits from 31 December 2018 to 30 June 2019, is mainly due to higher actuarial losses in the semester as a result of changes in actuarial assumptions (Note 11.c), as well as the provision for pre-retirement (under the restructuring plan of Spain, some of its employees have been offered the possibility of availing themselves of a pre-retirement and incentivised retirement plan, providing a provision for an amount of EUR 615 millions).

 

  b)

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions

Set forth below is the detail, by type of provision, of the balances at 30 June 2019 and at 31 December 2018 of Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions. The types of provision were determined by grouping together items of a similar nature:

 

     Millions of euros
         30-06-19           31-12-18    
     

Provisions for taxes

  831     864  

Provisions for employment-related proceedings (Brazil)

  845     859  

Provisions for other legal proceedings

  1,477     1,451  

Provision for customer remediation

  689     652  

Regulatory framework-related provisions

  83     105  

Provision for restructuring

  689     492  

Other

  1,305     1,226  
    5,919     5,649  

Relevant information is set forth below in relation to each type of provision shown in the preceding table.

The provisions for taxes include provisions for tax-related proceedings.

The provisions for employment-related proceedings (Brazil) relate to claims filed by trade unions, associations, the prosecutor’s office and ex-employees claiming employment rights to which, in their view, they are entitled, particularly the payment of overtime and other employment rights, including litigation concerning retirement benefits. The number and nature of these proceedings, which are common for banks in Brazil, justify the classification of these provisions in a separate category or as a separate type from the rest. The Group calculates the provisions associated with these claims in accordance with past experience of payments made in relation to claims for similar items. When claims do not fall within these categories, a case-by-case assessment is performed and the amount of the provision is calculated in accordance with the status of each proceeding and the risk assessment carried out by the legal advisers.

The provisions for other legal proceedings include provisions for court, arbitration or administrative proceedings (other than those included in other categories or types of provisions disclosed separately) brought against Santander Group companies.

The provisions for customer remediation include the estimated cost of payments to remedy errors relating to the sale of certain products in the UK, the estimated cost of the floor clauses of Banco Santander, S.A. (from the former Banco Popular, S.A.U.), as well as the estimated cost of the claims related to the bonds and funds sales closed in Puerto Rico. To calculate the provision for customer remediation, the best estimate of the provision made by management is used, which is based on the estimated number of claims to be received and, of these, the number that will be accepted, as well as the estimated average payment per case.

The regulatory framework-related provisions include mainly the provisions for the extraordinary contribution to FSCS (Financial Services Compensation Scheme) and the Bank Levy in the UK, and those relating to Banking Tax in Poland.

The provisions for restructuring include only the direct costs arising from restructuring processes carried out by the various Group companies.

 

27


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Qualitative information on the main litigation is provided in Note 10.c.

Our general policy is to record provisions for tax and legal proceedings in which we assess the chances of loss to be probable and we do not record provisions when the chances of loss are possible or remote. We determine the amounts to be provided for as our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the corresponding claim based, among other factors, on a case-by-case analysis of the facts and the legal opinion of internal and external counsel or by considering the historical average amount of the loss incurred in claims of the same nature. The definitive date of the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits for the Group depends on each obligation. In certain cases, the obligations do not have a fixed settlement term and, in others, they depend on legal proceedings in progress.

The changes in provisions arising from civil contingencies and legal nature are disclosed in this note.

Regarding the provisions for labor processes and others of a legal nature, Brazil has charged EUR 85 million and EUR 73 million, respectively, with payments of EUR 134 million and EUR 90 million, respectively.

Regarding the provisions arising for customer remediation, EUR 80 million provisions in United Kingdom and EUR 47 million provisions in Puerto Rico for customer compensation have been allocated, partially offset with EUR 78 million provisions in United Kingdom and EUR 21 million provisions in Puerto Rico used, and Banco Popular, S.A.U., which an amount of EUR 40 million has been used in the period from floor clauses.

Regarding in provisions constituted by regulatory framework, EUR 48 million in the six-month period in United Kingdom has been used (Bank Levy and FSCS). In addition, EUR 61 million have been charged and paid in the semester in Poland.

In addition, in the provisions for restructuring, Spain has set aside EUR 242 million, the United Kingdom EUR 124 million and EUR 22 million in Poland. This increase is partially offset by payments of EUR 92 million in Spain, EUR 30 million both in the United Kingdom and Germany and EUR 13 million in Poland.

 

  c)

Litigation and other matters

i. Tax-related litigation

At 30 June 2019 the main tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

 

  -

Legal actions filed by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and certain Group companies in Brazil challenging the increase in the rate of Brazilian social contribution tax on net income from 9% to 15% stipulated by Interim Measure 413/2008, ratified by Law 11.727/2008, a provision having been recognised for the amount of the estimated loss. Due to recent unfavourable decisions of the courts, the Group in Brazil has withdrawn their actions and paid the amount claimed, using the existing provision.

 

  -

Legal actions filed by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group entities to avoid the application of Law 9.718/98, which modifies the basis to calculate PIS and COFINS social contribution, extending it to all the entities income, and not only to the income from the provision of services. In relation of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. process, in May 2015 the Federal Supreme Court (FSC) admitted the extraordinary appeal filed by the Federal Union regarding PIS, and dismissed the extraordinary appeal lodged by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor’s Office regarding COFINS contribution, confirming the decision of Federal Regional Court favourable to Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. of August 2007. The appeals filed by the other entities before the Federal Supreme Court, both for PIS and COFINS, are still pending. The risk is classified as possible and there is a provision for the amount of the estimated loss.

 

  -

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil have appealed against the assessments issued by the Brazilian tax authorities questioning the deduction of loan losses in their income tax returns (IRPJ and CSLL) in relation to different administrative processes of various years on the ground that the requirements under the applicable legislation were not met. The appeals are pending decision in CARF. No provision was recognised in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability.

 

28


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  -

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against several municipalities that demand payment of the Service Tax on certain items of income from transactions not classified as provisions of services. There are several cases in different judicial instances. No provision was recognised in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability.

 

  -

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against the tax authorities in connection with the taxation for social security purposes of certain items which are not considered to be employee remuneration. There are several cases in different judicial instances. A provision was recognised in connection with the amount of the estimated loss.

 

  -

In May 2003 the Brazilian tax authorities issued separate infringement notices against Santander Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliarios Ltda. (DTVM, currently Santander Brasil Tecnologia S.A.) and Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to the Provisional Tax on Financial Movements (CPMF) of the years 2000, 2001 and part of 2002. In July 2015, after the unfavourable decision of CARF, both entities appealed at Federal Justice in a single proceeding. In June 2019 this action has been dismissed, and the resolution has been appealed to the higher court. There is a provision recognised for the estimated loss.

 

  -

In December 2010 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Santander Seguros S.A. (Brazil), currently Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência S.A., as the successor by merger to ABN AMRO Brasil dois Participações S.A., in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2005, questioning the tax treatment applied to a sale of shares of Real Seguros, S.A. Actually it is appealed before the CARF. As the former parent of Santander Seguros S.A. (Brasil), Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. is liable in the event of any adverse outcome of this proceeding. No provision was recognised in connection with this proceeding as it is considered to be a contingent liability.

 

  -

In November 2014 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to corporate income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2009 questioning the tax-deductibility of the amortisation of the goodwill of Banco ABN AMRO Real S.A. performed prior to the absorption of this bank by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., but accepting the amortisation performed after the merger. Actually it is appealed before the Higher Chamber of CARF. No provision was recognised in connection with this proceeding as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

 

  -

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. has also appealed against infringement notices issued by the tax authorities questioning the tax deductibility of the amortisation of the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Banco Comercial e de Investimento Sudameris S.A from years 2007 to 2012. No provision was recognised in connection with this matter as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

 

  -

Banco Santander (Brazil) S.A. and other companies of the Group in Brazil are undergoing administrative and judicial procedures against Brazilian tax authorities for not admitting tax compensation with credits derived from other tax concepts, not having registered a provision for such amount since it is considered to be a contingent liability.

 

  -

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. is involved in appeals in relation to infringement notices initiated by tax authorities regarding the offsetting of tax losses in the CSLL (‘Social Contribution on Net Income’) of year 2009. The appeal is pending decision in CARF. A provision was recognised in connection with the amount of the estimated loss.

 

  -

Legal action brought by Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (currently Santander Holdings USA, Inc.) claiming its right to take a foreign tax credit for taxes paid outside the United States in fiscal years 2003 to 2005 as well as the related issuance and financing costs. On 17 July 2018, the District Court finally ruled against Santander Holdings USA, Inc. Final resolution is anticipated within the coming months, with no effect on income, as it is fully provisioned.

 

29


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  -

Banco Santander has appealed before European Courts the Decisions 2011/5/CE of 28 October 2009, and 2011/282/UE of 12 January 2011 of the European Commission, ruling that the deduction regulated pursuant to Article 12.5 of the Corporate Income Tax Law constituted illegal State aid. On November 2018 the General Court confirmed these Decisions but these judgements have been appealed at the Court of justice of the European Union. The Group has not recognised provisions for these suits since they are considered to be a contingent liability.

At the date of approval of these interim financial statements certain other less significant tax-related proceedings were also in progress.

ii. Non-tax-related proceedings

At 30 June 2019, the main non-tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

 

  -

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI): claims associated with the sale by Santander UK plc of payment protection insurance or PPI to its customers. As of 30 June 2019, the remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs amounted to GBP 247.9 million (EUR 277 million). An additional net provision of GBP 70 million (EUR 80 million) in the first semester of 2019 reflecting an increase in claims volumes and additional industry activities taking into account guidance provided by the FCA (Financial Conduct Authority), in advance of the PPI claims deadline on 29 August 2019. This provision represents management’s best estimate of Santander UK plc future liability in respect of mis-selling of PPI policies and is based on recent claims experience and consideration of the FCA guidance. It has been calculated using key assumptions such as the estimated number of customer complaints received, the number of rejected misselling claims that will be in scope for Plevin and Recurring Non Disclosure of Commission redress, and the determination of liability with respect to a specific portfolio of claims. The provision will be subject to continuous review, taking into account the impact of any further claims received and FCA guidance.

 

  -

Delforca: dispute arising from equity swaps entered into by Gaesco (now Delforca 2008, S.A.) on shares of Inmobiliaria Colonial, S.A. Banco Santander, S.A. is claiming to Delforca a total of EUR 66 million from the liquidation of the swaps. Mobiliaria Monesa, S.A. (Delforca’s parent company) has commenced a civil proceeding against the Bank claiming damages which, as of date have not been determined. The proceeding has been stayed because the jurisdiction of the Court has been challenged. Within insolvency proceedings before the Commercial Court, both Delforca and Mobiliaria Monesa have instigated a claim against the Bank seeking the recovery of EUR 56.8 million that the Bank received from the liquidation of the swap. The Bank has filed a claim against Delforca seeking the Bank’s recognition of its right to receive the credit. The Bank has not recognised any provisions in this connection.

 

  -

Former employees of Banco do Estado de São Paulo S.A., Santander Banespa, Cia. de Arrendamiento Mercantil: a claim was filed in 1998 by the association of retired Banespa employees (AFABESP) requesting the payment of a half-yearly bonus contemplated in the by-laws of Banespa in the event that Banespa obtained a profit and that the distribution of this profit were approved by the Board of Directors. The bonus was not paid in 1994 and 1995 since Banespa had not made a profit during those years. Partial payments were made from 1996 to 2000, as approved by the Board of Directors. The relevant clause was eliminated in 2001. The Regional Labor Court and the High Employment Court ordered Santander Brasil, as successor to Banespa, to pay this half-yearly bonus for the period from 1996 to the present. On 20 March, 2019, a decision from the Federal Supreme Court (Supremo Tribunal Federal, or “STF”) rejected the extraordinary appeal filed by Santander Brasil. A rescission action to revert the decision in the main process has been filed by Santander Brasil. The current court decision does not define a specific amount to be paid by the defendants (this would only be determined once a final decision is issued and the enforcement process has begun).

 

30


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  -

Planos Económicos”: like the rest of the banking system in Brasil, Santander Brasil has been the target of customer complaints and collective civil suits stemming from legislative changes and its application to bank deposits, fundamentally (‘economic plans’). At the end of 2017, there was an agreement between regulatory entities and the Brazilian Federation of Banks (Febraban), already approved by the Supremo Tribunal Federal, with the purpose of closing the lawsuits. Discussions focused on specifying the amount to be paid to each affected client according to the balance in their notebook at the time of the Plan. Finally, the total value of the payments will depend on the number of endorsements they have made and the number of savers who have demonstrated the existence of the account and its balance on the date the indexes were changed. In November 2018, the STF ordered the suspension of all economic plan processes for two years from February 2018. The provisions recorded for the economic plan processes are considered sufficient.

 

  -

CNMC: after an administrative investigation on several financial entities, including Banco Santander, S.A., in relation to possible collusive practices or price-fixing agreements, as well as exchange of commercially sensitive information in relation to financial derivative instruments used as hedge of interest rate risk for syndicated loans, on 13 February 2018, the Competition Directorate of the Spanish “National Commission for Antitrust and Markets” (CNMC) published its decision, by which it fined the Bank and another three financial institutions with EUR 91 million (EUR 23.9 million for the Bank) for offering interest rate derivatives in breach of Articles 1 of the Spanish Act 15/2007 on Defence of Competition and 101 of the Treaty of Functioning of the European Union. According to the CNMC, there would be evidence that there was coordination between the hedging banks/lenders to coordinate the price of the derivatives and offer clients, in each case, a price different from the “market price”. This decision has been appealed before the Spanish National Court by the Bank, that has already paid the fine.

 

  -

Floor clauses (“cláusulas suelo”): As a consequence of the acquisition of Banco Popular, S.A.U, the Group has been exposed to a material number of transactions with floor clauses. The so-called “floor clauses” or minimum clauses are those under which the borrower accepts a minimum interest rate to be paid to the lender, regardless of the applicable reference interest rate. Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. included “floor clauses” in certain asset transactions with customers. In relation to this type of clauses, and after several rulings made by the Court of Justice of the European Union and the Spanish Supreme Court, and the extrajudicial process established by the Spanish Royal Decree-Law 1/2017, of 2 January, Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. made extraordinary provisions that were updated in order to cover the effect of the potential return of the excess interest charged for the application of the floor clauses between the contract date of the corresponding mortgage loans and May 2013. The Group considered that the maximum risk associated with the floor clauses applied in its contracts with consumers, in the most severe and not probable scenario, would amount to approximately EUR 900 million, as initially measured and without considering the returns performed. For this matter, after the purchase of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., EUR 396 million provisions have been used by the Group (EUR 238 million in 2017, EUR 119 million in 2018 and EUR 39 million in the first semester of 2019) mainly for refunds as a result of the extrajudicial process mentioned above. As of 30 June 2019, the amount of the Group’s provisions in relation to this matter amounts to EUR 85 million.

 

  -

Banco Popular´s acquisition: considering the declaration setting out the resolution of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., the redemption and conversion of its capital instruments and the subsequent transfer to Banco Santander, S.A. of the shares resulting from this conversion in exercise of the resolution instrument involving the sale of the institution’s business, in the application accordance with the single resolution framework regulation referred to in Note 3 of the 2018 consolidated annual accounts, some investors have filed claims against the EU’s Single Resolution Board decision, the FROB’s resolution executed in accordance to the aforementioned decision, and claims have been filed and may be filed in the future against Banco Santander, S.A. or other Santander Group companies deriving from or related to the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U.. There are also criminal investigations in progress led by the Spanish National Court in connection with Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., although not with its acquisition. On 15 January 2019, the Spanish National Court, applying article 130.2 of the Spanish Criminal Code, declared the Bank the successor entity to Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. (following the merger of the Bank and Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. on 28 September 2018), and, as a result, determined that the Bank assumed the role of the party being investigated in the criminal proceeding. The decision was appealed and on 30 April 2019, the Spanish National Court ruled in favor of Banco Santander, S.A. declaring that Banco Santander, S.A. cannot inherit Banco Popular’s potential criminal liability. This ruling was appealed by some of the accusing parties, the appeal was non-accepted by the Spanish National Court and those accusing parties have appealed the non-acceptance before the Supreme Court.

 

31


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

At this time it is not possible to foresee the total number of lawsuits and additional claims that could be put forth by the former shareholders, nor their economic implications (particularly considering that the resolution decision in application of the new laws is unprecedented in Spain or any other Member State of the European Union and that possible future claims might not specify any specific amount, allege new legal interpretations or involve a large number of parties). The estimated cost of the potential compensation to the shareholders of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. has been accounted for as disclosed in the aforementioned Note 3.

 

  -

German shares investigation: the Cologne Public Prosecution Office is conducting an investigation against the Bank, and other group entities based in UK - Santander UK plc, Abbey National Treasury Services plc and Cater Allen International Limited -, in relation to a particular type of tax dividend linked transactions known as cum-ex transactions. The Group is cooperating with the German authorities. As the investigations are at preliminary stage, the results and the effects for the Group, which may potentially include the imposition of financial penalties, cannot be anticipated. The Bank has not recognised any provisions in this connection in relation to the potential imposition of financial penalties.

 

  -

Attorneys General Investigation of auto loan securitisation transactions and fair lending practices: in October 2014, May 2015, July 2015 and February 2017, Santander Consumer USA Inc. (SC) received subpoenas and/or Civil Investigative Demands (CIDs) from the Attorneys General of the U.S. states of California, Illinois, Oregon, New Jersey, Maryland and Washington under the authority of each state’s consumer protection statutes. SC was informed that these states serve on behalf of a group of 32 state Attorneys General. The subpoenas contain broad requests for information and the production of documents related to SC’s underwriting, securitization, the recovery efforts servicing and collection of nonprime vehicle loans. SC has responded to these requests within the deadlines specified in the CIDs and has otherwise cooperated with the Attorneys General with respect to this matter. The provisions recorded for this investigation are considered sufficient.

 

  -

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Puerto Rico Arbitrations: as of 30 June 2019, Santander Securities LLC (SSLLC) had received 670 FINRA arbitration cases related to Puerto Rico bonds and Puerto Rico closed-end funds (CEFs). The statements of claims allege, among other things, fraud, negligence, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract of the acquirers, unsuitability, over-concentration of the investments and defect to supervise. There were 433 arbitration cases that remained pending as of 30 June 2019. The provisions recorded for these matters are considered sufficient.

As a result of various legal, economic and market factors impacting or that could impact of the value Puerto Rico bonds and CEFs, it is possible that additional arbitration claims and/or increased claim amounts may be asserted against SSLLC in future periods.

 

  -

IRPH Index: a portion of our Spanish mortgage loan portfolio bears interest at a rate indexed to the Índice de Referencia de Préstamos Hipotecarios known as “IRPH,” which, at the time the contracts were entered into, served as reference rate for mortgage loan agreements in Spain and was published by the Bank of Spain. Consumers in Spain have brought lawsuits against most of the Spanish banking sector alleging that the use and related disclosures of such rate did not comply with the transparency requirements of European regulation. On December 14, 2017, the Supreme Court of Spain ruled that these clauses were valid, as the IRPH is an official rate and therefore non-subject to transparency requirements. The matter has been referred to the Court of Justice of the European Union through a preliminary ruling procedure. Pending the outcome of this referral, the IRPH remains valid as a result of the decision of the Supreme Court of Spain.

In the event the Court of Justice of the European Union questions these clauses, it would need to be determined the effects of the decision which carries the uncertainty as to the interest rate that would apply to the relevant mortgage loans. Additionally, it is unclear whether such a ruling by the Court of Justice of the European Union would have retroactive effect and to what extent.

The uncertainty regarding the ruling by the Court of Justice of the European Union as well as the effects of such ruling make estimating the potential exposure difficult. Currently, the balance of the relevant mortgage loans held by us equals approximately EUR 4.3 billion. Although it is considered that the decision of the Supreme Court of Spain is well-founded, an unfavorable decision by the Court of Justice of the European Union could result in the charge of a material provision.

 

32


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  -

Banco Santander has been sued in a legal proceeding in which the plaintiff alleges that a contract was concluded whereby he would be entrusted with the functions of CEO of the Bank. In the complaint, the claimant mainly requests a declaratory ruling that affirms the validity and conclusion of such contract and its enforcement together with the payment of certain amounts. If the main request is not granted, the claimant seeks compensation for a total amount of approximately EUR 112 million or, an alternative relief for other minor amounts. Banco Santander, S.A. will answer to this complaint.

 

  -

CHF Polish Mortgage Loans: On 14 May 2019, the Advocate General of Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) issued a non-binding opinion in relation to a lawsuit against an unrelated bank in Poland regarding unfair contractual clauses in consumer agreements, specifically the consequences of potentially unfair contractual clauses in CHF-indexed loan agreements. The Advocate General concluded that if the FX difference clause is deemed to be unfair, the agreement may be converted to an agreement on a PLN loan with an interest rate based on CHF LIBOR or it may be rendered null and void, as decided by the domestic court. In consultation with the Polish Bank Association (ZBP), the defendant bank filed for rehearing, enclosing a written opinion of the ZBP which pointed to a significant risk of the CJEU ruling based on incorrect legal assumptions presented in the opinion of the Advocate General. The decision by the CJEU is pending.

The uncertainty regarding the ruling by the Court of Justice of the European Union as well as the effects of such ruling make estimating the potential exposure difficult. An unfavorable decision by the Court of Justice of the European Union could result in the charge of a material provision. As at 30 June 2019, the Group has a portfolio of mortgage loans denominated in, or indexed to, CHF of approximately PLN 10,116 million (EUR 2,380 million).

The Bank and the other Group companies are subject to claims and, therefore, are party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of their business including those in connection with lending activities, relationships with employees and other commercial or tax matters.

With the information available to it, the Group considers that, at 30 June 2019, it had reliably estimated the obligations associated with each proceeding and had recognised, where necessary, sufficient provisions to cover reasonably any liabilities that may arise as a result of these tax and legal risks. Subject to the qualifications made, it also believes that any liability arising from such claims and proceedings will not have, overall, a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position or results of operations.

11.        Equity

In the six-month periods ended 30 June 2019 and 2018 there were no quantitative or qualitative changes in the Group’s equity other than those indicated in the condensed consolidated statements of changes in total equity.

 

  a)

Capital

As of 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018, the Bank’s capital stock was represented by 16,236,573,942 shares, with a nominal amount of EUR 8,118 million, in both dates.

 

33


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  b)

Breakdown of other comprehensive income - Items not reclassified to profit or loss and Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

     Millions of euros
      30-06-2019             31-12-2018    

Other comprehensive income accumulated

    (21,425)     (22,141)

  Items not reclassified to profit or loss

    (3,625)     (2,936)

Actuarial gains or losses on defined benefit pension plans

    (4,141)     (3,609)

Non-current assets held for sale

    -     -

Share in other income and expenses recognised in investments, joint ventures and associates

    1     1

Other valuation adjustments

    -     -

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

    527     597

Inefficacy of fair value hedges of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

    -     -

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (hedged item)

    -     -

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (hedging instrument)

    -     -

Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk

    (12)     75

 Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

    (17,800)     (19,205)

Hedge of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion)

    (5,074)     (4,312)

Exchange differences

    (14,927)     (15,730)

Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges (effective portion)

    393     277

Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

    2,051     828

Hedging instruments (items not designated)

    -     -

Non-current assets held for sale

    -     -

Share in other income and expenses recognised in investments, joint ventures and associates

    (243)     (268)

 

  c)

Other comprehensive income - Items not reclassified to profit or loss - Actuarial gains or losses on defined benefit pension plans

The changes in the balance of Other comprehensive income - Items not reclassified to profit or loss - Actuarial gains or losses on defined benefit pension plans include the actuarial gains or losses generated in the period and the return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset), less the administrative expenses and taxes inherent to the plan, and any change in the effect of the asset ceiling. Its variation is shown in the condensed consolidated statement of Recognised income and expense.

During the first six months of 2019 actuarial losses (net of actuarial gains) on defined benefit pension plans amounts to EUR 833 million, which main impact is:

 

  -

Increase of EUR 314 million in the accumulated actuarial losses corresponding to the Group’s businesses in the United Kingdom, mainly due to the variation in the discount rate (decrease from 2.90% to 2.35%).

 

  -

Increase of EUR 304 million in the accumulated actuarial losses corresponding to the Group’s businesses in the Brazil, mainly due to the variation in the discount rate (decrease from 9.11% to 7.72%, for pension plans and from 9.26% to 7.86% for medical plans).

 

  -

Increase of EUR 161 million in the accumulated actuarial losses corresponding to the Group’s businesses in the Spain, mainly due to the variation in the discount rate (decrease from 1.55% to 1.10%).

Likewise, the differences in the cumulative actuarial gains and losses account for an increase of EUR 54 million, as a consequence of the evolution of exchange rates and other effects.

 

34


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  d)

Other comprehensive income - Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

Includes the net amount of unrealised fair value changes in equity instruments at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income.

Below is a breakdown of the composition of the balance as of 30 June 2019 under “Other comprehensive income - Items that cannot be reclassified to profit or loss - Changes in the fair value of debt equity measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income depending on the geographical origin of the issuer:

 

      Millions of euros  
   30-06-19      31-12-18  
  

Revaluation

gains

    

Revaluation

losses

   

Net

revaluation

gains/(losses)

   

Fair

value

    

Revaluation

gains

    

Revaluation

losses

   

Net revaluation

gains/(losses)

    Fair value  

 

Equity instruments

                     

Domestic

                     

Spain

     19        (444     (425     185        20        (216     (196     417  

International

                     

Rest of Europe

     60        (78     (18     319        160        (76     84       652  

United States

     13        -       13       45        9        -       9       42  

Latin America and rest

     960        (3     957       2,240        708        (8     700       1,560  
       1,052        (525     527       2,789        897        (300     597       2,671  

Of which:

                     

Listed

     961        (15     946       2,289        818        (18     800       1,943  

Unlisted

     91        (510     (419     500        79        (282     (203     728  

 

  e)

Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion) and exchange differences

Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion) includes the net amount of the changes in value of hedging instruments in hedges of net investments in foreign operations, in respect of the portion of these changes considered to be effective hedges.

Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences includes the net amount of exchange differences arising on non-monetary items whose fair value is adjusted against equity and the differences arising on the translation to euros of the balances of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro.

The net variation of both headings recognised during the first semester of 2019, recorded in the statement of income and expenses recognised as a consolidated summary, reflects the effect generated by the appreciation of Brazilian real and the depreciation of the Pound sterling and the US Dollar (Note 1.e). From this variation, a gain of EUR 144 million corresponds to the valuation at the closing exchange rate of goodwill of the semester (Note 8).

 

35


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

 

  f)

Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Includes the net amount of unrealised fair value changes in debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Below is a breakdown of the composition of the balance as of 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018 under Other comprehensive income - Items that can be reclassified to profit or loss - Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income depending on the type of instrument and the geographical origin of the issuer:

 

      Millions of euros  
   30-06-19      31-12-18  
  

Revaluation

gains

     Revaluation
losses
   

Net

revaluation

gains/(losses)

     Fair value     

Revaluation

gains

    

Revaluation

losses

   

Net

revaluation

gains/(losses)

     Fair value  
             

Debt instruments

                               

Government and central banks

debt instruments

                               

  Spain

     717        (4     713        29,002        323        (3     320        38,550  

  Rest of Europe

     679        (32     647        20,039        373        (55     318        17,494  

  Latin America and rest of the world

     715        (42     673        44,820        448        (117     331        42,599  

Private-sector debt instruments

     80        (62     18        21,412        37        (178     (141)        19,777  
       2,191        (140     2,051        115,273        1,181        (353     828        118,420  

12.       Segment information

For Group management purposes, the primary level of segmentation, by geographical area, comprised at 31 December 2018, five segments: four operating areas plus Corporate Centre. The operating areas, which include all the business activities carried on therein by the Group, are Continental Europe, the United Kingdom, Latin America and the United States, based on the location of the Group’s assets.

As of 30 June 2019 the Group has aligned the information in this note in a manner consistent with the current reporting structure and the way in which Management monitors the Group’s segments and units.

This financial information (“underlying basis”) is computed by adjusting reported results for the effects of certain gains and losses (e.g.: capital gains, write-downs, etc.). These gains and losses are items that management and investors ordinarily identify and consider separately to understand better the underlying trends in the business.

The main changes, which have been applied to all segment information for all periods included in the interim financial statements, are the following:

 

  ·  

Creation of the new geographic segment Europe that includes the existing units under the previous Continental Europe segment (Spain, Portugal, Poland, Santander Consumer Finance) plus the UK (that was previously a segment on its own and is now a unit under the segment Europe).

 

  ·  

Creation of the new geographic segment North America that comprises the existing units under the previous US segment plus Mexico.

 

  ·  

Creation of the new geographic segment South America that comprises the existing units under the previous Latin America segment except for Mexico.

 

  ·  

Creation of a new reporting segment, Santander Global Platform, which includes the global digital services under a single unit:

- The fully digital native bank Openbank and Open Digital Services (ODS).

- Global Payments Services: payments platform to better serve the customers with value propositions developed globally, including Superdigital, Pago FX and the recently launched global business (Global Merchant Services and Global Trade Services).

- Digital Assets: common digital Assets and Centres of Digital Expertise which help the banks of the Group in their digital transformation.

 

36


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Following is the breakdown of revenue that is deemed to be recognised under Dividend income, Commission income, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gain or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net, Other operating income and Income from assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts in the accompanying consolidated income statements for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019 and 2018.

Also, it is disclosed the reconciliation between the adjusted profit and the statutory profit corresponding to the six month period ended 30 June 2019 and 2018:

 

        Millions of euros  

Segment

 

     Revenue from ordinary activities        Profit        Profit before taxes  
     30-06-19          30-06-18            30-06-19              30-06-18              30-06-19              30-06-18        

Europe

       16,190        16,406          2,354          2,422          3,549          3,610  

South America

       14,420        15,497          1,961          690          3,661          1,265  

North America

       8,768        7,179          889          1,846          1,594          3,499  

Santander Global Platform

       61        52          (51)          (23)          (70)          (29)  

Corporate Centre

       (101)        (178)          (1,108)          (883)          (1,155)          (865)  

Underlying Profit

       39,338        38,956          4,045          4,052          7,579          7,480  

Adjustments

       -        -          (814)          (300)          (1,048)          (581)  

Statutory Profit

       39,338        38,956          3,231          3,752          6,531          6,899  

Explanation of adjustments at 30 June 2019:

 

  ·  

Gains due to the sale of the equity stake in Prisma, with a net impact of EUR 150 million.

 

  ·  

Losses given the sale of properties with a net impact of EUR -180 million.

 

  ·  

Restructuring costs in United Kingdom, Poland and Spain with a net impact of EUR -704 million.

 

  ·  

Provisions for PPI with a net impact of EUR -80 million.

Explanation of adjustments at 30 June 2018:

 

  ·  

Restructuring costs: The net impact of EUR -300 million on Profit related to restructuring costs in connection with the integration of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., as follows EUR -280 million in Spain, EUR -40 million in Corporate Centre and EUR 20 million in Portugal.

 

 

37


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

13.     Related parties

The parties related to the Group are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, the Bank’s key management personnel (the members of its board of directors and the executive vice presidents, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control.

Following is a detail of the transactions performed by the Group with its related parties in the first six months of 2019 and 2018, distinguishing between significant shareholders, members of the Bank’s board of directors, the Bank’s executive vice presidents, Group entities and other related parties. Related party transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions or, when this was not the case, the related compensation in kind was recognised:

 

      Millions of euros  
      30-06-19  
         
Expenses and income    Significant        
shareholders        
     Directors and        
executives        
   

Individuals,    

Group companies    

or entities    

   Other related        
parties        
     Total          
         

Expenses:

                                   

Finance costs

                1          -            1    

Leases

                -          -            -    

Services received

                -          -            -    

Purchases of stocks

                -          -            -    

Other expenses

                13          -            13    
                  14          -            14    

Income:

                                              

Finance income

                46          -            46    

Dividends received

                -          -            -    

Services rendered

                -          -            -    

Sale of stocks

                -          -            -    

Other income

                490          -            490    
                  536          -            536    
                                 
      Millions of euros  
      30-06-19  
Other transactions    Significant        
shareholders        
     Directors and        
executives        
    Individuals,        
Group        
companies or         
entities        
   Other related        
parties        
     Total          
         

Financing agreements: loans and capital contributions (lender)

                617        (6)          611    

Financing agreements: loans and capital contributions (borrower)

                289        12          301    

Guarantees provided

                (21)        -          (21)    

Guarantees received

                -        -          -    

Commitments acquired

                75        (24)          51    

Dividends and other distributed profit

                -        20          25    

Other transactions

                -        -          -    

 

38


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Balance closing period    Millions of euros  
   30-06-19  
   Significant    
shareholders    
   Directors and    
executives    
    

Individuals,

Group

companies or

entities

    

Other

related

parties

     Total          
           

Debt balances:

                                  

Customers and commercial debtors

   -         -        -           -           -     

Loans and credits granted

   -         24        7,688          61           7,773    

Other collection rights

   -         -        515           17           532     
     -         24        8,203          78           8,305    

Credit balances:

                                        

Suppliers and creditors granted

   -         -        -           -           -     

Loans and credits received

   -         35        2,222          77           2,334    

Other payment obligations

   -         -        42          -           42    
     -         35        2,264          77           2,376    
        
      Millions of euros  
      30-06-18  
Expenses and income    Significant    
shareholders    
   Directors and    
executives    
     Individuals,
Group companies
or entities
     Other related
parties
     Total          
           

Expenses:

                                   

Finance costs

   -         -           1           1           2    

Leases

   -         -           -           -           -     

Services received

   -         -           -           -           -     

Purchases of stocks

   -         -           -           -           -     

Other expenses

   -         -           47           -           47    
     -         -           48           1           49    

Income:

                                             

Finance income

   -         -           33           6           39    

Dividends received

   -         -           -           -           -     

Services rendered

   -         -           -           -           -     

Sale of stocks

   -         -           -           -           -     

Other income

   -         -           437           14           451     
     -         -           470           20           490     
        
      Millions of euros  
      30-06-18  
Other transactions    Significant    
shareholders    
   Directors and    
executives    
    

Individuals,
Group

companies

or entities

     Other related    
parties
     Total          
           

Financing agreements: loans and capital contributions (lender)

   -         1           324           (164)           161     

Financing agreements: loans and capital contributions (borrower)

   -         2           (251)           335           86     

Guarantees provided

   -         -           -           31           31     

Guarantees received

   -         -           -           -           -     

Commitments acquired

   -         -           75           (2)           73     

Dividends and other distributed profit

   -         4           -           18           22     

Other transactions

   -         -           9           220           229     

 

39


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

14    Off-balance-sheet exposures

The off-balance-sheet exposures related to balances representing loan commitments, financial guarantees and other commitments granted (recoverables and non recoverables).

Financial guarantees granted include financial guarantees contracts such as financial bank guarantees, credit derivatives, and risks arising from derivatives granted to third parties; non-financial guarantees include other guarantees and irrevocable documentary credits.

Loan and other commitments granted include all off-balance-sheet exposures, which are not classified as guarantees provided, including loans commitment granted.

 

      Millions of euros  
   30-06-19         31-12-18     

Loan commitments granted

     223,954         218,083  

  Of which doubtful

     339         298  

Financial guarantees granted

     12,077         11,723  

  Of which doubtful

     161         181  

Bank sureties

     12,004         11,558  

Credit derivatives sold

     73         165  

Other commitments granted

     94,785         74,389  

  Of which doubtful

     889         983  

Other granted guarantees

     33,447         35,154  

Other

     61,338         39,235  

The breakdown of the off-balance sheet exposure and impairment on 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018 by impairment stages is EUR 323,500 million and EUR 297,409 million of exposure and EUR 379 million and EUR 382 million of impairment in stage 1, EUR 5,927 million and EUR 5,324 million of exposure and EUR 137 million and EUR 132 million of impairment in stage 2, and EUR 1,389 million and EUR 1,462 million of exposure and EUR 212 million and EUR 265 million of impairment in stage 3, respectively.

15.    Average headcount and number of offices

The average number of employees at the Bank and the Group, by gender, in the six month periods ended 30 June 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

 

Average headcount    Bank                Group            
           30-06-19                     30-06-18                       30-06-19                       30-06-18           
       

Men

   16,240        11,585             91,609          91,051        

Women

   13,739        9,906           110,789          110,833        
     29,979        21,491             202,398          201,884        

The increase in the number of employees of the Bank between both periods is due to the merger processes between the Bank and other subsidiaries (mainly Banco Popular).

The number of branches at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018 is as follow:

 

Number of branches    Group                 
           30-06-19                           31-12-18                      

Spain

     4,296          4,427       

Foreign

     8,785          8,790       
       13,081          13,217       

 

40


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

16.     Other disclosures

 

  a)

Valuation techniques for financial assets and liabilities

The following table shows a summary of the fair values, at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018, of the financial assets and liabilities indicated below, classified on the basis of the various measurement methods used by the Group to determine their fair value:

 

      Millions of euros  
      30-06-19      31-12-18  
     

Published price  
quotations in  
active markets  

(Level 1)  

    

Internal  
models  

(Levels 2  
and 3)  

     Total       

Published price  
quotations in  
active markets  

(Level 1)  

    

Internal  
models  

(Levels 2  
and 3)  

     Total    
             

Financial assets held for trading

     44,404        58,170        102,574        37,108        55,771        92,879  

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

     1,695        3,698        5,393        1,835        8,895        10,730  

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

     2,739        70,681        73,420        3,102        54,358        57,460  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     98,629        19,433        118,062        103,590        17,501        121,091  

Hedging derivatives (assets)

     -        8,451        8,451        -        8,607        8,607  

Financial liabilities held for trading

     16,861        57,326        74,187        16,104        54,239        70,343  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     1,350        58,887        60,237        987        67,071        68,058  

Hedging derivatives (liabilities)

     5        7,262        7,267        5        6,358        6,363  

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     -        731        731        -        765        765  

Financial instruments at fair value, determined on the basis of published price quotations in active markets (Level 1), include government debt instruments, private-sector debt instruments, derivatives traded in organised markets, securitised assets, shares, short positions and fixed-income securities issued.

In cases where price quotations cannot be observed, management makes its best estimate of the price that the market would set, using its own internal models. In most cases, these internal models use data based on observable market parameters as significant inputs (Level 2) and, in some cases, they use significant inputs not observable in market data (Level 3).

In order to make these estimates, various techniques are employed, including the extrapolation of observable market data. The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of the instrument can be obtained from other market transactions performed with the same or similar instruments or can be measured by using a valuation technique in which the variables used include only observable market data, mainly interest rates.

During the first semester of 2019, the Group did not make any material transfers of financial instruments between measurement levels other than the transfers included in level 3 table. At this regard, the Group has proceeded to reclassify to level 3 certain government bonds in Brazil that, based on the Group’s observability criteria, do not meet the requirements to be considered as observable inputs. Likewise, certain positions (both derivatives and debt instruments) have been reclassified to level 2 with maturities for which there are already observable valuation inputs or for which new sources of recurrent prices have been accessed.

 

41


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

The Group has developed a formal process for the systematic valuation and management of financial instruments, which has been implemented worldwide across all the Group’s units. The governance scheme for this process distributes responsibilities between two independent divisions: Treasury (development, marketing and daily management of financial products and market data) and Risk (on a periodic basis, validation of pricing models and market data, computation of risk metrics, new transaction approval policies, management of market risk and implementation of fair value adjustment policies). The approval of new products follows a sequence of steps (request, development, validation, integration in corporate systems and quality assurance) before the product is brought into production. This process ensures that pricing systems have been properly reviewed and are stable before they are used.

The most important products and families of derivatives, and the related valuation techniques and inputs, by asset class, are detailed in the consolidated annual accounts as at 31 December 2018.

As of 30 June 2019, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) accounted for was EUR 302.2 million (-13.9% from 31 December 2018 year end) and adjustments of DVA (Debt Valuation Adjustment) was EUR 192.5 million (-26.2% compared to 31 December 2018). The reductions are mainly due to the decrease of credit spreads by more than 30% in the most liquid periods.

 

42


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Set forth below are the financial instruments at fair value whose measurement was based on internal models (Levels 2 and 3) at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018:

 

      Millions of euros              Millions of euros                    
      Fair values calculated using        
internal models at 30-06-19 (*)        
     Fair values calculated using        
internal models at 31-12-18 (*)        
           
      Level 2      Level 3      Level 2      Level 3     Valuation techniques   Main inputs
             

ASSETS 

     153,100        7,333        140,659        4,473          

Financial assets held for trading 

     57,567        603        55,033        738          

Customers (**) 

     300        _        205        -    

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Debt instruments and equity instruments 

     990        74        314        153    

Present value method

 

Yield curves, HPI, FX market prices

Derivatives 

     56,277        529        54,514        585          

Swaps 

     47,337        191        44,423        185    

Present value method, Gaussian Copula (***)

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, HPI, Basis, Liquidity

Exchange rate options 

     388        3        617        2    

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options 

     3,679        190        3,778        149    

Black’s Model, multifactorial advanced models interest rate

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate futures 

     11        -        -        -    

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Index and securities options 

     1,376        113        1,118        198    

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Other 

     3,486        32        4,578        51    

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX and EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, Others

Hedging derivatives 

     8,443        8        8,586        21          

Swaps 

     7,906        -        7,704        21    

Present value method

 

FX market prices, Yield curves, Basis

Interest rate options 

     17        8        20        -    

Black’s Model

 

FX market prices, Yield curves, Volatility surfaces

Other 

     520        -        862        -    

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Credit, Liquidity, Others

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss      1,747        1,951        7,492        1,403          
Equity instruments      1,083        612        985        462    

Present value method

 

Market price, Interest rates curves, Dividends and Others

Debt instruments      653        953        5,085        481    

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves

Loans and receivables (**)      11        386        1,422        460    

Present value method, swap asset model & CDS

 

Interest rates curves and Credit curves

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss      69,664        1,017        53,482        876          
Central banks      7,105        -        9,226        -    

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Credit institutions      39,760        50        22,897        201    

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Customers (****)      22,599        411        21,355        560    

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices, HPI

Debt instruments      200        556        4        115    

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income      15,679        3,754        16,066        1,435          
Equity instruments       122        346        455        581    

Present value method

 

Market price, Interest rates curves, Dividends and Others

Debt instruments       15,391        192        14,699        165    

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Loans and receivables       166        3,216        912        689    

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices and Credit curves and Liquidity.

LIABILITIES       123,600        606        127,991        442          
Financial liabilities held for trading       57,069        257        53,950        289          
Derivatives       57,024        257        53,950        289          

Swaps 

     47,255        110        43,489        111    

Present value method, Gaussian Copula (***)

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, Basis, Liquidity, HPI

Exchange rate options 

     464        -        610        7    

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options 

     4,709        32        4,411        26    

Black’s Model, multifactorial advanced models interest rate

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Index and securities options 

     1,365        105        1,233        143    

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Interest rate and equity futures 

     25        -        7        -    

Black’s Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Other 

     3,206        10        4,200        2    

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Short positions

     45        -        -        -    

Present value method

 

Yield curves ,FX & EQ market prices, Equity

Hedging derivatives

     7,260        2        6,352        6          

Swaps 

     6,513        -        5,868        6    

Present value method

 

Yield curves ,FX & EQ market prices, Basis

Interest rate options 

     8        2        158        -    

Black’s Model

 

Yield curves , Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Other 

     739        -        326        -    

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves , Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity, Other

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss      58,540        347        66,924        147    

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     731        -        765        -          

 

  (*)

The internal models of Level 2 implement figures based on the parameters observed in the market, while Level 3 internal models uses significant inputs that are not observable in market data.

 

 

  (**)

Includes mainly short-term loans and reverse repurchase agreements with corporate customers (mainly brokerage and investment companies).

 

 

  (***)

Includes credit risk derivatives with a negative net fair value of EUR 2 million recognised in the interim condensed consolidated balance sheet (31 December 2018: net fair value of EUR 0 million). These assets and liabilities are measured using the Standard Gaussian Copula Model.

 

 

  (****)

Includes residential mortgages to financial institutions in the United Kingdom (which are regulated and partly financed by the Government). The fair value of these loans has been obtained using observable market variables, including current market transactions of similar amount and guarantees provided by the UK Housing Association. Given that the Government is involved in these entities, credit risk spreads have remained stable and homogeneous in this sector. The results arising from the valuation model are contrasted against current market transactions.

 

 

43


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

The measurements obtained using the internal models might have been different had other methods or assumptions been used with respect to interest rate risk, to credit risk, market risk and foreign currency risk spreads, or to their related correlations and volatilities. Nevertheless, the Bank’s directors consider that the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet and the gains and losses arising from these financial instruments are reasonable.

Level 3 financial instruments

Set forth below are the Group’s main financial instruments measured using unobservable market data that constitute significant inputs of the internal models (Level 3):

 

  -

Instruments in Santander UK’s portfolio (loans, debt instruments and derivatives) linked to the House Price Index (HPI). Even if the valuation techniques used for these instruments may be the same as those used to value similar products (present value in the case of loans and debt instruments, and the Black-Scholes model for derivatives), the main factors used in the valuation of these instruments are the HPI spot rate, the growth rate of that rate, its volatility and mortality rates, which are not always observable in the market and, accordingly, these instruments are considered illiquid

 

  ·  

The HPI spot rate: for some instruments the NSA HPI spot rate, which is directly observable and published on a monthly basis, is used. For other instruments where regional HPI rates must be used (published quarterly), adjustments are made to reflect the different composition of the rates and adapt them to the regional composition of Santander UK’s portfolio.

 

  ·  

HPI growth rate: this is not always directly observable in the market, especially for long maturities, and is estimated in accordance with existing quoted prices. To reflect the uncertainty implicit in these estimates, adjustments are made based on an analysis of the historical volatility of the HPI, incorporating reversion to the mean.

 

  ·  

HPI volatility: the long-term volatility is not directly observable in the market but is estimated on the basis of more short-term quoted prices and by making an adjustment to reflect the existing uncertainty, based on the standard deviation of historical volatility over various time periods.

 

  ·  

Mortality rates: these are based on published official tables and adjusted to reflect the composition of the customer portfolio for this type of product at Santander UK.

 

  -

Callable interest rate trading derivatives (Bermudan style options) where the main unobservable input is mean reversion of interest rates.

 

  -

Derivatives of negotiation on interest rates, taking asset securitisations and with the redemption rate (CPR) as the main unobservable input as an underlying asset.

 

  -

Derivatives from trading on inflation in Spain, where volatility is not observable in the market.

 

  -

Derivatives on long-term interest rate volatility (more than 30 years) where volatility is not observable in the market at the indicated term.

 

  -

Equity volatility derivatives, specifically indices and equities, where volatility is not observable in the long term.

 

  -

Syndicated loans with the HTC&S business model (Hold to collect and sale) and classified in the fair value category with changes in other accumulated global result, where the cost of liquidity is not directly observable in the market, as well as the prepayment option in favour of the borrower.

The net amount recorded in the results of the first six months of 2019 resulting from the aforementioned valuation models which main inputs are unobservable market data (Level 3) amounts to EUR 68 million benefit approximately (EUR 13 million in 30 June 2018).

 

44


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

The table below shows the effect, at 30 June 2019, on the fair value of the main financial instruments classified as Level 3 of a reasonable change in the assumptions used in the valuation. This effect was determined by applying the probable valuation ranges of the main unobservable inputs detailed in the following table:

 

Portfolio/Instrument   Valuation technique   Main unobservable inputs       Range          

Weighted    

average    

  Impacts (in millions of euros)
(Level 3)   Unfavourable
scenario
  Favourable
scenario
Financial assets held for trading              

Trading derivatives

 

Quanto options (c)

 

Present Value Method

 

Present Value Method, Modified Black-Scholes Model

 

Interest curves, Price market FX

Local term volatility and reference strike under the partial differential equation method

 

Curves on TAB indices (*)

Long-term rates MXN

HPI forward growth rate

HPI spot rate

CPR

Non-existent market volatility, a proxy is used

 

(a)

(a)

0%-5%

n/a

n/a

Beta vs Volatility

Surface

STOXX50E

69%-62%

 

(a)

(a)

2.53%

795.75 (**)

n/a

Beta 65%

 

(0.3)

-

(4.4)

(9.8)

(163.2)

-

 

0.3

-

4.3

9.8

84.4

-

Financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income

             
Debt instruments and equity holdings  

Present Value Method, others

Present Value Method, others

 

Contingencies for litigations

Late payment and prepayment rate

capital cost long-term profit growth rate

 

0%-100%

(a)

 

22%

(a)

 

(27.2)

(6.6)

 

7.7

6.6

   

Present Value Method, others

Local Volatility

 

Interest curves, price market FX and credit curves

Long term volatility

 

 

(a)

n/a

 

(a)

34.0%

 

1.8

244.9

 

(1.8)

(313.8)

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss              
Credit to customers   Weighted average by probability (according to forecast mortality rates) of European HPI options, using the Black-Scholes model   HPI forward growth rate   0%-5%   2.66%   (5.9)   5.2
             
Debt instruments and equity instruments     HPI spot rate   n/a   788.41 (**)   (10.7)   10.7
             
    TD Black   Spain Volatility   n/a   4.7%   2.2   (11.5)
             
    Asset Swap Model & CDS   Interest and credit curve models   n/a   7.7%   (19.8)   4.4
             
    Cvx. Adj (SLN)   Long term volatility   n/a   8.0%   (121.2)   105.1
Financial liabilities held for trading              
Trading derivatives   Present Value Method, Modified Black-Scholes Model  

HPI forward growth rate

HPI spot rate

Curves on TAB indices (*)

 

0%-5%

n/a

(a)

 

2.41%

776.48 (**)

(a)

 

(7.8)

(4.3)

-

 

7.3

5.0

-

    Discounted flows denominated in different currencies   Long term rate MXN  

Bid Offer Spread

IRS TIIE 2bp -

6bp

X-CCY

USD/MXN 3bp -

10bp

Swaps UDI/MXN 5bp - 10bp

 

IRS TIIE 3bp

X-CCY

MXN/USD 4bp

Swaps UDI/MXN

10bp

  (0.481)   0.480
Hedging Derivatives (Liabilities)   Advances models of local volatility and stochastic Advanced multi-factor interest rate models   Correlation between prices and shares
Reversion to average interest rate
 

55%-75%

0.0001-0.03

 

 

65%

0.01 (***)

 

Not applicable

-

  Not applicable -
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss   -   -   -   -   (b)   (b)

 

45


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

(*)   TAB: “Tasa Activa Bancaria” (Active Bank Rate). Average deposit interest rates (over 30, 90, 180 and 360 days) published by the Chilean Association of Banks and Financial Institutions (ABIF) in nominal currency (Chilean peso) and in real terms, adjusted for inflation (Unidad de Fomento - UF).

 

(**) There are national and regional HPI indices. The HPI spot value is the weighted average of the indices that correspond to the positions of each portfolio. The impact reported is a change of 10%.

 

(***)  Theoretical average value of the parameter. The change arising on a favourable scenario is from 0.0001 to 0.03. An unfavourable scenario is not considered as there is insufficient margin for an adverse change from the current parameter level.

 

(a)  The exercise was conducted for the unobservable inputs described in the “main unobservable inputs” column under probable scenarios. The range and weighted average value used are not shown because the aforementioned exercise was conducted jointly for various inputs or variants thereof (e.g. the TAB input comprises vector-time curves, for which there are also nominal yield curves and inflation-indexed yield curves), and it was not possible to break down the results separately by type of input. In the case of the TAB curve the gain or loss is reported for changes of +/-100 b.p. for the total sensitivity to this index in CLP and CLF. The same is applicable to the MXN interest rates.

 

(b)  The Group calculates the potential impact on the measurement of each instrument on a joint basis, regardless of whether the individual value is positive (assets) or negative (liabilities), and discloses the joint effect associated with the related instruments classified on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet.

 

(c)   No impacts have arisen in Quanto options as the exposure is back to back completely covered.

 

46


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Lastly, the changes in the financial instruments classified as Level 3 in the first six months of 2019 were as follows:

 

      01-01-2019     Changes     30-06-2019  
                 
Millions of euros   

Fair value  

calculated using  

internal models  

(Level 3)

   

Purchases/  

Issuances  

   

Sales/  

Settlements  

  

Changes in fair  

value  

recognised in  

profit or loss  

   

Changes in  

fair value  

recognised in  

equity  

    Level  
reclassifications  
    Other      

Fair value  

calculated using  

internal models  

(Level 3)  

 
                 

Financial assets held for trading

     738        58        (46)        45        -        (200)        8        603   

Debt instruments

     153       13       (24)        (2)       -       (69)       3       74  

Trading derivatives

     585       45       (22)        47       -       (131)       5       529  

Swaps

     185       1       (8)        15       -       (3)       1       191  

Exchange rate options

     2       -       -        1       -       -       -       3  

Interest rate options

     149       -       -        10       -       31       -       190  

Index and securities

options

     198       33       (11)        21       -       (132)       4       113  

Other

     51       11       (3)        -       -       (27)       -       32  

Hedging derivatives (Assets)

     21       8       -        -       -       (21)       -       8  

Swaps

     21       -       -        -       -       (21)       -       -  

Interest rate options

     -       8       -        -       -       -       -       8  
Trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss      876       -       (1)        1       -       176       (35)       1,017  

Credit institutions

     201       -       -        -       -       (151)       -       50  

Loans and advances to customers

     560       -       (1)        -       -       (112)       (36)       411  

Debt instruments

     115       -       -        1       -       439       1       556  
Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss      1,403       674       (187)        70       -       (7)       (2)       1,951  

Loans and advances to customers

     460       67       (176)        19       -       -       16       386  

Debt instruments

     481       493       (2)        3       -       (8)       (14)       953  

Equity instruments

     462       114       (9)        48       -       1       (4)       612  
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income      1,435       3,268       (502)        -       (209)       (316)       78       3,754  

TOTAL ASSETS

     4,473       4,008       (736)        116       (209)       (368)       49       7,333  
                 
Financial liabilities held for trading      289       42       (2)        42       -       (120)       6       257  

Trading derivatives

     289       42       (2)        42       -       (120)       6       257  

Swaps

     111       2       -        4       -       (6)       (1)       110  

Exchange rate options

     7       -       -        -       -       (7)       -       -  

Interest rate options

     26       -       -        3       -       -       3       32  

Index and securities

options

     143       40       (2)        34       -       (113)       3       105  

Others

     2       -       -        1       -       6       1       10  

Hedging derivatives (Liabilities)

     6       2       -        -       -       (6)       -       2  

Swaps

     6       -       -        -       -       (6)       -       -  

Interest rate options

     -       2       -        -       -       -       -       2  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss      147       291       (2)        6       -       (93)       (2)       347  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     442       335       (4)        48       -       (219)       4       606  

 

47


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  b)

Sovereign risk with peripheral European countries

The detail at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018, by type of financial instrument, of the Group credit institutions’ sovereign risk exposure to Europe’s peripheral countries and of the short positions exposed to them, taking into consideration the scope established by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in the analyses performed on the capital needs of European credit institutions (Note 54 to the consolidated annual accounts for 2018), is as follows:

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at 30 June 2019 (*)  
      Millions of euros      
   Debt instruments         

Loans and  

advances  

to  

customers  

(**)  

     Total net  
direct  
exposure  
     MtM Derivatives    
(***)    
 
  

Financial assets  

held for trading  

and Financial  

assets designated  

at fair value  

through profit or  

loss  

     Short  
positions  
   

Financial  

assets at fair  

value through  

other  

comprehensive  

income  

    

Non-trading  

financial  

assets  

mandatorily  

at fair value  

through  

profit or loss  

    

Financial  

assets at  

amortised  

cost  

    

Other than  

CDSs  

    CDSs    

Spain

     6,084        (1,710     16,379        -        7,249        13,932        41,934        522       -  

Portugal

     365        (759     5,633        -        564        3,686        9,489        -       -  

Italy

     1,151        (159     3,188        -        387        62        4,629        3       (3

Ireland

     -        -       -        -        -        -        -        (1     -  

 

  (*)

Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt instruments on insurance companies balance sheets amounting to EUR 15,005 million (of which EUR 13,131 million, EUR 1,406 million, EUR 466 million and EUR 2 million relate to Spain, Portugal, Italy and Ireland, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives – contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to EUR 5,012 million (of which EUR 4,423 million, EUR 297 million and EUR 292 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively).

 

  (**)

Presented without taking into account the valuation adjustments recognised (EUR 22 million).

 

  (***)

“Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at 31 December 2018 (*)  
      Millions of euros      
   Debt instruments         

Loans and  

advances to  

customers  

(**)  

    

Total net  

direct  

exposure  

     MtM Derivatives    
(***)    
 
  

Financial assets  

held for trading  

and Financial  

assets designated  

at fair value  

through profit or  

loss  

     Short  
positions  
   

Financial  

assets at fair  

value through  

other  

comprehensive  

income  

    

Non-trading  

financial  

assets  

mandatorily  

at fair value  

through profit  

or loss  

    

Financial  

assets at  

amortised  

cost  

    

Other  

than  

CDSs  

     CDSs    

Spain

     3,601        (2,458     27,078        -        7,804        13,615        49,640        407        -  

Portugal

     72        (115     4,794        -        277        3,725        8,753        -        -  

Italy

     477        (681     -        -        385        80        261        87        -  

Ireland

     -        -       -        -        -        -        -        2        -  

 

  (*)

Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt instruments on insurance companies balance sheets amounting to EUR 13,364 million (of which EUR 11,529 million, EUR 1,415 million, EUR 418 million and EUR 2 million relate to Spain, Portugal, Italy and Ireland, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure different to derivatives –contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to EUR 5,622 million (EUR 4,870 million, EUR 366 million and EUR 386 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively).

 

  (**)

Presented without taking into account the valuation adjustments recognised (EUR 34 million)

 

  (***)

“Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

48


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

The detail of the Group’s other exposure to other counterparties (private sector, central banks and other public entities that are not considered to be sovereign risks) in the aforementioned countries at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018 is as follows:

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at 30 June 2019 (*)  
     Millions of euros  
              Debt instruments                 Derivatives (***)  
                                                      
 

Balances    

with    

central    

banks    

   

Reverse    

repurchase    

agreements    

   

Financial    
assets held for    
trading and    

Financial    

assets    

designated at    

FVTPL    

   

Financial    

assets at fair    

value through    

other    

comprehensive    

income    

    Non-trading    
financial assets    
mandatorily at fair    
value through    
profit or loss    
    Financial    
assets at    
amortised    
cost    
   

Loans and    
advances    

to    
customers    
(**)    

    Total net    
direct    
exposure    
    Other than    
CDSs    
   

CDSs    

 

 
                     
Spain     28,154       7,433       614       1,236       322       4,355       196,633       238,747       3,674       2  
Portugal     2,179       205       31       38       -       3,561       33,946       39,960       1,084       -  
Italy     361       3,618       328       578       -       148       11,016       16,049       740       -  
Greece     -       -       -       -       -       -       71       71       33       -  
Ireland     -       -       30       1,398       -       21       8,564       10,013       245       -  

 

(*)

Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to EUR 85,514 million, EUR 7,951 million, EUR 3.842 million, EUR 200 million and EUR 801 million to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

 

 

(**)

Presented without taking into account valuation adjustments or impairment corrections (EUR 8,304 million).

 

 

(***)

“Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at 31 December 2018 (*)  
     Millions of euros  
              Debt instruments                 Derivatives (***)  
                                                      
 

Balances    
with    

central    

banks    

    Reverse    
repurchase    
agreements    
   

Financial    

assets held for    
trading and    
Financial    
assets    
designated at    
FVTPL    

    Financial    
assets at fair    
value through    
other     
comprehensive    
income    
    Non-trading    
financial assets    
mandatorily  at fair    
value through    
profit or loss    
    Financial    
assets at    
amortised    
cost    
   

Loans and    
advances    

to    
customers    
(**)    

    Total net    
direct    
exposure    
    Other than    
CDSs    
   

CDSs    

 

 
                     
Spain     42,655       8,117       412       1,760       320       2,662       202,149       258,075       3,880       (6
Portugal     1,369       -       11       90       -       3,821       33,596       38,887       1,132       -  
Italy     51       6,296       84       635       -       -       10,830       17,896       253       -  
Greece     -       -       -       -       -       -       80       80       28       -  
Ireland     -       -       21       1,093       16       25       10,633       11,788       127       -  

 

(*)

Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to EUR 76,691 million, EUR 8,158 million, EUR 5,193 million, EUR 200 million and EUR 850 million to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

 

 

(**)

They are presented without taking into account valuation adjustments or impairment corrections (EUR 9,385 million).

 

 

(***)

“Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Following is certain information on the notional amounts of the CDSs detailed in the foregoing tables at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018:

 

              30-06-19                          
              Millions of euros                          
        Notional amount      Fair value  
        Bought          Sold          Net      Bought      Sold      Net  

Spain

    

Sovereign            

Other            

 

 

    

-

216

 

 

    

-

380

 

 

    

-

(164)

 

 

    

-

(2)

 

 

    

-

4

 

 

    

-

2

 

 

Portugal

    

Sovereign            

Other            

 

 

    

26

-

 

 

    

26

-

 

 

    

-

-

 

 

    

-

-

 

 

    

-

-

 

 

    

-

-

 

 

Italy

    

Sovereign            

Other            

 

 

    

312

60

 

 

    

9

153

 

 

    

303

(93)

 

 

    

(3)

(4)

 

 

    

-

4

 

 

    

(3)

-

 

 

                    
              31-12-18                          
              Millions of euros                          
             Notional amount      Fair value  
              Bought          Sold          Net      Bought      Sold      Net  

Spain

    

Sovereign            

Other            

 

 

    


151 

 

 

    


382 

 

 

    


(231) 

 

 

    


(2) 

 

 

    


(4) 

 

 

    

-

(6)

 

 

Portugal

    

Sovereign            

Other            

 

 

    

26 

 

 

    

26 

 

 

    


 

 

    


 

 

    


 

 

    

-

-

 

 

Italy

    

Sovereign            

Other            

 

 

    


205 

 

 

    

265 

75 

 

 

    

(265) 

130 

 

 

    


(5) 

 

 

    


 

 

    

-

-

 

 

 

  c)

Refinancing and restructured transactions

The following forms are use with the meanings specified below:

 

  ·  

Refinancing transaction: transaction that is granted or used, for reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, to repay one or more of the transactions granted to it, or through which the payments on such transactions are brought fully or partially up to date, in order to enable the borrowers of the cancelled or refinanced transactions to repay their debt (principal and interest) because they are unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the conditions thereof in due time and form.

 

  ·  

Restructured transaction: transaction with respect to which, for economic or legal reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, the financial terms and conditions are modified in order to facilitate the payment of the debt (principal and interest) because the borrower is unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the aforementioned terms and conditions in due time and form, even if such modification is envisaged in the agreement.

For maximum guarantees amount, we will consider as follows:

 

  ·  

Real guarantees: the appraisal amount or valuation amount of the real guarantees received; for each transaction it cannot be higher than the covered amount of exposure.

 

  ·  

Personal guarantees, maximum amount guarantors will have to pay if the guarantee is implemented.

 

50


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

Amounts in millions of
euros, except number
of  transactions in units
   30-06-2019  
   Total      Of which: Non performing/Doubtful  
   Without collateral      With collateral     

Accumulated
Impairment
or losses at
fair value
due to credit

risk

     Without collateral (a)      With collateral      Accumulated
Impairment
or losses at
fair value
due to credit
risk
 
   Number of
transactions
     Gross
amount
    

Number

of

operations

     Gross
amount
    

Maximum amount of

collateral that can be
considered

     Number of
transactions
     Gross
amount
     Number of
transactions
     Gross
amount
    

Maximum amount of

collateral that can be

considered

 
   Mortgage
guarantee
     Other
guarantees
     Mortgage
guarantee
     Other
guarantees
 

Credit entities

                                                                                                 

Public sector

     36         34         16         10                              11                10                               
Other financial institutions and: individual shareholder)      585         58         268         102         15         28         28         290         26         126         18         10                20   
Non financial institutions and individual shareholder      145,564          5,916         45,194         12,919         8,398         1,272         5,825         89,277         3,927         30,229         7,793         5,143         622         5,408   

Of which: Financing for constructions and property development

     5,963         252         1,909         1,653         1,363         46         594         4,246         200         1,400         1,146         877         44         576   

Other warehouses

     1,640,494         3,627         724,916         12,743         7,528         2,382         4,267         922,436         1,792         145,102         4,546         3,310         367         2,835   

Total

     1,786,679         9,635         770,394         25,774         15,949         3,682         10,122         1,012,014         5,748         175,467         12,361         8,466         990         8,264   
Financing classified as non-current assets                                                                                                  

 

51


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

The table below shows the changes of these balances during the first semester of 2019:

 

         Millions of euros     
Carrying amount       30-06-19    
   

Beginning balances

  30,527

Refinancing and restructuring of the period

  2,828

Memorandum items: impact recorded in the income statement for the period

  1,177

Debt repayment

  (3,880)

Foreclosures

  (249)

Derecognised from the consolidated balance sheet

  (892)

Other variations

  (3,047)

Balances at end of year

  25,287

 

  d)

Real estate business– Spain

i)   Portfolio of home purchase loans to families

Home purchase loans granted to families in Spain on 30 June 2019 amounted to EUR 63,102 million. Of which mortgage guarantees are 99.41%.

 

      30-06-19       
   Millions of euros       
      Gross Amount      

Of which:    

Non    
performing    

      
                     

Home purchase loans to families

            

- Without mortgage guarantee

     374        26     

- With mortgage guarantee

     62,728        2,477     
       63,102        2,503     

The risk profile of the home purchase mortgage loan portfolio in Spain remained at a medium-low level, with limited prospects of additional impairment:

 

   

Principal is repaid on all mortgages from the start.

 

   

Early repayment is common so the average life of the transaction is well below that of the contract.

 

   

High quality of collateral concentrated almost exclusively in financing the first home.

 

   

Average affordability rate at the end of June stood at 28.35%.

 

   

84.96% of the portfolio has a LTV below 80%, calculated as total risk/latest available house appraisal.

 

52


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

      30-06-19  
      Gross amount in books on the amount of the last appraisal (loan to value)  
In millions of euros   

Less than  

or equal  

to 40%  

    

More than  

40% or  

less than  

60%  

    

More than  

60% and  

less than  

80%  

    

More than 80%  

and less or equal  

to 100%  

    

More than  

100%  

     TOTAL      

Gross amount

     16,299          18,919          18,078          5,558          3,874          62,728    

- Of which: watchlist/non performing

     220          306          454          433          1,064          2,477    

ii)   Financing construction and property development

At 30 June 2019 the financing amount related to construction and real estate business in Spain amounted to EUR 3,752 million net of allowances.

 

   
      30-06-19  

Millions of euros

 

  

Gross  
Amount  

    

Excess  

over  

collateral  

value  

    

Specific  

allowance  

 

 

Financing for construction and property development recognised by the Group’s credit institutions (including land) (business in Spain)

     4,131          656          379    

Of which: watchlist/non-performing

     955          288          354    

Memorandum items: Written-off assets

     2,804          -          -    

 

Millions of euros    30-06-19             
   Carrying amount             

Memorandum items:

              

Total loans and advances to customers excluding the public sector (business in Spain) (book value)

     224,086                                      

Total consolidated assets (Total business) (book value)

     1,512,096         

Impairment losses and provision for exposure classified as normal (business in Spain)

     1,221         

At the end 30 June 2019 the concentration of this portfolio was as follows:

 

      Loans: gross
amount
      
Millions of euros    30-06-19       

1. Without mortgage guarantee

     288     

2. With mortgage guarantee

     3,843     

2.1 Completed buildings

     2,175     

2.1.1 Residential

     1,073     

2.1.2 Other

     1,102     

2.2 Buildings and other constructions under construction

     1,133     

2.2.1 Residential

     804     

2.2.2 Other

     329     

2.3 Land

     535     

2.3.1 Developed consolidated land

     363     

2.3.2 Other land

     172     

Total

     4,131     

 

53


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  e)

Foreclosed real estate assets

The following table shows the breakdown at 30 June 2019 of the foreclosed assets for the Spanish business:

 

Millions of euros                           30-06-19
    Gross carrying  
amount
 

Valuation

Adjustments    

 

Of which:

Impairment

   losses since time of   

the foreclosure

 

  Carrying  

amount

Property assets arising from financing provided to construction and property development companies

  7,008    3,726    2,519    3,282 

Of which:

               

Completed Buildings

  2,286    839    523    1,447 

Residential

  587    195    90    392 

Other

  1,699    644    433    1,055 

Buildings under construction

  353    127    74    226 

Residential

  341    123    74    218 

Other

  12       

Land

  4,369    2,760    1,922    1,609 

Developed Land

  1,610    980    586    630 

Other land

  2,759    1,780    1,336    979 

Property assets from home purchase mortgage loans to households

  935    291    135    644 

Other foreclosed property assets

  419    161    83    258 

Total property assets

  8,362    4,178    2,737    4,184 

In addition, the Group holds an ownership interest in Project Quasar Investments 2017, S.L., for EUR 1,701 million, and EUR 69 million in foreclosed equity instruments or received in payment of debts.

 

54


Table of Contents

LOGO

    

 

  f)

Solvency information

The Group commands a solvency position above the levels required by regulators and by the European Central bank. At 30 June 2019, at a consolidated level, the Group must maintain a minimum capital ratio of 9.70% of CET1 fully loaded (4.5% being the requirement for Pillar I, 1.5% being the requirement for Pillar 2R (requirement), 2.5% being the requirement for capital conservation buffer, 1% being the requirement for G-SIB and 0.2% being the requirement for anti-cyclical capital buffer). Santander Group must also maintain a minimum capital ratio of 1.5% of Tier 1 fully loaded and a minimum total ratio of 13.20% fully loaded.

At 30 June 2019, Banco Santander has a capital ratio regulatory CET1 of 11.30% and a total ratio of 14.83%.

Capital ratio

 

             30-06-19                31-12-18     

Capital coefficients

       

Level 1 ordinary eligible capital (millions of euros)

    68,406       67,962  

Level 1 additional eligible capital (millions of euros)

    9,509       9,754  

Level 2 eligible capital (millions of euros)

    11,867       11,009  

Risk-weighted assets (millions of euros)

    605,470       592,319  

Level 1 ordinary capital coefficient (CET 1)

    11.30%       11.47%  

Level 1 additional capital coefficient (AT1)

    1.57%       1.65%  

Level 1 capital coefficient (TIER1)

    12.87%       13.12%  

Level 2 capital coefficient (TIER 2)

    1.96%       1.86%  

Total capital coefficient

    14.83%       14.98%  

Leverage

 

             30-06-19                  31-12-18       

Leverage

       

Tier 1 capital (Millions of euros)

    77,915       77,716  

Exposure (Millions of euros)

    1,552,573       1,489,094  

Leverage ratio

    5.02%       5.22%  

17.    Explanation added for translation to English

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements are presented on the basis of the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain (see Note 1.b).

 

55


Table of Contents

Item 2

 

 

LOGO

INTERIM DIRECTOR’S CONSOLIDATED REPORT
First half 2019
Translation of interim consolidated director’s report originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain. In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.
Simple Personal Fair


Table of Contents

LOGO

Interim consolidated director’s report
First half
2019
KEY CONSOLIDATED DATA 3
SANTANDER AIM AND CORPORATE CULTURE 4
GROUP FINANCIAL INFORMATION 6
Group performance 6
Income statement and balance sheet 8
Solvency ratios 17
Risk management 18
FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY SEGMENTS 22
Primary segments 26
Secondary segments 42
RESPONSIBLE BANKING 45
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 47
THE SANTANDER SHARE 48
APPENDIX 50
Financial information 51
Alternative Performance Measures 72
Interim condensed consolidated financial statements 79
Glossary 82
Other disclosures required by Bank of Spain 83


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

Key consolidated data

 

BALANCE SHEET (EUR million)    Jun-19      Mar-19      %      Jun-19      Jun-18      %      Dec-18  

Total assets

     1,512,096        1,506,151        0.4        1,512,096        1,433,833        5.5        1,459,271  

Loans and advances to customers

     908,235        910,195        (0.2)        908,235        862,092        5.4        882,921  

Customer deposits

     814,751        808,361        0.8        814,751        774,425        5.2        780,496  

Total funds

     1,032,769        1,019,878        1.3        1,032,769        981,363        5.2        980,562  

Total equity

     109,985        110,365        (0.3)        109,985        104,445        5.3        107,361  
Note: Total funds includes customer deposits, mutual funds, pension funds and managed portfolios.

 

INCOME STATEMENT (EUR million)    Q2’19      Q1’19      %      H1’19      H1’18      %      2018  

Net interest income

     8,954        8,682        3.1        17,636        16,931        4.2        34,341  

Total income

     12,351        12,085        2.2        24,436        24,162        1.1        48,424  

Net operating income

     6,522        6,327        3.1        12,849        12,680        1.3        25,645  

Profit before tax

     2,929        3,602        (18.7)        6,531        6,899        (5.3)        14,201  

Attributable profit to the parent

     1,391        1,840        (24.4)        3,231        3,752        (13.9)        7,810  
Changes in constant euros: Q2’19 / Q1’19: NII: +3.9%; Total income: +3.0%; Net operating income: +4.0%; Attributable profit: -23.2%

 

                                               H1’19 / H1’18: NII: +5.5%; Total income: +2.8%; Net operating income: +3.2%; Attributable profit: -11.7%

 

UNDERLYING INCOME STATEMENT (1) (EUR million)    Q2’19      Q1’19      %      H1’19      H1’18      %      2018  

Net interest income

     8,954        8,682        3.1        17,636        16,931        4.2        34,341  

Total income

     12,351        12,085        2.2        24,436        24,162        1.1        48,424  

Net operating income

     6,522        6,327        3.1        12,849        12,680        1.3        25,645  

Profit before tax

     3,895        3,684        5.7        7,579        7,480        1.3        14,776  

Attributable profit to the parent

     2,097        1,948        7.6        4,045        4,052        (0.2)        8,064  
Variations in constant euros: Q2’19 / Q1’19: NII: +3.9%; Total income: +3.0%; Net operating income: +4.0%; Attributable profit: +8.7%

 

                                               H1’19 / H1’18: NII: +5.5%; Total income: +2.8%; Net operating income: +3.2%; Attributable profit: +2.1%

 

EPS, PROFITABILITY AND EFFICIENCY (%)    Q2’19      Q1’19      %      H1’19      H1’18      %      2018  

EPS (euro)

     0.076        0.104        (26.7)        0.181        0.216        (16.4)        0.449  

Underlying EPS (euros) (1)

     0.120        0.111        8.1        0.231        0.235        (1.6)        0.465  

RoE

     7.79        7.85                 7.41        8.24                 8.21  

RoTE

     11.02        11.15                 10.51        11.79                 11.70  

Underlying RoTE (1)

     12.03        11.31                 11.68        12.24                 12.08  

RoA

     0.63        0.63                 0.60        0.65                 0.64  

RoRWA

     1.56        1.54                 1.48        1.55                 1.55  

Underlying RoRWA (1)

     1.67        1.56                 1.62        1.60                 1.59  

Efficiency ratio

     47.2        47.6                 47.4        47.5                 47.0  
SOLVENCY AND NPL RATIOS (%)    Jun-19      Mar-19              Jun-19      Jun-18              Dec-18  

CET1 (2)

     11.30        11.23                 11.30        10.80                 11.30  

Fully loaded Total ratio (2)

     14.80        14.82                 14.80        14.24                 14.77  

NPL ratio

     3.51        3.62                 3.51        3.92                 3.73  

Coverage ratio

     68        68                 68        69                 67  
MARKET CAPITALISATION AND SHARES    Jun-19      Mar-19      %      Jun-19      Jun-18      %      Dec-18  

Shares (millions)

     16,237        16,237               16,237        16,136        0.6        16,237  

Share price (euros)

     4.081        4.145        (1.5)        4.081        4.592        (11.1)        3.973  

Market capitalisation (EUR million)

     66,253        67,292        (1.5)        66,253        74,097        (10.6)        64,508  

Tangible book value per share (euros)

     4.30        4.30                 4.30        4.10                 4.19  

Price / Tangible book value per share (X)

     0.95        0.96                 0.95        1.12                 0.95  

P/E ratio (X)

     11.29        9.94                 11.29        10.62                 8.84  
OTHER DATA    Jun-19      Mar-19      %      Jun-19      Jun-18      %      Dec-18  

Number of shareholders

     4,054,208        4,089,097        (0.9)        4,054,208        4,152,125        (2.4)        4,131,489  

Number of employees

     201,804        202,484        (0.3)        201,804        200,961        0.4        202,713  

Number of branches

     13,081        13,277        (1.5)        13,081        13,482        (3.0)        13,217  

(1) In addition to financial information prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and derived from our consolidated financial statements, this report contains certain financial measures that constitute alternative performance measures (APMs) as defined in the Guidelines on Alternative Performance Measures issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) on 5 October 2015 and other non-IFRS measures, including the figures related to “underlying” results, as they are recorded in the separate line of “net capital gains and provisions”, above the line of attributable profit to the parent. Further details are provided on page 12 of this report.

For further details of the APMs and non-IFRS measures used, including its definition or a reconciliation between any applicable management indicators and the financial data presented in the consolidated financial statements prepared under IFRS, please see 2018 Annual Financial Report, published in the CNMV on 28 February 2019, our 20-F report for the year ending 31 December 2018 registered with the SEC in the United States as well as the “Alternative performance measures” section of the annex to this report.

(2) 2019 and 2018 data applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements. As indicated by the consolidating supervisor a pay-out of 50%, the maximum within the target range (40%- 50%), was applied for the calculation of the capital ratios in 2019. Previously, the average cash pay-out for the last three years was considered.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     3


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

SANTANDER VISION AND CORPORATE CULTURE

 

Our success is based on a clear purpose, aim and approach to business.   

A digital Santander.

To continue growing in a sustainable and profitable way and to accelerate execution, we will remain focused on our digital transformation.

We are building a more responsible bank

 

LOGO

Strong corporate culture.

The Santander Way is our global culture, fully aligned to our corporate strategy. It includes our purpose, our aim, and how we do business.

 

LOGO

 

 

4     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

Generating confidence and operating responsibly, we contribute value to all our stakeholders

 

LOGO

People At 30 June 2019 Grupo Santander had 201,804 professionals throughout the world, with an average age of 38, 55% of them women and 45% men. The aim of our human resources strategy is to be a reference employer, working on these strategic drivers: a common culture (the Santander Way), dynamic management of talent (Workday, the new central global platform for employees and their skills) and talent for the future (Strategic Workforce Planning). Significant progress is being made in various initiatives within the priorities of culture and commitment (such as Flexiworking, StarMeUp, commitment surveys); attraction and recruitment (such as remuneration plans that involve shares); retaining and developing talent (such as Young Leaders, learning platforms, succession plans, international mobility), as well as diversity and inclusion (gender salary equity, development of diversity and inclusion principles, etc.). Customers We continued to focus on improving customer loyalty and experience. Progress was reflected in the increase of 1.9 million loyal customers, greater penetration over active clients and 6.4 million digital customers in the last 12 months. With the creation of Santander Global Platform, we are taking a further step forward in our digital transformation, which aligns our reporting structure with our organisation and strategy. We also continued to strengthen our traditional branches and develop new models (SMART, Súper Ágil and Work Café), while investing in new generation ATMs and in contact centres. Shareholders Extel recognised Banco Santander as one of the three best banks in Europe for investor relations, based on a survey of more than 14,000 investment professionals. IR Magazine awarded the Santander Investor Relations team its Best Crisis Management Prize. The Bank maintains a constant communication commitment with its investors and shareholders. In line with this strategy, analysts and investors in Spain and the UK took part in a survey to assess the rollout of the Group’s corporate culture. The Bank launched the XI edition of the Universia Foundation Scholarships, which help university students with disabilities who are Santander shareholders or relatives of shareholders. Community The Group announced new responsible banking commitments for 2019-2025. These include, among other things: make available EUR 120,000 million of green financing, eliminate single use unnecessary plastic in all the Group’s buildings, increase the consumption of renewable energy to 100% in those countries where it is possible to certify its origin and raise the number of women in senior management. Further details in page 46. Grupo Santander is classified as first in the Spanish ranking of sustainable debt issues, after acting as bookrunner in the majority of the green bond issues in Spain, according to Dealogic. Santander is also very actively involved in syndicated loans of sustainable bonds in Spain, and has a range of ESG mutual funds (Santander Sostenible) that make us the leader with a 66% market share.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     5


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

GROUP PERFORMANCE

 

 

 

LOGO

LOGO

The Group’s strategy is driving growth in loyal and digital customers and is reflected in greater activity in almost all markets

Further increase in loyal customers to more than 20 million in June 2019, 1.9 million more than at the end of June 2018 (+10%), with individuals up 11% and companies 7%.

The faster pace of digitalisation is producing notable growth in digital customers, whose number increased by 6.4 million (+22%) in the 12 months since June 2018 to nearly 35 million. There was also strong growth in the number of online and mobile phone accesses in the first half to 3,725 million (+28% year-on-year) and in monetary and voluntary transactions to 1,062 million (+25%).

 

LOGO

Volumes (at constant exchange rates) increased in the second quarter both gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos), as well as customer funds (+2% and +3%, respectively).

Compared to June 2018 (at constant exchange rates), gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) grew 4% and increased in seven of the 10 core units. Customer funds (+6% year-on-year) rose in all of them. Growth in demand and time deposits as well as mutual funds.

Solid funding structure and liquidity: net loan-to-deposit ratio of 111% (the same as in June 2018).

 

LOGO

 

 

6     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

GROUP PERFORMANCE

LOGO

Solid business model which enables us to generate value based on profitability, efficiency and innovation, and obtain profits on a recurring basis

The positive trends in results were maintained in the current context, with solid customer revenue. Of note, growth in net interest income, costs which reflect the first synergies in some countries and stable provisions.

Second quarter attributable profit of EUR 1,391 million, affected by EUR 706 million of net charges, mainly in restructuring costs. Excluding this impact, underlying profit was EUR 2,097 million (+8% quarter-on-quarter). Excluding the contribution to the Single Resolution Fund (SRF) underlying profit would have risen 16% (+17% in constant euros).

 

LOGO

Santander is strengthening its capital ratios and improving credit quality while maintaining a high level of profitability

The CET1 ratio stood at 11.30% after organically generating 11 basis points in the second quarter and absorbing regulatory impacts and restructuring costs (-20 bps). The CET1 ratio was 50 basis points higher year-on-year.

Tangible equity per share (TNAV) was EUR 4.30 in June 2019, 5% higher than a year earlier.

In addition, and in terms of value creation per shareholder, the recording between the two dates of the cash dividend should be taken into account. Including it, the TNAV per share increased 10% in the last 12 months.

 

 

LOGO

LOGO

 

 

First half attributable profit of EUR 3,231 million, affected by net charges of EUR 814 million in ‘net capital gains and provisions’ (see page 12). Excluding them, underlying attributable profit (EUR 4,045 million) was stable in euros (+2% in constant euros), after absorbing the markets’ negative performance, higher costs for foreign currency hedging, the impact of implementing IFRS 16 and the high inflation adjustment in Argentina. Profit rose in seven of the 10 core units.

The efficiency ratio remained at around 47%, one of the best among our peers, the RoTE was 10.5% and underlying RoTE 11.7%. Lastly, RoRWA of 1.48% and underlying RoRWA of 1.62%.

Credit quality improved in the quarter and in the last 12 months. The cost of credit ended June below 1% (0.98% in June 2019) and the NPL ratio dropped for the eighth consecutive quarter (-11 bps in the second quarter and -41 bps since June 2018). Coverage remained at 68%.

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     7


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Income statement

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

GRUPO SANTANDER RESULTS

 

LOGO

 

Second quarter attributable profit to the Parent of EUR 1,391 million, affected by EUR -706 million of net charges that are outside the ordinary course performance of our business, mainly restructuring costs. Excluding this charge, underlying profit was 8% higher (+9% excluding exchange rates).

 

First half attributable profit was 14% lower year-on-year at EUR 3,231 million (-12% in constant euros) after recording net results that are outside the ordinary course performance of our business, amounting to EUR -814 million in 2019 and EUR -300 million in 2018. Excluding these results, the underlying attributable profit was EUR 4,045 million, very similar to that in the same period of 2018 (+2% in constant euros).

 

At the end of June 2019, the results continued to reflect a solid underlying trend. Customer revenue increased and costs began to show the synergies obtained in various units. The efficiency ratio continued to be one of the best in the sector (47.4%).

 

The cost of credit remained at very low levels (0.98%) and profitability ratios were high: RoTE of 10.5% (underlying RoTE of 11.7%) and RoRWA of 1.48% (underlying RoRWA of 1.62%).

 

Grupo Santander. Summarised income statement

 

EUR million

                   Change                    Change  
      Q2’19      Q1’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      H1’18      %      % excl. FX  
Net interest income      8,954        8,682        3.1        3.9        17,636        16,931        4.2        5.5  
Net fee income (commission income minus commission expense)      2,932        2,931        0.0        1.0        5,863        5,889        (0.4)        2.3  
Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences (net)      234        277        (15.5)        (14.3)        511        854        (40.2)        (37.2)  
Dividend income      295        66        347.0        346.8        361        264        36.7        37.2  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method      153        153               0.7        306        354        (13.6)        (11.2)  
Other operating income / expenses      (217)        (24)        804.2        905.8        (241)        (130)        85.4        131.7  
Total income      12,351        12,085        2.2        3.0        24,436        24,162        1.1        2.8  
Operating expenses      (5,829)        (5,758)        1.2        1.8        (11,587)        (11,482)        0.9        2.4  

Administrative expenses

     (5,099)        (5,011)        1.8        2.3        (10,110)        (10,265)        (1.5)        (0.0)  

Staff costs

     (3,074)        (3,006)        2.3        2.7        (6,080)        (5,960)        2.0        3.3  

Other general administrative expenses

     (2,025)        (2,005)        1.0        1.7        (4,030)        (4,305)        (6.4)        (4.7)  

Depreciation and amortisation

     (730)        (747)        (2.3)        (1.7)        (1,477)        (1,217)        21.4        23.0  
Impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net)      (2,122)        (2,246)        (5.5)        (4.8)        (4,368)        (4,352)        0.4        1.5  

o/w: net loan-loss provisions

     (2,141)        (2,172)        (1.4)        (0.7)        (4,313)        (4,297)        0.4        1.4  
Impairment on other assets (net)      (7)        (20)        (65.0)        (69.2)        (27)        (96)        (71.9)        (72.6)  
Provisions or reversal of provisions      (1,451)        (465)        212.0        214.4        (1,916)        (1,262)        51.8        54.8  
Gain or losses on non financial assets and investments, net      31        219        (85.8)        (85.8)        250        23        987.0        987.0  
Negative goodwill recognised in results                                                        
Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations      (44)        (213)        (79.3)        (79.3)        (257)        (94)        173.4        173.4  
Profit or loss before tax from continuing operations      2,929        3,602        (18.7)        (17.5)        6,531        6,899        (5.3)        (3.1)  
Tax expense or income from continuing operations      (1,092)        (1,357)        (19.5)        (18.3)        (2,449)        (2,378)        3.0        6.1  
Profit from the period from continuing operations      1,837        2,245        (18.2)        (17.1)        4,082        4,521        (9.7)        (7.9)  
Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations                                                        
Profit for the period      1,837        2,245        (18.2)        (17.1)        4,082        4,521        (9.7)        (7.9)  
Attributable profit to non-controlling interests      (446)        (405)        10.1        10.7        (851)        (769)        10.7        10.3  
Attributable profit to the parent      1,391        1,840        (24.4)        (23.2)        3,231        3,752        (13.9)        (11.7)  
EPS (euros)      0.076        0.104        (26.7)                 0.181        0.216        (16.4)           
Diluted EPS (euros)      0.076        0.104        (26.7)                 0.180        0.216        (16.4)           
Memorandum items:                        

Average total assets

     1,500,703        1,488,505        0.8                 1,492,954        1,438,444        3.8           

Average stockholders’ equity

     98,659        97,886        0.8                 98,191        94,662        3.7           

 

8     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Income statement

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO First half of 2019 results compared to the first half of 2018

The underlying trends of the P&L remained solid compared to the first half of 2018, with customer revenue growing, mainly net interest income, costs beginning to reflect the synergies obtained in various units and a cost of credit still at historically low levels.

This good performance, however, is not fully reflected in the year-on-year comparison for attributable profit because of the recording of a net negative amount of EUR 814 million for charges that are outside the ordinary course performance of our business, mainly restructuring costs for ongoing integrations, as set out on page 12 of this report. In addition, the comparison is also affected by the poorer performance of gains on financial transactions, implementing IFRS 16 and the high inflation adjustment in Argentina.

This performance is explained in detail below:

LOGO  Revenue

 

Our revenue structure, where net interest income and net fee income generate more than 96% of total income in 2019, well above the average of our competitors, enables us to grow consistently and recurrently, limiting the impact that bouts of high volatility could have on our results from financial operations. Total income grew 1% (+3% without the FX impact), as follows:

 

 

Net interest income rose 4%. Excluding the FX impact, growth was 6% and due to greater lending and deposits, mainly in developing countries where, overall, they increased

 

at double-digit rates in constant euros, and management of spreads in a low interest rate environment in mature markets and which fell in some countries in the last 12 months. There was also a negative impact of around EUR 150 million from IFRS 16 application.

 

   

All units rose in local currency terms, except the UK which was affected by the pressure of spreads in new mortgage loans and SVR balances (Standard Variable Rate), Portugal, due to low interest rates and the impact of ALCO portfolio sales, and Chile because of lower inflation. Mexico, Uruguay, Argentina and Poland increased at double digit rates and Brazil, and the US at around 7%.

 

 

Net fee income fell 0.4%. The increase without the FX impact was 2%, reflecting the greater customer loyalty combined with the growth strategy in services and higher value-added products. Of note was the growth in the most transactional businesses from cards, insurance, custody, foreign currency and cheques and transfers. On the other hand, decline in net fee income from advising operations and guarantees, affected by reduced activity in the markets.

 

 

Gains on financial transactions and other operating income (dividends, equity method income and others), which accounted for less than 4% of total income, fell 30% in euros and 29% without the FX impact because of lower activity in the first half of 2019, combined with a higher cost of foreign currency hedging compared to a very good first quarter in 2018 in the markets and higher income from the ALCO portfolio sales.

 

 

LOGO

LOGO

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     9


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Income statement

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO  Costs

 

Costs grew 1% in euros and 2% without the FX impact, as a result of investments in transformation and digitalisation, the improvements made to the distribution networks, the slight perimeter impact from the integration of the retail and SME businesses acquired from Deutsche Bank Polska and the impact on Argentina of high inflation.

 

In real terms (excluding inflation), costs were 2% lower (excluding the FX impact). The Group’s aim is to improve our operational capacity and at the same time manage our costs more efficiently adapted to each area, via an exemplary execution of the integrations currently underway and fostering the use of shared services, mainly in Europe, where costs are beginning to reflect the first synergies of integrations, and fell 3% in real terms, underpinned by decreases in Spain (-9%), the UK (-3%) and Portugal (-5%). Of note among other countries was the US, where costs fell 2% in real terms backed by an improvement in operational leveraging, as well as Brazil and Chile whose costs were controlled despite the ongoing investment to improve the distribution capacity.

 

 

The efficiency ratio continued to be a reference in the sector at 47.4%, virtually unchanged from 47.5% in the first half of 2018.

 

LOGO  Impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net)

 

The impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net) amounted to EUR 4,368 million, 0.4% more year-on-year (1% without the FX impact).

 

As part of this item, loan-loss provisions were the same in euros and 1% higher without the FX impact. By units, Brazil, Portugal, SCF, Chile and the UK declined, while those that increased are linked mainly to countries with stronger growth in volumes.

 

The cost of credit inched down from 0.99% in June 2018 to 0.98% a year later. In year-on-year terms all units improved or remained stable, except for Argentina.

LOGO  Impairment on other assets (net)

 

The impairment on other assets (net) in the first half of 2019 was EUR 27 million (EUR 96 million in the same period of 2018).

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

10     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Income statement

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO   Provisions or reversal of provisions

 

Provisions (net of reversal of provisions) amounted to EUR 1,916 million in the first half of 2019 (EUR 1,262 million in the same period of 2018). The increase was mainly due to restructuring charges in Spain, the UK and Poland, which are set out on page 12 of this report.

LOGO  Gains or losses on non-financial assets and investments (net)

 

This item reflects a profit of EUR 250 million in 2019 (EUR 23 million in the first half of 2018). The increase was mainly due to the recording of capital gains from the sale of 51% our stake in Prisma Medios de Pago S.A. and the revaluation of the rest of the stake (49%), with a positive net tax impact in the first half of EUR 150 million.

LOGO  Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

 

This item, which mainly includes the sale and deterioration of foreclosed assets recorded during the quarter, amounted to EUR -257 million in the first half (EUR -94 million in the same period of 2018).The difference was mainly due to the recording of capital losses from the sale of a portfolio of real estate to a subsidiary of Cerberus.

 

LOGO  Profit before tax

 

First half profit before tax was EUR 6,531 million, 5% lower year-on-year. Excluding the FX impact, the fall was 3%, largely due to the non-recurring charges already mentioned.

LOGO  Income tax

 

Income tax was EUR 2,449 million, 3% higher than in the first half of 2018.

LOGO  Attributable profit to non-controlling interests

 

This amounted to EUR 851 million, 11% more year-on-year. Excluding the FX impact, it was 10% higher, mainly due to Brazil, the US, Mexico and Santander Consumer Finance.

LOGO  Attributable profit to the parent

 

Profit attributed to the Parent was EUR 3,231 million, 14% less than in the first half of 2018. Excluding the FX impact it was 12% lower.

 

RoE was 7.4%, RoTE 10.5% and RoRWA 1.48% (8.2%, 11.8% and 1.55%, respectively, in the first half of 2018). Earnings per share were EUR 0.181 (EUR 0.216 in the first half of 2018).

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     11


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Income statement

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO  Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

Underlying profit attributed to the parent was affected in 2019 and 2018 by the following net results, which are outside the ordinary course performance of our business and which distort year-on-year comparisons:

First half 2019:

 

1.

Restructuring costs in Spain as part of the plan to integrate Banco Popular’s commercial networks amounting to EUR 600 million, recorded in the second quarter.

 

2.

Charges in the UK of EUR 172 million were recorded in the first half for restructuring costs related to its optimisation plan and PPI provisions (of which EUR 106 million of were charged in the second quarter).

 

3.

Net capital losses of EUR 180 million for the sale of real estate assets in the first quarter.

 

4.

We also recorded restructuring costs of EUR 12 million in the first quarter for the integration process in Poland in the first quarter.

 

5.

Lastly, capital gains from the sale of 51% of our stake in the Argentinian entity Prisma Medios de Pago S.A. and the revaluation of the remaining 49%, generating a capital gain of EUR 150 million in the first quarter.

 

First half 2018:

 

1.

Positive results from the integration in Portugal (EUR 20 million), recorded in the second quarter.

 

2.

Charges for restructuring costs: EUR -280 million in Spain and EUR -40 million in the Corporate Centre, both related to Popular’s integration, recorded in the second quarter.

 

 

Excluding these results from the various P&L lines where they are recorded, and incorporating them separately in the line ‘net capital gains and provisions’, adjusted profit or underlying profit attributed to the parent was EUR 4,045 million in the first half of 2019, almost the same as a year earlier and 2% higher without the FX impact.

Seven of the 10 core units increased in their local currencies, and at double digit rates in Brazil, Mexico, the US and Portugal.

Profit decreased in the UK (mainly because of competitive pressure on revenue), in Poland (impacted by the higher contribution to the Bank Guarantee Fund and Banking Tax) and in Santander Consumer Finance, the last two falling 1% each in constant euros.

As a result, the Group’s underlying RoTE was 11.7%, the underlying RoRWA 1.62% and underlying earnings per share EUR 0.231 (EUR 0.235 in the first half of 2018).

 

 

Summarised underlying income statement (EUR million)

 

 

                   Change                    Change  
      Q2’19      Q1’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      H1’18      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     8,954        8,682        3.1        3.9        17,636        16,931        4.2        5.5  

Net fee income

     2,932        2,931        0.0        1.0        5,863        5,889        (0.4)        2.3  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     234        277        (15.5)        (14.3)        511        854        (40.2)        (37.2)  

Other operating income

     231        195        18.5        16.5        426        488        (12.7)        (15.4)  

Total income

     12,351        12,085        2.2        3.0        24,436        24,162        1.1        2.8  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (5,829)        (5,758)        1.2        1.8        (11,587)        (11,482)        0.9        2.4  

Net operating income

     6,522        6,327        3.1        4.0        12,849        12,680        1.3        3.2  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (2,141)        (2,172)        (1.4)        (0.7)        (4,313)        (4,297)        0.4        1.4  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (486)        (471)        3.2        4.2        (957)        (903)        6.0        10.2  

Profit before tax

     3,895        3,684        5.7        6.8        7,579        7,480        1.3        3.4  

Tax on profit

     (1,353)        (1,326)        2.0        3.4        (2,679)        (2,659)        0.8        3.2  

Profit from continuing operations

     2,542        2,358        7.8        8.8        4,900        4,821        1.6        3.6  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                                       

Consolidated profit

     2,542        2,358        7.8        8.8        4,900        4,821        1.6        3.6  

Non-controlling interests

     (445)        (410)        8.5        9.0        (855)        (769)        11.2        10.8  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     2,097        1,948        7.6        8.7        4,045        4,052        (0.2)        2.1  

Net capital gains and provisions

     (706)        (108)        553.7        536.6        (814)        (300)        171.3        171.3  

Attributable profit to the parent

     1,391        1,840        (24.4)        (23.2)        3,231        3,752        (13.9)        (11.7)  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

12     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Income statement

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO  Second quarter results compared to the first quarter of 2019

The second quarter’s attributable profit to the parent was 24% lower than the first quarter’s in euros and 23% lower without the FX impact. This comparison is conditioned by those amounts that are outside the ordinary course performance of our business (EUR -706 million), which are explained in previous pages.

Excluding these results, underlying attributable profit to the parent was 8% higher quarter-on-quarter in euros and 9% higher without the FX impact, as follows:

Total income increased 3% due to growth in customer revenue.

 

Net interest income was 4% higher, mainly due to the good performance in Brazil, the recovery of inflation in Chile and rises at Santander Consumer Finance and the US because of larger volumes.

 

Net fee income increased 1% after absorbing the decrease derived from wholesale markets. The main increase was in Brazil.

 

Gains on financial transactions and other operating income remained virtually flat, after absorbing the contribution to the Single Resolution Fund (SRF) in the second quarter.

Operating expenses rose 2% driven by North America, South America (partly due to high inflation in Argentina) and Santander Global Platform (investments made in the initial phase), while Europe decreases, with falls in the UK, Spain and Portugal.

 

Loan-loss provisions decreased 1%, due to falls in Europe and the US.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     13


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Balance sheet

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

Grupo Santander. Condensed balance sheet

 

EUR million

 

Assets    Jun-19      Jun-18      Absolute
change
     %      Dec-18  
Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits      104,104        107,687        (3,583)        (3.3)        113,663  
Financial assets held for trading      102,574        112,947        (10,373)        (9.2)        92,879  

Debt securities

     33,343        27,005        6,338        23.5        27,800  

Equity instruments

     11,133        17,670        (6,537)        (37.0)        8,938  

Loans and advances to customers

     300        5,103        (4,803)        (94.1)        202  

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

            7,172        (7,172)        (100.0)         

Derivatives

     57,798        55,997        1,801        3.2        55,939  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss      78,813        53,306        25,507        47.9        68,190  

Loans and advances to customers

     23,407        20,289        3,118        15.4        23,796  

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

     46,915        25,131        21,784        86.7        32,325  

Other (debt securities an equity instruments)

     8,491        7,886        605        7.7        12,069  
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income      118,062        120,831        (2,769)        (2.3)        121,091  

Debt securities

     111,891        116,520        (4,629)        (4.0)        116,819  

Equity instruments

     2,789        2,766        23        0.8        2,671  

Loans and advances to customers

     3,382        1,545        1,837        118.9        1,601  

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

                                  
Financial assets measured at amortised cost      981,046        922,948        58,098        6.3        946,099  

Debt securities

     39,382        39,524        (142)        (0.4)        37,696  

Loans and advances to customers

     881,146        835,155        45,991        5.5        857,322  

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

     60,518        48,269        12,249        25.4        51,081  
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates      7,788        9,262        (1,474)        (15.9)        7,588  
Tangible assets      33,755        23,461        10,294        43.9        26,157  
Intangible assets      28,794        27,893        901        3.2        28,560  

Goodwill

     25,613        25,035        578        2.3        25,466  

Other intangible assets

     3,181        2,858        323        11.3        3,094  
Other assets      57,160        55,498        1,662        3.0        55,044  
Total assets      1,512,096        1,433,833        78,263        5.5        1,459,271  
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                                             
Financial liabilities held for trading      74,187        75,350        (1,163)        (1.5)        70,343  

Customer deposits

            5,777        (5,777)        (100.0)         

Debt securities issued

                                  

Deposits by central banks and credit institutions

            558        (558)        (100.0)         

Derivatives

     58,341        54,892        3,449        6.3        55,341  

Other

     15,846        14,123        1,723        12.2        15,002  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss      60,237        58,153        2,084        3.6        68,058  

Customer deposits

     37,849        31,881        5,968        18.7        39,597  

Debt securities issued

     3,117        2,309        808        35.0        2,305  

Deposits by central banks and credit institutions

     19,141        23,535        (4,394)        (18.7)        25,707  

Other

     130        428        (298)        (69.6)        449  
Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost      1,224,194        1,153,918        70,276        6.1        1,171,630  

Customer deposits

     776,902        736,767        40,135        5.4        740,899  

Debt securities issued

     251,672        224,466        27,206        12.1        244,314  

Deposits by central banks and credit institutions

     160,808        164,164        (3,356)        (2.0)        162,202  

Other

     34,812        28,521        6,291        22.1        24,215  
Liabilities under insurance contracts      731        936        (205)        (21.9)        765  
Provisions      14,571        13,758        813        5.9        13,225  
Other liabilities      28,191        27,273        918        3.4        27,889  
Total liabilities      1,402,111        1,329,388        72,723        5.5        1,351,910  
Shareholders’ equity      120,054        117,935        2,119        1.8        118,613  

Capital stock

     8,118        8,068        50        0.6        8,118  

Reserves

     108,705        107,164        1,541        1.4        104,922  

Attributable profit to the Group

     3,231        3,752        (521)        (13.9)        7,810  

Less: dividends

            (1,049)        1,049        (100.0)        (2,237)  
Other comprehensive income      (21,425)        (23,885)        2,460        (10.3)        (22,141)  
Minority interests      11,356        10,395        961        9.2        10,889  
Total equity      109,985        104,445        5,540        5.3        107,361  
Total liabilities and equity      1,512,096        1,433,833        78,263        5.5        1,459,271  

 

14     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Balance sheet

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

GRUPO SANTANDER BALANCE SHEET

 

LOGO

  

Compared to June 2018, gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) as well as customer funds increased.

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos rose 4% year-on-year, both in euros and in constant euros, with growth in seven of the 10 core countries, particularly in developing markets (+12%).

 

 

Customer funds increased 7% year-on-year in euros. In constant euros up 6%, with rises in the 10 core units. Deposits (excluding repos) grew in all units and mutual funds in most of them, due to the better performance in recent months (+4% in constant euros in the quarter and 9% since December 2018).

 

LOGO   Loans and advances to customers

Gross loans and advances to customers rose to EUR 908,234 million, 5% growth year-on-year.

The Group uses gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos for the purpose of analysing traditional commercial banking loans.

 

Compared to June 2018, gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos and the exchange rate impact increased 4%, with the following evolution by countries:

 

 

Increase in seven of the 10 core units, particularly all developing countries, which overall grew 12%: Poland (+26%), partly because of the increased perimeter, Argentina (+14%), due to peso balances as well as the impact of the currency’s depreciation on dollar balances, Brazil (+9%), Mexico (+8%) and Chile (+7%).

 

 

As regards mature markets, notable growth in the United States (+10%, with growth in SC USA and SBNA) and Santander

 

Consumer Finance (+7%), with rises in all countries that comprise it. The UK’s balances remained stable, as mortgage and other retail loan growth was partially offset by the reduction of commercial real estate exposure.

 

 

The only declines were in Portugal and Spain, markets that continued to deleverage and where gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos fell by 1% and 4%, respectively. Portugal was affected by the sale of non-productive portfolios, and Spain was affected by lower wholesale balances and with institutions.

 

Quarter-on-quarter, gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos increased 2%. Growth of 3% in Santander Consumer Finance and in the US, 2% in Poland, Mexico and Chile and around 1% in the UK and Brazil. Spain remained stable in the quarter and Argentina decreased 2%.

 

Loans and advances to customers maintained a balanced structure at the end of the semester: individuals (46%), consumer credit (17%), SMEs and companies (25%) and SCIB (12%).

 

 

LOGO

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     15


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Balance sheet

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO   Customer funds

Customer deposits amounted to EUR 814,751 million, 5% growth in the last 12 months.

The Group uses customer funds (customer deposits excluding repos, and including mutual funds) for the purpose of analysing traditional retail banking funds.

 

Compared to June 2018, customer funds increased 7%. Excluding the exchange rate impact, growth was 6%, as follows:

 

 

By units, funds rose in all of them, particularly Argentina (+40%), Poland (+22%), Brazil (+11%) and the US (+10%). More moderate growth of between 3% and 5% in Santander Consumer Finance, Spain and Chile. Balances in the UK and Mexico rose 2%.

 

 

Demand deposits increased 7%, with growth in all units except Mexico. Time deposits rose 5% mainly due to the US and South American countries, particularly Brazil, which grew 14% under its strategy of replacing letras financeiras with customer deposits in order to optimise the cost of funds. Mutual funds rose 5%, recovering growth in 2019 in most of the units after the fall in markets in 2018.

 

In the second quarter, customer funds increased 2% (+3% excluding exchange rate impacts). Deposits grew 3% and mutual funds grew 4%. By countries, and in local currency, there was an increase in the 10 core units, with the following detail by product:

 

 

As regards deposits, without repos, notable growth in Brazil (+8%), Argentina (+6%), and the US (+4%). Rises in all of them in demand as well as time deposits.

 

Mutual funds grew strongly in all the units.

 

Customer funds continued to be well diversified by products: 60% are demand deposits, 22% time deposits and 18% mutual funds.

As well as capturing customer deposits, Grupo Santander, for strategic reasons, maintains a selective policy of issuing securities in the international fixed income markets and strives to adapt the frequency and volume of its market operations to the structural liquidity needs of each unit, as well as to the receptiveness of each market.

• In the first half, the Group issued:

 

 

Medium- and long-term senior debt amounting to EUR 12,254 million and covered bonds placed in the market of EUR 4,511 million.

 

 

There were EUR 7,885 million of securitisations placed in the market.

 

 

Issuances to meet the TLAC (Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity) requirement amounting to EUR 1,947 million, in order to strengthen the Group’s situation (senior non-preferred: EUR 885 million, preferred: EUR 1,062 million).

 

 

Maturities of medium- and long-term debt of EUR 13,918 million.

 

The net loan-to-deposit ratio was 111% (111% in June 2018). The ratio of deposits plus medium- and long-term funding to the Group’s loans was 115%, underscoring the comfortable funding structure.

 

 

LOGO

 

16     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Solvency ratios

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

SOLVENCY RATIOS

 

LOGO  

 

The CET1 ratio reached 11.30% following the organic generation of 11 bps in the quarter and absorbing -20 basis points of regulatory impacts and restructuring costs.

 

 

Tangible equity per share was EUR 4.30.

 

 

 

The fully loaded leverage ratio was 5.0%, almost the same quarter-on-quarter.

 

At the end of June 2019, the total phased-in capital ratio stood at 14.83% and the CET1 ratio (phased-in and fully loaded) at 11.30%, comfortably meeting the minimum levels required by the European Central Bank on a consolidated basis (13.187% for the total capital ratio and 9.687% for the CET1 ratio).

In the quarter, we continued to generate capital organically, +11 basis points, as a result of underlying profits and the active management of risk weighted assets. As such, the organic generation in the first half of the year was 29 basis points.

This, together with favourable market movements benefiting the held to collect and sell portfolio (due to falling interest rates),

compensated the negative accounting and regulatory impacts registered in the year to date (-36 basis points, principally due to IFRS 16 application and TRIM), as well as the negative 13 basis point impact from restructuring costs, mainly in Spain.

Had the IFRS 9 transitional arrangement not been applied, the total impact on the CET1 would have been -23 basis points.

In April 2019, the European Central Bank published the aggregate result of its Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) carried out in 2018. Santander has lower capital requirements than the average of SSM banks. This positive differential was wider in 2018 than in 2017.

 

 

Eligible capital. June 2019*

 

EUR million

 

      Phased-in      Fully loaded  
CET1      68,406        68,406  
Basic capital      77,915        77,096  
Eligible capital      89,782        89,640  
Risk-weighted assets      605,470        605,470  
CET1 capital ratio      11.30        11.30  
T1 capital ratio      12.87        12.73  
Total capital ratio      14.83        14.80  

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     17


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Risk management

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

RISK MANAGEMENT

 

LOGO

 

Santander maintained its medium-low risk profile in the second quarter with an enhanced credit quality, low risk market activity focused on our customers and limited exposure to operational risk events.

 

The Group’s credit quality improved: NPL ratio decreased to 3.51% and cost of credit is still below 1%. Coverage remained stable at 68%.

 

Market risk exposure remained at low levels despite continued volatility and uncertainty.

 

The operational risk profile remained stable, with a similar distribution of losses by category in the quarter.

 

LOGO  Credit risk management

The positive trend in credit quality continued, underpinned by the good year-on-year evolution of the NPL ratios, coverage and cost of credit in the second quarter.

Non-performing loans amounted to EUR 34,421 million at the end of June 2019, 3% lower than in the first quarter. Excluding the exchange-rate impact, the volume of NPLs also decreased by 3%, with reductions in Europe, and similar levels in North and South America. Both net inflows to NPLs and charge-offs were reduced on a year-on-year basis.

The Group’s NPL ratio continued to fall (-11 bps in the quarter to 3.51% and -41 bps since June 2018). Significant reductions have been observed in Spain, Chile, Portugal and Poland, while Argentina showed an increase due to the country’s complex economic situation.

Loan-loss provisions made in the second quarter amounted to EUR 2,141 million, 1% lower than in the first quarter.

Cumulative loan-loss reserves remained stable year-on-year at EUR 4,313 million (+1% in constant euros) with improvements in most of the geographies.

The cost of credit remained below 1% (0.98%), with falls in seven of the 10 core units in the second quarter.

Credit risk

 

                          

EUR million

           
      Jun-19      Jun-18      Var. %      Dec-18  

Non-performing loans

     34,421        36,654        (6.1)        35,692  

NPL ratio (%)

     3.51        3.92                 3.73  

Loan-loss allowances

     23,432        25,148        (6.8)        24,061  

For impaired assets

     14,723        15,849        (7.1)        15,148  

For other assets

     8,709        9,298        (6.3)        8,913  

Coverage ratio (%)

     68        69                 67  

Cost of credit (%)

     0.98        0.99                 1.00  

 

Key metrics geographic performance. June 2019

 

        

%

           
     NPL      Change (bps)      Coverage  
      ratio      QoQ      YoY      ratio  

Spain

     7.02        (27)        (60)        43  

SCF

     2.24        (9)        (20)        106  

United Kingdom

     1.13        (4)               32  

Portugal

     5.00        (77)        (255)        53  

Poland

     4.21        (18)        (37)        70  

USA

     2.32        (9)        (59)        158  

Mexico

     2.21        9        (37)        127  

Brazil

     5.27        1        1        106  

Chile

     4.52        (15)        (34)        59  

Argentina

     3.79        29        139        126  

 

 

LOGO

 

 

18     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Risk management

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

 

Total loan-loss reserves amounted to EUR 23,432 million. Coverage at the end of June 2019 was 68% for the Group. Also taking into account that in Spain and the UK, a large part of their portfolios have real estate collateral, which justifies lower coverage levels.

The Group’s coverage by IFRS 9 stages remained stable on a year-on-year basis, with no significant movements.

Coverage ratio by stage

 

                          

EUR billion

           
     Exposure*             Coverage  
      Jun-19              Jun-19      Jun-18  

Stage 1

     870                 0.5%        0.6%  

Stage 2

     53                 8.5%        8.5%  

Stage 3

     34                 42.8%        43.2%  

 

(*)

Exposure subject to impairment. Additionally, there are EUR 24 billion in loans and advances to customers not subject to impairment recorded at mark to market with changes through P&L.

 

 

 

Non-performing loans by quarter                                                                
EUR million                            
      Q1’18        Q2’18        Q3’18        Q4’18        Q1’19        Q2’19  

Balance at beginning of period

     37,596          37,407          36,654          36,332          35,692          35,590  

Net additions

     2,340          2,906          2,528          3,136          2,147          2,511  

Increase in scope of consolidation

                                177                    

Exchange rate differences and other

     361          (409)          (140)          (130)          479          (162)  

Write-offs

     (2,890)          (3,250)          (2,710)          (3,823)          (2,728)          (3,518)  

Balance at period-end

     37,407          36,654          36,332          35,692          35,590          34,421  

 

 

LOGO  Market risk

In the second quarter, the global corporate banking trading activity risk, which is mainly interest rate driven and focused on servicing our customer’s needs, measured in daily VaR terms at 99%, fluctuated around an average value of EUR 11.4 million and

reached EUR 20.4 million mainly as a result of increased volatility and the exposure to interest rate and FX risk in Brazil, and always within the established limits. These figures are low compared to the size of the Group’s balance sheet and activity. In addition, there are other positions classified for accounting purposes as trading (total VaR of EUR 16.6 million at the end of June 2019).

 

 

LOGO

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     19


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

Risk management

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

 

Trading portfolio*. VaR by geographic region

 

EUR million

                                   
     2019             2018  
Second quarter    Average      Latest              Average  
           
           

Total

     11.4        16.0                 9.5  

Europe

     5.8        5.9                 5.5  

North America

     3.6        4.9                 3.9  

South America

     8.6        10.8                 6.9  

(*) Activity performance in Santander Corporate & Investment Banking markets.

Trading portfolio*. VaR by market factor

 

EUR million            
Second quarter 2019    Min.          Avg.          Max.          Last  

Total VaR

     7.3        11.4        20.4        16.0  

Diversification effect

     (0.4)        (6.4)        (12.0)        (11.1)  

Interest rate VaR

     7.0        8.9        15.5        15.5  

Equity VaR

     1.0        1.7        3.2        3.2  

FX VaR

     1.8        3.4        7.2        4.8  

Credit spreads VaR

     2.9        3.7        4.8        3.5  

Commodities VaR

     0.0        0.0        0.1        0.0  

(*) Activity performance in Corporate & Investment Banking markets.

NOTE: In the Latin America, United States and Asia portfolios, VaR corresponding to the credit spreads factor other than sovereign risk is not relevant and is included in the interest rate factor.

 

 

LOGO  Structural and liquidity risk

 

With regards to structural exchange rate risk, Santander’s CET1 ratio coverage remained around 100% in order to protect it from foreign currency movements.

 

In structural interest rate risk, during the second quarter a positive impact was generated in the value of the structural debt portfolio that was close to EUR 800 million, given the downward pressure on interest rates due to trade disputes, greater geopolitical tensions and increased expectations of new stimuli by the ECB and the Fed, as well as implementation of the economic reforms proposed in Brazil.

 

In liquidity risk during the second quarter, the Group maintained a comfortable position, supported by a robust and diversified liquidity buffer, with ratios well above regulatory limits.

 

LOGO  Operational risk

 

The operational risk profile remained stable in the second quarter, although the volume of losses increased slightly due to the PPI claims in the UK, given that the deadline to present claims is approaching. Nevertheless, accumulated losses in the first half are lower than in the previous half year.

 

In relative terms, levels of losses by Basel categories were similar, mainly those derived from civil claims with customers and external fraud.

 

Specific risk-monitoring frameworks continued to improve such as those for suppliers or the most significant change management processes, as well as implementing measures to mitigate fraud in the main units (Mexico, UK and Brazil).

 

Cybersecurity, a key area for the Group, continues to improve. Progress continued to be made in the first half of 2019 in our cybersecurity transformation programme in order to strengthen the detection, response and protection mechanisms.

 

 

20     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

GENERAL BACKGROUND

Economic activity slowed in the second quarter of 2019, particularly in mature economies, as a result of trade tensions which hit exports and investment and some one-off factors. Growth was noticeably slower in EU countries. The forecast for global growth in 2019 is around 3.25% (3.6% in 2018).

Slower growth together with downside risks and inflation generally below target produced a downward change in markets’ expectations on official interest rates – reinforced by central banks – which now discount cuts in the Fed’s and ECB’s benchmark rates. Latin American central banks thus have greater leeway.

 

Country    GDP
change 1
   Economic performance

LOGO

 

Eurozone

  

+1.2%

  

Growth weakened, affected by idiosyncratic factors in some countries combined with a weakening of global trade and greater uncertainties. Inflation fell to 1.2% in June as a result of lower energy prices. The European Central Bank held its very soft monetary policy and is contemplating, if necessary, expansive measures.

 

LOGO

 

Spain

  

+2.4%

  

Economic growth remained stronger than the Eurozone’s, despite weakening a little. Job creation was still notable. The unemployment rate continued to fall. Inflation slipped to 0.4% in June.

 

LOGO

 

Poland

  

+4.7%

  

GDP growth in the first quarter was brisk and based on solid foundations. The jobless rate is close to a historic low (3.9% in the first quarter). Inflation was 2.6% in June, exceeding the 2.5% inflation target for the first time in seven years. The benchmark rate, however, remained at 1.5%.

 

LOGO

 

Portugal

  

+1.8%

  

Growth quickened slightly in the first quarter, but was not enough to keep on reducing the unemployment rate which is 6.8%, due to lower employment growth. Inflation was low at 0.4% in June. The fiscal deficit fell to 0.5% in 2018.

 

LOGO

 

United Kingdom

  

+1.8%

  

The economy grew strongly in the first quarter (+0.5% over Q4’18). Inflation was 2.0% in June, in line with the Bank of England’s target and the unemployment rate inched down to 3.8%. The base rate remained at 0.75%, pending the outcome of Brexit.

 

LOGO

 

Brazil

  

+0.5%

  

Growth slowed in the first quarter, due to weaker investment. Inflation eased to 3.4% in June, after rising in the first quarter and is expected to be below the 4.25% target. The central bank held its key rate at 6.50% (a historic low) but introduced a downward bias at its June meeting. The pension reform was passed the first vote in Congress.

 

LOGO

 

Mexico

  

+1.2%

  

The economy slowed in the first quarter. Inflation was 3.9% in June and the expectations are anchored at around 3.5%. The central bank held its key rate at 8.25%, but at its June meeting a member of the monetary committee voted to cut it by 25 bps.

 

LOGO

 

Chile

  

+1.6%

  

GDP growth decelerated in the first quarter, due to lower growth in investment and a fall in exports. The central bank cut its benchmark rate by 25 bps in June to 2.5% and left the bias neutral, suggesting stability. Inflation remained low (2.3% in June).

 

LOGO

 

Argentina

  

-5.8%

  

The economy continued its adjustment process in order to reduce inflation and the fiscal and external imbalances. Activity seems to have reached a cyclical low in the first quarter, as April’s indicators suggest. Inflation shows incipient signs of easing in the second quarter, underpinned by a stable exchange rate.

 

LOGO

 

United States

  

+3.2%

  

GDP growth gathered pace due to temporary factors in the first quarter. The unemployment rate was 3.7% in June and inflation remained below the Fed’s target (underlying rate of 1.6% in May), which kept interest rates stable at 2.25-2.5%, but gave a downward bias to its messages.

 

(1) Year-on-year change Q1’19.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     21


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SEGMENTS

 

The segment reporting is based on financial information presented to the chief operating decision maker, which excludes certain items included in the statutory results that distort year-on-year comparisons and are not considered for management reporting purposes. This financial information (underlying basis) is computed by adjusting reported results for the effects of certain gains and losses (e.g.: capital gains, write-downs, impairment of goodwill, etc.). These gains and losses are items that management and investors ordinarily identify and consider separately to better understand the underlying trends in the business.

The Group has aligned the information in this operating segment section in a manner consistent with the underlying information used internally for management reporting purposes and with that presented throughout the Group’s other public documents.

The Group executive committee has been determined to be the chief operating decision maker for the Group. The Group’s operating segments reflect the organisational and management structures. The Group executive committee reviews the internal reporting based on these segments in order to assess performance and allocate resources.

The segments are differentiated by the geographic area where profits are earned, and by type of business. The financial information of each reportable segment is prepared by aggregating the figures for the Group’s various geographic areas and business units. The information relates to both the accounting data of the units integrated in each segment and that provided by management information systems. In all cases, the same general principles as those used in the Group are applied.

The businesses included in each of the business areas in this report and the accounting principles under which their results are presented here may differ from the businesses included and accounting principles applied in the financial information separately prepared and disclosed by our subsidiaries (some of which are publicly listed) which in name or geographical description may seem to correspond to the business areas covered in this report. Accordingly, the results of operations and trends shown for our business areas in this document may differ materially from those of such subsidiaries.

At the beginning of July 2019, we announced that, starting with the financial information for the first half of 2019, we would carry out a change in our reported segments to reflect our current organisational and management structure.

This change in our reported segments aims to align the segment information to how segments and units are managed and has no impact on accounting figures at the Group level. The main changes, which have been applied to segment information for all periods included in the consolidated financial statements, are the following:

Primary segments

 

1.

Creation of the new geographic segment Europe that includes the existing units under the previous Continental Europe segment (Spain, Portugal, Poland and Santander Consumer Finance) plus the UK (that was previously a segment on its own and is now a unit under the segment Europe).

 

 

The UK is aligned with the ring-fencing structure, including products and services distributed to our retail customers and the majority of our business customers. The businesses excluded are now incorporated in the rest of Europe.

 

 

Spain now includes the Real Estate Activity Spain unit, previously included in the rest of Europe, and it excludes some treasury businesses now reported in the rest of Europe and the online bank Openbank is now incorporated in the new digital segment (Santander Global Platform).

 

 

Rest of Europe, included within the Europe segment, comprises mainly (i) CIB businesses such as Banco Santander, S.A. branches outside of Spain (including the businesses excluded from the UK as a result of ring-fencing) as well as Spain’s treasury business and (ii) Private Banking’s Wealth Management & Insurance businesses in Switzerland, mutual funds in Luxemburg and Insurance in Zurich.

 

2.

Creation of the new geographic segment North America that comprises the existing units under the previous US segment plus Mexico.

 

3.

Creation of the new geographic segment South America that comprises the existing units under the previous Latin America segment except for Mexico.

 

4.

Creation of a new reporting unit segment, Santander Global Platform, which includes our global digital services under a single unit:

 

 

Our fully digital native bank Openbank and Open Digital Services.

 

 

Global Payments Services: payments platform to better serve our customers with value propositions developed globally, including Superdigital, Pago FX and our recently launched global businesses (Global Merchant Services and Global Trade Services).

 

 

Digital Assets: common digital assets and Centres of Digital Expertise which help our banks in their digital transformation.

Secondary segments

 

5.

The Real Estate Activity Spain unit, that was previously a segment reported on its own, is now included in Retail Banking.

 

6.

The insurance business, previously included in Retail Banking, is now included in the Wealth Management segment, which was renamed Wealth Management & Insurance.

 

 

22     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

7.

The new digital segment (Santander Global Platform) is also incorporated as a secondary segment.

 

8.

Finally, the change in reported segments also includes adjustments of the clients of the Global Customer Relationship Model between Retail Banking and Santander Corporate & Investment Banking and between Retail Banking and Wealth Management & Insurance.

The changes in the secondary segments have no impact on the primary segments.

To allow better quarter-on-quarter and year-on-year comparability, and as was published in the Relevant Fact in July 2019, the Group has provided the quarterly 2018 and first quarter of 2019 data on a new basis, in accordance with the new structure of the Group.

After these changes, the operating business areas are structured in two levels:

Primary segments

This primary level of segmentation, which is based on the Group’s management structure, comprises five reportable segments: four operating areas plus the Corporate Centre. The operating areas are:

Europe: which comprises all the business activities carried out in the region. Detailed financial information is provided on Spain, Portugal, Poland, Santander Consumer Finance (which incorporates all the region’s business, including the three countries mentioned herewith) and the UK.

North America: which comprises all the business activities carried out in Mexico and the US, which includes the holding company (SHUSA) and the businesses of Santander Bank, Santander Consumer USA, Banco Santander Puerto Rico, the specialised unit Banco Santander International and the New York branch.

South America: includes all the financial activities carried out by the Group through its banks and subsidiary banks in the region. Detailed information is provided on Brazil, Chile, Argentina, Uruguay, Peru and Colombia.

Santander Global Platform: includes our fully digital bank Openbank and Open Digital Services, Global Payments Services (Superdigital, Pago FX, Global Merchant Services, Global Trade Services) and Digital Assets (Centres of Digital Expertise, InnoVentures and Digital Assets).

 

Secondary segments

At this secondary level of segment reporting, the Group is structured into Retail Banking, Santander Corporate & Investment Banking, Wealth Management & Insurance and Santander Global Platform.

Retail Banking: this covers all customer banking businesses, including consumer finance, except those of corporate banking, which are managed through Santander Corporate & Investment Banking, and asset management, private banking and insurance, which are managed by Wealth Management & Insurance. The results of the hedging positions in each country are also included, conducted within the sphere of each one’s assets and liabilities committee.

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking (SCIB): This business reflects revenue from global corporate banking, investment banking and markets worldwide including treasuries managed globally (always after the appropriate distribution with Retail Banking customers), as well as equity business.

Wealth Management & Insurance: Includes the asset management business (Santander Asset Management), the corporate unit of Private Banking and International Private Banking in Miami and Switzerland and the insurance business (Santander Insurance).

Santander Global Platform: includes our fully digital bank Openbank and Open Digital Services, Global Payments Services (Superdigital, Pago FX, Global Merchant Services, Global Trade Services) and Digital Assets (Centres of Digital Expertise, InnoVentures and Digital Assets).

In addition to these operating units, which report by geographic area and businesses, the Group continues to maintain the area of Corporate Centre, that includes the centralised activities relating to equity stakes in financial companies, financial management of the structural exchange rate position, assumed within the sphere of the Group’s assets and liabilities committee, as well as management of liquidity and of shareholders’ equity via issuances.

As the Group’s holding entity, this area manages all capital and reserves and allocations of capital and liquidity with the rest of businesses. It also incorporates amortisation of goodwill but not the costs related to the Group’s central services (charged to the areas), except for corporate and institutional expenses related to the Group’s functioning.

 

 

 

As described on the previous page, the results of our business areas presented below are provided on the basis of underlying results only and including the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. However, for a better understanding of the actual changes in the performance of our business areas, we provide and discuss the year-on-year changes to our results excluding such impact.

 

 

 

On the other hand, certain figures contained in this report, including financial information, have been subject to rounding to enhance their presentation. Accordingly, in certain instances, the sum of the numbers in a column or a row in tables contained in this report may not conform exactly to the total figure given for that column or row.

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     23


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

First half 2019

 

Main items of the underlying income statement

EUR million

 

Primary segments    Net interest
income
     Net fee
        income
     Total
      income
     Net operating
income
     Profit
before tax
     Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent
 

  EUROPE

     7,141        2,630        10,413        4,822        3,549        2,354  

Spain

     2,018        1,247        3,706        1,661        936        694  

Santander Consumer Finance

     1,911        415        2,321        1,286        1,117        658  

United Kingdom

     1,919        423        2,388        946        792        582  

Portugal

     429        197        712        400        379        260  

Poland

     565        230        817        467        293        150  

Other

     299        118        469        62        33        10  

  NORTH AMERICA

     4,403        901        5,672        3,286        1,594        889  

US

     2,860        479        3,734        2,154        891        465  

Mexico

     1,543        423        1,938        1,132        703        424  

  SOUTH AMERICA

     6,647        2,355        9,134        5,825        3,661        1,961  

Brazil

     4,979        1,855        6,864        4,637        2,846        1,482  

Chile

     940        200        1,255        731        560        311  

Argentina

     511        241        720        289        127        73  

Other

     217        60        295        168        128        94  

  SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

     46        2        39        (69)        (70)        (51)  

  CORPORATE CENTRE

     (600)        (27)        (822)        (1,015)        (1,155)        (1,108)  

  TOTAL GROUP

     17,636        5,863        24,436        12,849        7,579        4,045  
Secondary segments                                                

  RETAIL BANKING

     16,553        4,583        21,528        11,816        6,776        3,856  

  CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

     1,354        730        2,606        1,488        1,396        889  

  WEALTH MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE

     283        574        1,085        630        632        459  

  SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

     46        2        39        (69)        (70)        (51)  

  CORPORATE CENTRE

     (600)        (27)        (822)        (1,015)        (1,155)        (1,108)  

  TOTAL GROUP

     17,636        5,863        24,436        12,849        7,579        4,045  

 

 

LOGO

 

24     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

First half 2018

 

Main items of the underlying income statement

EUR million

 

Primary segments    Net interest
income
     Net fee
        income
     Total
      income
     Net operating
income
     Profit
before tax
     Underlying
attributable
profit to
the parent
 

  EUROPE

     7,010        2,754        10,524        4,858        3,610        2,422  

Spain

     1,995        1,340        3,746        1,540        871        661  

Santander Consumer Finance

     1,843        403        2,266        1,248        1,096        667  

United Kingdom

     2,052        459        2,590        1,150        944        665  

Portugal

     435        189        688        363        324        229  

Poland

     487        227        731        414        280        155  

Other

     198        137        504        142        95        45  

  NORTH AMERICA

     3,802        809        4,947        2,766        1,265        690  

US

     2,501        434        3,248        1,773        676        334  

Mexico

     1,301        376        1,699        993        589        357  

  SOUTH AMERICA

     6,557        2,340        9,151        5,790        3,499        1,846  

Brazil

     4,906        1,792        6,768        4,499        2,603        1,317  

Chile

     985        227        1,282        751        568        307  

Argentina

     447        263        807        381        198        136  

Other

     218        58        294        160        129        85  

  SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

     38        2        34        (28)        (29)        (23)  

  CORPORATE CENTRE

     (477)        (17)        (494)        (706)        (866)        (884)  

  TOTAL GROUP

     16,931        5,889        24,162        12,680        7,480        4,052  
Secondary segments                                                

  RETAIL BANKING

     15,972        4,502        21,029        11,302        6,430        3,677  

  CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

     1,141        819        2,561        1,523        1,360        858  

  WEALTH MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE

     256        583        1,032        589        584        424  

  SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM

     38        2        34        (28)        (29)        (23)  

  CORPORATE CENTRE

     (477)        (17)        (494)        (706)        (866)        (884)  

  TOTAL GROUP

     16,931        5,889        24,162        12,680        7,480        4,052  

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     25


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

EUROPE

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

Given the current macroeconomic environment characterised by lower for longer interest rates, we are working on our franchise to simplify our structures and operate in a more integrated way in the medium-term.

 

In terms of volumes, growth was moderate (+2%) in gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) and +5% customer funds.

 

Underlying attributable profit for the period amounted to EUR 2,354 million, down 3% compared to first half of 2018, due to lower gains on financial transactions (markets) and net fee income (mainly CIB). Conversely, net interest income increased and costs and provisions fell.

Strategy

Santander’s subsidiaries in Europe are managed according to their local priorities. At the same time, initiatives are being considered to enable greater integration of businesses, shared services and cost saving measures. For example:

 

 

Integration of the different technological platforms and acceleration of the bank’s digital transformation, to help improve the customer experience and expand the distribution channels for our products and services.

 

 

We also continue to work on obtaining additional synergies from the ongoing integration processes, especially in the case of Popular in Spain and the retail and SME business of Deutsche Bank Polska in Poland.

 

 

And finally, simplification of our business model, reducing the number of products to gain efficiency and agility, but maintaining a full value proposition that is capable of meeting the daily needs of our individual customers and offering tailor-made solutions for SMEs and large companies.

All of this, with the medium-term objective to obtain EUR 1 billion of additional savings, based on our global capabilities to strengthen operational efficiency in the region.

Business performance

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) increased by 2%, driven by strong organic growth in SCF (France, Spain and Nordic countries) and the integration of Deutsche Bank Polska’s retail and SME business in Poland.

 

 

Customer funds increased by 5% mainly due to higher retail deposits and seasonal factors in Spain in the quarter, and the inclusion of balances from Deutsche Bank Polska in Poland.

Results

Underlying profit amounted to EUR 2,354 million, 3% less than in the same period of the previous year. By lines:

 

 

Revenue was down 1%. Net interest income increased by 2%, supported by higher volumes in SCF, the increase in Poland and the CIB business. This increase is offset by lower gains on financial transactions (markets) and net fee income (mainly CIB).

 

 

Costs decreased 1% (-3% in real terms) reflecting the first savings from our optimisation processes.

 

 

Provisions fell and cost of credit stood at 0.24%.

Compared to the previous quarter, underlying profit rose 2% due to lower provisions.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

 

     Q2’19         /Q1’19        H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

5,188

 

 

 

 

-1%

 

      

 

10,413

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-2,789

 

 

 

 

0%

 

      

 

-5,591

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-387

 

 

 

 

-15%

 

      

 

-844

 

 

 

    

 

-2%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

1,781

 

 

 

 

+1%

 

      

 

3,549

 

 

 

    

 

-2%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

1,191

 

 

 

 

+2%

 

        

 

2,354

 

 

 

    

 

-3%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 53

 

 

26     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Spain

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights

 

The integration of Banco Popular with the migration of all offices and customers to the Santander platform was successfully completed. The process of optimising the commercial network, which will be gradually carried out over the coming months, begun.

 

Positive evolution of the levels of customer satisfaction in the migration, particularly in transparency, accompanying customers and communication.

 

We completed the reorganisation of the strategic insurance business, with the end of the agreement with Allianz and the creation of new joint ventures with Aegon and Mapfre1.

 

The first half underlying profit was 5% higher year-on-year at EUR 694 million, mainly due to lower costs.

   

(1) Transactions pending regulatory authorisation and other customary conditions.

Commercial activity

 

 

Sustained commercial dynamism with year-on-year growth in business combined with increased profitability in all segments and products (+15 bps). Of note by products was consumer credit with existing customers (+24% year-on-year), spurred by pre-approval and digital contraction of loans.

 

 

The main drivers of loyalty continued to grow at double digit rates in both Santander and Popular (+13% in cards turnover and +7% from point-of-sale terminals).

 

 

New insurance premium rose 9%, consolidating itself as a strategic driver, while at the same time we completed the reorganisation of this business.

 

 

Mutual funds grew more quickly to almost EUR 5 billion, producing a further gain in market share.

 

 

Launch in April 2019 of the Smith Plan in order to be the leader in the non-resident segment, via a differentiated value proposal focused mainly on covering the needs of those who are purchasing a house in Spain.

 

 

Our remote management model, Santander Personal, now includes companies, strengthening the digital transformation process.

Business performance

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) were affected by the deleveraging in wholesale banking due to the market environment and the move toward a capital light model, while new mortgages do not yet offset maturities. The stock, however, rose by EUR 600 million in the first half.

 

 

Customer deposits (excluding repos) increased by EUR 13.3 billion in the year, of which EUR 6 billion were retail customer deposits, impacted by seasonality at the end of the quarter.

Results

First half attributable profit was 5% higher year-on-year at EUR 694 million. By lines:

 

 

Net interest income rose 1%, underpinned by retail banking, due to a continued improvement in the customer spread to 1.94% (+23 bps year-on-year), from the fall in the cost of deposits (-15 bps) as well as the rise in the return on loans (+8 bps).

 

 

Net fee income fell 7%, due to lower activity at SCIB.

 

 

Operating expenses continued to fall (-7%) due to the efficiencies resulting from Popular’s integration and the optimisation efforts.

 

 

Further decline in the stock of non-performing loans (-12% year-on-year) and fall in the NPL ratio to 7.02%.

Compared to the first quarter, underlying profit was 5% lower than the first quarter’s because of the SRF contribution. Excluding this impact, it would have been 7% higher.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19          H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

1,849

 

 

 

    

 

0%

 

 

 

      

 

3,706

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-1,020

 

 

 

    

 

0%

 

 

 

      

 

-2,044

 

 

 

    

 

-7%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-228

 

 

 

    

 

-6%

 

 

 

      

 

-470

 

 

 

    

 

+8%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

458

 

 

 

    

 

-4%

 

 

 

      

 

936

 

 

 

    

 

+7%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

338

 

 

 

    

 

-5%

 

 

 

        

 

694

 

 

 

    

 

+5%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 54

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     27


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Santander Consumer Finance

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

SCF continues to be the European consumer finance leader, with critical mass and among the Top 3 in its markets in Europe. Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) rose 7% and new lending 4% year-on-year.

 

Total income increased 3%, largely due to net interest income and net fee income, which together with cost control pushed up net operating income by 3%.

 

First half underlying attributable profit was EUR 658 million, virtually unchanged year-on-year due to the good performance of revenue, operating expenses and the cost of credit (still at low levels for this business).

 

Continued high profitability: RoTE of around 15% and RoRWA of more than 2%.

Commercial activity

 

 

SCF continued its growth based on its solid business model, enabling it to confront new market trends: diversification by country, scale, leadership in efficiency and risk and recovery systems that allow it to maintain a better performance than its European competitors in the key metrics.

 

 

Management continued to focus on boosting auto finance and increasing consumer finance through strengthening digital channels.

 

 

The auto business in SCF continued to grow despite the fall in car sales in Europe (-2% in the first five months), due to the good performance of the brands with which SCF operates, via more than 115 captive agreements.

 

 

The agreement with Hyundai Kia to acquire 51% of the financial entity that both companies own in Germany was completed in March 2019, bolstering our leadership in this market.

Business performance

 

 

New lending rose 4% year-on-year, underpinned by commercial agreements in several countries. Of note: Italy (+13%), France (+8%) and Spain (+7%).

 

 

Customer deposits (excluding repos) amounted to EUR 37,900 million and continued to be a factor that differentiated us from our competitors. They continued to be stable, due to various measures taken to complete the digital transformation plan.

 

 

Recourse to wholesale funding amounted to EUR 9,934 million in the first half. Customer deposits (excluding repos), issuances and securitisations covered 73% of net loans.

Results

First half underlying attributable profit of EUR 658 million, slightly lower than the same period of 2018:

 

 

Net interest income rose 4% due to higher volumes.

 

 

Costs rose more slowly (+2%), improving the efficiency ratio to 44.6%, 33 bps better year-on-year.

 

 

The cost of credit remained at low levels (0.36%), reflecting a conservative risk appetite and a solid credit management policy. The NPL ratio was 2.24%, 20 bps lower than in the first half of 2018.

 

 

The largest profits were generated by the Nordic countries (EUR 177 million), Germany (EUR 157 million) and Spain (EUR 116 million).

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, underlying attributable profit was 3% higher due to lower loan-loss provisions.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19          H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

1,154

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

      

 

2,321

 

 

 

    

 

+3%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-527

 

 

 

    

 

+4%

 

 

 

        

 

-1,035

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-59

 

 

 

    

 

-51%

 

 

 

      

 

-181

 

 

 

    

 

-4%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

556

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

      

 

1,117

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

334

 

 

 

    

 

+3%

 

 

 

        

 

658

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 55

 

 

28     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

United Kingdom

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

 

Business performance remained solid: switcher1 levels above market average, strong increase in digital customers and amongst the best in customer satisfaction.

 

 

In terms of volumes, growth in mortgages due to the strengthening of our activity in a competitive market. Solid trend in customer funds, especially in savings deposits, underpinned by the success of an ISA campaign.

 

Underlying attributable profit fell 13%, reflecting the continued competitive pressure on mortgage margins and SVR attrition. On the other hand, the costs and provisions trend improved.

Commercial activity

 

 

To better meet the needs of our customers and reflect the way customers are banking with us, in 2019 we announced changes to the branch network and the reshaping of the Corporate & Commercial Banking business.

 

 

We continued to focus on customer experience; the bank is second in retail satisfaction and top 3 for corporates. Since its launch in October 2018, we have opened 31,000 new 1|2|3 Business accounts with switcher1 levels above market average. The number of loyal customers continued to grow: Individuals +6%, SMEs and corporates +7% and loyal customers as a percentage of total active customers rose 2 percentage points to 31%.

 

 

Digital adoption continues to drive change in the organisation. We attracted more than 420,000 digital customers in the last 12 months (+8%), retained 60% of refinanced mortgage loans online (+6 pp year-on-year), and 44% of current accounts (+3 pp) and 66% of credit cards (+9 pp) were opened through digital channels.

Business performance

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) were stable. Mortgages, consumer and non-CRE trading business volumes increased, while the latter continued to fall.

 

 

Customer deposits (excluding repos) increased by 2%, boosted by higher corporate and retail savings deposits, partly due to a strong ISA campaign (Individual Savings Account - savings product with tax benefits).

Results

Underlying attributable profit in the first half stood at EUR 582 million, down 13% year-on-year.

 

 

Total revenue fell 8% due to continued competitive pressure on mortgage margins and SVR (Standard Variable Rate) attrition, net fee income reduction and lower gains on financial transactions (-67%).

 

 

Costs fell 1%, though in real terms (w/o inflation) fell 3%.

 

 

Loan-loss provisions fell by 22%, with the cost of credit at just 6 basis points. The NPL ratio was stable at 1.13%, supported by prudent approach to risk management and the resilience of the UK economy.

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, underlying attributable profit improved by 29%, due to reductions in costs and provisions that more than offset the aforementioned factors affecting revenue.

 

(1)

Switcher: clients who change bank as part of the Current Account Switch Service, in which the new bank is in charge of managing the whole process, free of charge, within 7 working days.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19          H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

1,183

 

 

 

    

 

-2%

 

 

 

        

 

2,388

 

 

 

    

 

-8%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-703

 

 

 

    

 

-5%

 

 

 

      

 

-1,442

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-19

 

 

 

    

 

-68%

 

 

 

      

 

-80

 

 

 

    

 

-22%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

435

 

 

 

    

 

+22%

 

 

 

      

 

792

 

 

 

    

 

-17%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

    

 

327

 

 

 

    

 

+29%

 

 

 

        

 

582

 

 

 

    

 

-13%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 56

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     29


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

Portugal

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights

 

The Bank continued its commercial and digital transformation, marketing new products for companies and SMEs and making the granting of new mortgages simpler and faster.

 

Market shares in new lending to companies and mortgages reached around 20%, in a market that is still deleveraging.

 

Underlying attributable profit increased 14% year-on-year, reflecting revenue growth, lower costs from optimising the structure and a very low cost of credit.

Commercial activity

The Bank continued its strategy to tailor products and services to customers’ needs, focusing on increasing the number of customers and their loyalty:

 

 

The commercial transformation continued to renew the offer and benefits in Mundo 1|2|3 and strengthened our presence in the agrifood sector. As a result of this strategy, loyal customers already account for 45% of active customers.

 

 

The second Work Café was opened in Coimbra, expanding this new customer relationship model which is a driver for increasing attraction and loyalty.

 

 

The Bank continued its policy of local proximity and offering non-financial solutions (Santander Advance Empresas). A Box Santander Advance was held in Funchal (Madeira), with the active participation of local companies and entities in exchange of experiences, opinions and knowledge workshops.

Business performance

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) were still lower than a year ago, but they rose slightly, aligned with the dynamism of market shares in new mortgages and loans to companies in the first half.

 

 

Customer funds increased 7% year-on-year, spurred by the growth in deposits and mutual funds.

Results

The first half underlying attributable profit rose 14% year-on-year to EUR 260 million. By lines:

 

 

Total income increased 3%, driven by gains on financial transactions that rose more than 50% because of ALCO portfolio sales, and net fee income which offset the fall in net interest income, which was still in line with the year-on-year dynamic of the stock of credit.

 

 

Costs declined further, enabling net operating income to rise 10% and the efficiency ratio to improve 3.3 pp to 43.8%.

 

 

Provisions were slightly positive due to greater recoveries, mainly in the first quarter. The NPL ratio fell to 5.00% from 7.55% in June 2018, and the cost of credit was only 0.03%.

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, underlying profit was lower because of reduced revenue, mainly gains on financial transactions, and higher provisions due to greater recoveries in the first quarter.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19          H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

354

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

      

 

712

 

 

 

    

 

+3%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-154

 

 

 

    

 

-2%

 

 

 

        

 

-312

 

 

 

    

 

-4%

 

 

 

LLPs

     -1                 12         

PBT

 

    

 

186

 

 

 

    

 

-4%

 

 

 

      

 

379

 

 

 

    

 

+17%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

    

 

125

 

 

 

    

 

-7%

 

 

 

        

 

260

 

 

 

    

 

+14%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 57

 

 

30     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Poland

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

As at end of the first half of 2019, Santander is the second largest bank in Poland in terms of assets following the integration of Deutsche Bank Polska’s retail and SME business in 2018.

 

The main management priorities are increasing revenue in a competitive environment and achieving synergies from the integration.

 

In earnings, net operating income (after provisions) increased 12%, which is not reflected in underlying profit (-1%) due to the higher BFG and Banking Tax contribution, the latter adding to fiscal pressures as it is not tax deductible.

Commercial activity

 

 

Following the integration of Deutsche Bank Polska’s retail and SME business in 2018, the Bank is focused on synergy achievement and improving customer relationships.

 

 

The As I Want It account continued its strong performance, exceeding 1.5 million accounts since its launch in September 2017.

 

 

In the second quarter the new sales of cash loans increased 63% year-on-year, a record high, and exceeded PLN 2 billion.

 

 

The Bank has introduced pre-limits for selected corporate customers, improving customer relationships shortening the decision-making process and anticipating and accommodating their basic needs better.

 

 

SCIB Poland arranged the first ESG loan in Poland and Central and Eastern Europe, where part of the margin is related to the borrower’s compliance with specific social and environmental objectives.

Business performance

 

 

Strong year-on-year growth (+26%) in gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos), mainly due to the integration. In the year to end-June 2019, a period not affected by the acquisition, volumes increased by 3%.

 

 

Likewise, customer deposits (excluding repos) increased strongly year-on-year (+24%), with significant growth in corporates, individuals and SMEs. Since year-end, total customer funds have remained stable due to active management relating to liquidity and cost of deposit optimisation.

Results

Underlying attributable profit in the first half of 2019 of EUR 150 million, down 1% on the same period of 2018.

 

 

Positive top line performance, supported by the integration of Deutsche Bank Polska’s retail and SME business. Net operating income was up 15%. Costs, also impacted by acquisition, increased 12%.

 

 

Loan-loss provisions were up 25%, driven by the review of consumer finance parameters. The cost of credit improved slightly to 0.66%.

 

 

The other results line is affected by the higher Banking Tax contribution, also added to fiscal pressures as it is not tax deductible.

Compared to the previous quarter, underlying profit increased by 44%, due to the annual BFG and Banking Tax contributions in the first quarter of the year and the greater (seasonal) collection of dividends in the second quarter.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19          H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

440

 

 

 

    

 

+16%

 

 

 

      

 

817

 

 

 

    

 

+14%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-176

 

 

 

    

 

+1%

 

 

 

      

 

-349

 

 

 

    

 

+12%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-64

 

 

 

    

 

+47%

 

 

 

        

 

-107

 

 

 

    

 

+25%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

166

 

 

 

    

 

+30%

 

 

 

      

 

293

 

 

 

    

 

+6%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

    

 

89

 

 

 

    

 

+44%

 

 

 

        

 

150

 

 

 

    

 

-1%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 58

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     31


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

NORTH AMERICA

 

  LOGO  

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

In North America, the US and Mexico are managed according to their local strategic priorities, while increasing coordination and cooperation between the two units.

 

Volumes grew both in the quarter and over the past twelve months.

 

Underlying attributable profit increased 21% year-on-year, driven by total revenue and improved efficiency.

Strategy

In the United States, SBNA’s strategy focuses on improving customer satisfaction through our digital channels and branches, while being the “Lead bank” for our customers. In SC USA, the focus is to drive originations growth and improve profitability via dealers.

In Mexico, the main objectives are to improve the distribution network and develop digital channels to attract new customers and increase their loyalty.

Coordination between the units has increased. We are analysing new joint projects and initiatives, such as:

 

 

Approval of financing for SBNA customers granted by Santander México and vice versa.

 

 

Further develop the USMX trade corridor, for example, by increasing capabilities for DCM and ECM transactions.

 

 

Launch of a same-day remittance service from Santander US branches to any bank in Mexico.

Business performance

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) increased by 10%, with similar growth rates in both units.

 

 

Customer funds grew in both countries, driven by time deposits, especially at SBNA and the New York branch. Demand deposits from individuals in Mexico continued their solid performance. Mutual funds increased by 6%.

Results

In the first half of the year, underlying attributable profit was EUR 889 million (17% of the Group’s total operating areas), up 21% year-on-year.

 

 

Good performance in total income at both units, with growth driven by both net interest income (+8%) and net fee income (+4%).

 

 

Expenses grew less than revenue, resulting in an improved efficiency ratio from 44% in the first half of 2018 to 42% at present. Mexico increased its costs due to the investment plan and while they were stable in the US (-2% in real terms).

 

 

Provisions were up 6% on the back of higher volumes. The cost of credit was stable at 2.95%, the NPL ratio fell to 2.29% and coverage remained around 150%.

In the quarter, the underlying attributable profit increased by 29% due to good performance in revenue and lower provisions.

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19          /Q1’19      H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

2,918

 

 

 

        

 

+5%

 

 

 

    

 

5,672

 

 

 

    

 

+7%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-1,214

 

 

 

      

 

+2%

 

 

 

    

 

-2,386

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-793

 

 

 

      

 

-3%

 

 

 

    

 

-1,597

 

 

 

    

 

+6%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

881

 

 

 

      

 

+22%

 

 

 

    

 

1,594

 

 

 

    

 

+18%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

503

 

 

 

        

 

+29%

 

 

 

    

 

889

 

 

 

    

 

+21%

 

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 60

 

 

32     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

United States

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

The strategy is focused on improving customer satisfaction at SBNA and at SC USA on the relationship with distributors to increase originations.

 

 

Following the strong gains in the quarter, the year-on-year volume trend in both gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) and customer deposits (excluding repos) was more pronounced.

 

 

Underlying attributable profit increased by 30% in the first half compared to the same period of 2018, due to a strong top line performance, with total revenue up 7% and costs remaining flat.

Commercial activity

In 2019, Santander US remains focused on the following strategic priorities:

Santander Bank: Commercial Banking’s “Lead Bank” strategy continues to show gains in primary customers. Better customer satisfaction scores are being achieved as a result of improved product offerings in both digital channels and branches. The joint initiative with SC USA in auto finance continues to generate high volumes, having originated almost USD 3 billion in the first half of the year.

Santander Consumer USA: The key levers to drive profitability remain increase in originations and management of credit risk and prices. In addition, the agreement with Fiat Chrysler was amended strengthening its partnership establishing an operating framework for the remainder of the contract, which ends in 2023. In addition, a plan has been approved to repurchase USD 1.1 billion in common stock and to increase the cash dividend to USD 0.22 from Q3 2019 to Q2 2020.

Business performance

 

 

Volumes improved in the quarter due to lending growth in retail banking (auto) and commercial banking. Originations increased 5% year-on-year in SC USA, mainly due to Chrysler loans (+25%).

 

 

Customer funds rose 10%, boosted by strong growth in time deposits at SBNA and the New York branch.

Results

Underlying attributable profit in the first half of 465 million euros, 30% more than in the same period of 2018. The year-on-year comparison of net interest income and provisions is affected by methodological changes in the accrual of TDRs made at the end of 2018, though with almost no impact on bottom line results.

 

 

Total income was up 7% (+4% ex. TDRs) due to higher loan and leasing volumes.

 

 

Costs remained under control, virtually flat compared to the same period of 2018. As a result, efficiency improved by 3 percentage points to 42%.

 

 

Loan-loss provisions increased 7%. Excluding the impact of TDRs, they fell 1% partly favoured by a provisions release related to auto finance business in SC USA. The NPL ratio improved and coverage increased to 158%. The cost of credit remained stable at 3.09%.

Compared to the previous quarter, underlying attributable profit rose 55% as a result of higher loan and leasing volumes, higher gains on financial transactions and lower provisions.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19          /Q1’19      H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

1,920

 

 

 

        

 

+5%

 

 

 

    

 

3,734

 

 

 

    

 

+7%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-805

 

 

 

      

 

+3%

 

 

 

    

 

-1,581

 

 

 

    

 

+0%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-568

 

 

 

      

 

-8%

 

 

 

    

 

-1,178

 

 

 

    

 

+7%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

521

 

 

 

      

 

+40%

 

 

 

    

 

891

 

 

 

    

 

+23%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

284

 

 

 

        

 

+55%

 

 

 

    

 

465

 

 

 

    

 

+30%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 61

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     33


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Mexico

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

The strategy continued to focus on the digital and operational transformation, reflected in greater customer attraction and increased loyalty.

 

Faster growth in gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos), notably to large companies (+15%) and payroll (+15%). The rise in customer funds continued to be spurred by deposits from individuals and SMEs.

 

Underlying attributable profit was up 12%, underpinned by the good performance of net interest income, net fee income and loan-loss provisions, which more than offset the rise in costs.

Commercial activity

The commercial strategy remained focused on boosting the use of digital channels, attracting new customers and increasing their loyalty with new products and services:

 

 

As regards the distribution model, we transformed 428 branches, and the number of latest generation full function ATMs reached 921.

 

 

The Santander Plus programme has captured more than 5.7 million customers since May 2016, 53% of them new ones.

 

 

In digital strategy, SúperMóvil has new functionalities, notably Santander Tap, a system for transfers via instant messaging for sending money to customers of other banks, at any time and free of charge.

 

 

Launch of the Legacy credit card for private banking customers. Santander is the first and only bank in the country to have an alliance with American Express.

 

 

We continued to drive growth in deposits of individuals by launching promotions such as Arma tu Kit in order to reward customer loyalty and the campaign Champions to attract customer funds.

Strong year-on-year growth of digital and mobile banking customers (+68%). Penetration of loyal customers over active ones increased significantly (+5 pp).

Business performance

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) increased 8% year-on-year, while maintaining the focus on profitability. Loans to individuals rose 7% with notable growth in payroll loans (+15%) and mortgages (+8%). Total corporate loans increased 9%, driven by large companies (+15%), corporates (+7%) and SMEs (+4%).

 

 

Customer funds increased slightly, backed by time deposits (+13%) which offset the fall in demand deposits, affected by the rise in interest rates. Those of individuals were up 11%.

Results

First half underlying profit of EUR 424 million was 12% higher than in the same period of 2018, as follows:

 

 

Net interest income rose 11%, driven by increased volumes and higher interest rates. Net fee income grew 6%, mainly from cards and insurance, and gains on financial transactions fell because of a weak quarter in the markets.

 

 

Operating expenses increased 7%, reflecting the ongoing investment plans.

 

 

Loan-loss provisions increased slightly, with good credit quality in all metrics.

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, profit was 5% higher due to higher net fee income and the recovery of gains on financial transactions.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19           H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

999

 

 

 

    

 

+5%

 

 

 

       

 

1,938

 

 

 

    

 

+7%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-409

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

       

 

-806

 

 

 

    

 

+7%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-225

 

 

 

    

 

+15%

 

 

 

       

 

-419

 

 

 

    

 

+1%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

360

 

 

 

    

 

+3%

 

 

 

       

 

703

 

 

 

    

 

+12%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

219

 

 

 

    

 

+5%

 

 

 

         

 

424

 

 

 

    

 

+12%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 62

 

 

 

34     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

SOUTH AMERICA

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

In South America, the focus is to accelerate profitable growth and lead the retail financial industry. To this end, we have a strategy that seeks to strengthen a more connected regional network and facilitate the expansion of successful businesses to other countries in the region.

 

In activity, there was a volume growth in the last 12 months. Increases in all countries, where we are capturing new business opportunities.

 

Regarding results, underlying attributable profit increased by 15% year-on-year, boosted by revenue and an improvement in the cost of credit.

Strategy

The units in the region continued identifying initiatives that allow the businesses to expand, further leveraging positive experiences in other markets, for example:

 

 

In auto financing, we will use the Group’s experience and the development of this business in Brazil to boost growth in other neighbouring countries. In terms of financing goods and services, we plan to export Uruguay’s successful model to Brazil and to other major regions. We will also accelerate growth in consumer finance in Peru and Colombia.

 

 

In payment methods, where Santander is one of the largest credit card issuers and merchant acquirers in the region, we are exploring e-commerce strategies, instant domestic and international transfers in some countries and the roll-out of Getnet, our acquiring business in Brazil, to the rest of Latin America. We are also launching Superdigital in other countries (starting with Chile).

 

 

Further develop the retail franchise, in particular the mass market segment, through increased penetration of new channels. Sales through digital channels already account for a high percentage of the total in Brazil and Argentina, with a significant upside in Chile, where the Life model is being developed to provide a 100% digital service to customers. The Work Café experience developed in Chile will be accelerated in countries such as Argentina and Brazil.

Business performance

 

 

Year-on-year increase in gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) in all units. With regard to June 2018, Brazil grew 9%, Chile 7%, Uruguay 20% and Argentina 14%. Colombia and Peru present very high growth rates but from smaller bases.

 

 

Customer funds also rose in the last 12 months and in all units. Demand deposits (+16%), time deposits (+11%) and mutual funds (+9%) increased year-on-year.

Results

Underlying attributable profit in the first half of the year amounted to EUR 1,961 million (38% of the Group’s total operating areas), up 15% year-on-year due to:

 

 

Total income increased 9%, underpinned by the sound performance by commercial revenue, driven by higher volumes, spread management and increased loyalty. Net interest income rose 9% and net fee income increased by 11%.

 

 

Costs reflect commercial transformation plans, greater digitalisation of the retail network, reviews of collective wage agreements and high inflation in Argentina.

 

 

Loan-loss provisions increased at a slower pace than credit, enabling the cost of lending to improve by 23 bps in the last twelve months to 2.87%. In credit quality, the NPL ratio was stable (4.81%) and coverage was 93%.

In the quarter, underlying attributable profit rose 15% driven by the good performance of revenue, which grew more than costs.

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19           H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

4,647

 

 

 

    

 

+6%

 

 

 

       

 

9,134

 

 

 

    

 

+9%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-1,664

 

 

 

    

 

+4%

 

 

 

       

 

-3,309

 

 

 

    

 

+9%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-956

 

 

 

    

 

+9%

 

 

 

       

 

-1,859

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

1,876

 

 

 

    

 

+8%

 

 

 

       

 

3,661

 

 

 

    

 

+12%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

1,035

 

 

 

    

 

+15%

 

 

 

         

 

1,961

 

 

 

    

 

+15%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 63

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     35


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Brazil

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

Generating results supported by a business model focused on improving customer attention and loyalty leading to profitable market share gains.

 

Strong revenue, underpinned by increased volumes, while costs remained under control thereby achieving the best efficiency among our local peers.

 

Prudent risk management produced growth in gross loans and advances (excluding reverse repos) and a controlled cost of credit.

 

Profit growing sustainably reaching EUR 1,482 million in the first half of the year (+18% year-on-year), with RoTE of 22%.

Commercial activity

We continued to progress in our strategic actions, including:

 

 

The customer base continued to expand to 24.6 million active clients.

 

 

We announced Santander Duo, a new product with a differentiated offer for small entrepreneurs, which combines accounts of legal and natural persons.

 

 

In cards, turnover continued to increase at double digit rates (+21%) and gained market share year-on-year (+86 bps).

 

 

In acquiring, launch of a new offer for SMEs and microbusinesses, where merchants are credited within two working days and charged the same rate for debit and credit cards. As a result we captured 200,000 new customers.

 

 

In consumer finance, we remained the leader (market share in vehicles loans for individuals of 25.3% in May 2019).

 

 

In our new businesses, Pi, a digital investment platform, already offers close to 180 fixed income products and began to distribute mutual funds. Ben, focused on food benefits, started to operate (77,000 cards issued and 143,000 commercial establishments accredited).

 

 

We are committed to using renewable energy in all our offices by 2021 and in administrative buildings and processing centres by 2025.

Business performance

 

 

Gross loans and advances (excluding reverse repos) grew 9% year-on-year, with profitable gains in market share. This was mainly due to business with individuals and consumer finance which increased at double digit rates.

 

 

Customer deposits (excluding repos) rose 13% year-on-year.

Results

First half underlying attributable profit of EUR 1,482 million (+18% YoY). Of note:

 

 

Net interest income rose 7%, with better net interest income from credit and liabilities, partly offset by lower market interest income.

 

 

Net fee income grew 9% year-on-year, with rises in almost all lines. Of note: cards (+13%), insurance (+17%) and securities (+32%).

 

 

Operating expenses increased 3%, which helped improve the efficiency ratio to 32.4% (-108 bps year-on-year).

 

 

Our solid risk management is reflected in stable provisions. The cost of credit dropped to 3.84%, the NPL ratio was 5.27% and coverage 106%.

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, underlying attributable profit was 9% higher, underpinned by higher customer revenue.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19           H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

3,453

 

 

 

    

 

+4%

 

 

 

       

 

6,864

 

 

 

    

 

+6%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-1,102

 

 

 

    

 

+1%

 

 

 

       

 

-2,227

 

 

 

    

 

+3%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-761

 

 

 

    

 

+10%

 

 

 

       

 

-1,471

 

 

 

    

 

-2%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

1,438

 

 

 

    

 

+5%

 

 

 

       

 

2,846

 

 

 

    

 

+15%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

762

 

 

 

    

 

+9%

 

 

 

         

 

1,482

 

 

 

    

 

+18%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 64

 

 

36     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Chile

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

We continued the commercial and branch network transformation, based on technological developments in order to attract new customers and boost loyalty. Loyal customers already account for 46% of total active clients.

 

Growth in business volumes at a faster pace, mainly with individuals, companies and institutions.

 

Underlying attributable profit increased 4% year-on-year, benefiting from the performance of markets and lower provisions. Higher inflation in the second quarter spurred net interest income.

 

Commercial activity

Santander is the leading privately-owned bank in Chile in terms of assets and customers. The Group continued its strategy in the first half, focused on offering an attractive profitability in a stable and low risk country where the economy is growing:

 

 

We continued to transform the network, opening more Work Café offices in the quarter and continuing with the pilot of Work Café 2.0, with good initial results in efficiency and productivity.

 

 

We launched new products under the Santander Life programme, including a digital demand account and a new credit card associated with the Meritolife programme which also allows accumulation of Latam air miles. The Santander Life products are centred on promoting good credit performance and deepening financial education.

 

 

Launch of a new Súper Hipoteca, aimed at individuals under the age of 35.

Business performance

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) rose 7% year-on-year, underpinned by mortgages (+12%), consumer finance (+12%) and large corporates (+6%). Cards increased 4% and SMEs 6%.

 

 

Customer funds rose 5%, with 10% growth in demand deposits and mutual funds. Time deposits remained stable.

Results

First half of 2019 underlying attributable profit of EUR 311 million, 4% higher year-on-year. Of note were:

 

 

Net interest income recovered in the second quarter due to larger volumes and higher inflation. Net fee income declined 9% year-on-year partly because of wholesale business. Gains on financial transactions rose due to customer treasury and the sale of ALCO portfolios.

 

 

Operating expenses rose slightly because of investments in technology and branches.

 

 

Loan-loss provisions were lower and the cost of credit was 1.10% (-8 bps). The NPL ratio decreased to around 4.5% and coverage was 59%.

Compared to the first quarter of 2019, attributable profit was 11% higher due to net interest income, which more than offset the seasonal growth in costs.

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19      H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

656

 

 

 

    

 

+11%

 

 

 

    

 

1,255

 

 

 

    

 

+1%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-269

 

 

 

    

 

+7%

 

 

 

    

 

-524

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-105

 

 

 

    

 

+4%

 

 

 

    

 

-208

 

 

 

    

 

-9%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

281

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

    

 

560

 

 

 

    

 

+1%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

163

 

 

 

    

 

+11%

 

 

 

    

 

311

 

 

 

    

 

+4%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 65

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     37


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Argentina

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

The Bank announced the change of its commercial brand from Santander Río to Santander.

 

We continued to focus on our four strategic pillars: growth, risk control, efficiency and customer experience.

 

Santander is the largest privately-owned bank in Argentina by volume of business (loans + deposits + mutual funds).

 

First half underlying profit of EUR 73 million after earning EUR 63 million in the second quarter. The year-on-year comparison is impacted by the adjustment for inflation included starting from the third quarter of 2018.

 

Commercial activity

The commercial strategy during the first half focused on transactional business and customer service improvements, notably a campaign to increase direct debit sign-ups, which enabled the stock to increase 50% in a month.

We continued advance in the digital transformation of the main processes and products. Loyal customers accounted for 47% of active clients and digital ones 74% (+3% year-on-year). In individuals, new accounts and product package openings are done digitally in more than 60% of our branches.

We launched Women, a comprehensive proposal for financial and non-financial services, which focuses on female entrepreneurs, owners of SMEs and professionals.

Business performance

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) was impacted by the economic recession and higher interest rates (+14% year-on-year), below inflation in this period. The peso denominated portfolio increased, driven by inflation-adjusted products (mortgages, auto finance, personal finance) and by cards, while dollar balances declined in the currency of origin.

Customer deposits (excluding repos) rose 45%, in both the portfolio in pesos (+27% in demand deposits and +41% in interest-bearing accounts and time deposits) and in foreign currency deposits (+58%; 8% in dollars). The excess liquidity is placed in Central Bank treasury bonds.

Results

First half underlying profit stable at EUR 73 million, including a negative EUR 74 million impact from the high inflation adjustment.

As regards the main income statement lines:

 

 

Revenue rose 67%, growing above inflation, driven by customer revenue (+98%). Net interest income rose 113%, underpinned by the larger position in public securities and higher interest rates, while net fee income increased 71% driven by greater foreign currency transactions and income from accounts and cash deposits.

 

 

Costs surged 89%, hit by the inflationary environment and the peso’s depreciation.

 

 

Loan-loss provisions stood at EUR 143 million, with an NPL ratio of 3.79% and a coverage ratio of 126%.

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19      H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

389

 

 

 

    

 

+22%

 

 

 

    

 

720

 

 

 

    

 

+67%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-229

 

 

 

    

 

+17%

 

 

 

    

 

-431

 

 

 

    

 

+89%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-70

 

 

 

    

 

+1%

 

 

 

    

 

-143

 

 

 

    

 

+114%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

94

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

127

 

 

 

    

 

+20%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

63

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

73

 

 

 

    

 

0%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 66

 

 

38     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

  

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

The Group is the country’s leading privately-owned bank, doing business with all segments and with a strategy focused on retail banking, improving efficiency and enhancing the quality of service.

 

Underlying attributable profit rose 13%, spurred by the good performance of customer revenue and improved efficiency.

Commercial activity and business performance

 

 

Santander continued to focus on improving customer satisfaction and increasing loyalty. Loyal customers rose 19% and now account for 24% of active clients.

 

 

We continued to advance in our digital transformation strategy and in modernising channels. The number of digital customers increased 9% (digital penetration of 48%, up from 45% in June 2018) while transactions via digital channels rose 36% year-on-year.

 

 

The Group’s consumer finance companies now lead the local market, with a market share of more than 22%. Commercial activity continued to grow briskly, with significant growth in the customer base. In line with our strategy of innovation and contributing to people’s progress, we launched Prosperá, which provides microcredits to small businesses.

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customer (excluding reverse repos) grew in target segments, products and currencies: +14% in consumer credit and cards and +19% in the national currency portfolio. Customer deposits (excluding repos) in pesos grew 11% and foreign currency deposits increased 4% year-on-year.

Results

First half of 2019 underlying attributable profit of EUR 71 million, 13% higher year-on-year.

 

 

Gross income rose 15%, driven by customer revenue, with increases in both net interest income and net fee income.

 

 

Operating expenses rose at a slower pace than total income, improving the efficiency ratio to 43% (-63 bps year-on-year).

 

 

Loan-loss provisions increased 9%, however the NPL ratio remained at a low level (3.46%), coverage was high (109%) and the cost of credit was 2.60%.

 

 

Peru Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

 

The strategy remained focused on the corporate segment, the country’s large companies and the Group’s global customers.

 

 

The auto loan financial entity continued to expand its business within the Group’s strategy of increasing its presence in this business.

 

 

First half underlying attributable profit of EUR 19 million (+8% year-on-year). Total income rose 23% underpinned by higher net interest income, net fee income and gains on financial transactions. Operating expenses increased 12% and the efficiency ratio was 33.3% (-3.3 pp year-on-year).

 

 

The NPL ratio was 0.81%, coverage was very high and the cost of credit only 0.30%.

 

 

Colombia Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

 

Activity in Colombia remained focused on SCIB clients, large companies and corporates, contributing solutions in treasury, risk hedging, foreign trade, confirming, custody and development of investment banking products supporting the country’s infrastructure plan.

 

 

Auto finance is also increasing. The origination share reached 2.3% (+60 bps in 12 months), in line with the strategy to attain the critical mass needed to consolidate ourselves in this market. We signed an alliance with Chekar.co, a fully digital platform for buying and selling vehicles. We will begin to grant consumer loans in the coming quarters.

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) more than doubled, with growth in all business segments. Of note was the fivefold rise in auto finance. Customer deposits (excluding repos) rose 75%.

 

 

The first half underlying attributable profit was EUR 5 million (EUR 2 million in the same period of 2018). Total income grew 66%, underpinned by net interest income and net fee income, thanks to greater commercial activity.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     39


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM (SGP)

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights

 

With the creation of Santander Global Platform, we are taking a further step forward in our digital transformation, which aligns our reporting structure with our organisation and strategy.

 

Our goal is to extend the benefits of the talent and scale of the Group to the payment and digital businesses with higher growth, building platforms only once for all of our banks which allow us to offer the best digital services aimed at retail customers, merchants and SMEs.

 

In making our Santander Global Platform results public, we are improving the transparency around our digital investments and accelerate the execution of our initiatives.

 

 

Strategy

In 2019, the unit is focused on the following priorities:

 

 

Openbank and Open Digital Services (ODS):

 

 

Openbank, our digital bank in Spain, has a large base of 1.2 million customers and is increasing strongly the number of transactions (29%) and volumes. All of this with high levels of transactionality and productivity per customer and employee.

 

 

Open Digital Services (ODS) is creating a new banking platform with a complete range of products for individuals. This platform will be used for Openbank’s international expansion. In a first phase, it will be available in Germany, Portugal, the Netherlands, Argentina and Mexico.

 

 

Global Payments Services:

 

 

Superdigital: is aimed at the unbanked population. In a first phase, it is expected to be rolled out in Mexico and Chile, leveraging the experience in Brazil. We currently have more than 500,000 active users.

 

 

Pago FX: aims to create an app for the open market, with low cost, transparent, same day or next day international transfers. The first phase is expected to be launched in three European countries.

 

 

Global Merchant Services is developing a global acquiring solution, a segment that already has more than one million active customers. Taking advantage of Getnet’s capabilities, it will be installed in a first phase in Mexico and followed by the rest of Latin America.

 

 

At Global Trade Services, we want to continue being the partner for our more than 200,000 companies that are growing and doing international business with us. The aim is to develop the platform in 2019 and an initial roll-out in the UK, Spain, Brazil and Chile. In the future, we hope to capture business in the rest of Santander geographies and the open market.

 

 

Digital Assets:

 

 

The Centres of Digital Expertise continue leveraging the Group’s scale and ensuring all countries have access to the most innovative technologies.

 

 

InnoVentures, our venture capital investments in the fintech ecosystem, had approximately USD 100 million invested in 24 companies in June.

 

 

Finally, in the rest of Digital Assets, we continued to advance in Globile, our shared mobile phone platform, with more than 20 components implemented in six countries. We also progressed in Open Platform, a new cloud based technological platform used to develop corporate projects.

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Detailed financial information on page 68

 

 

40     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Primary segments

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO

  CORPORATE CENTRE
 

LOGO

 

Highlights

 

The Corporate Centre’s objective is to aid the operating units by contributing value and carrying out the corporate function of oversight and control. It also carries out functions related to financial and capital management.

 

The underlying attributable loss was higher compared to the first half of 2018, mainly due to higher costs related to foreign currency hedging and increased stock of issuances.

 

Strategy and functions

The Corporate Centre contributes value to the Group in various ways:

 

 

It makes the Group’s governance more solid, through global control frameworks and supervision.

 

 

Fostering the exchange of best practices in management of costs and generating economies of scale. This enables us to be one of the most efficient banks.

 

 

The Corporate Centre contributes to the Group’s revenue growth, by sharing the best commercial practices, launching global commercial initiatives and accelerating the digital transformation simultaneously in all countries.

It also coordinates the relationship with European regulators and develops functions related to financial and capital management, as follows:

 

 

Financial Management functions

 

 

Structural management of liquidity risk associated with funding the Group’s recurring activity, stakes of a financial nature and management of net liquidity related to the needs of some business units.

 

 

This activity is carried out by the different funding sources (issuances and other), always maintaining an adequate profile in volumes, maturities and costs. The price at which these operations are made with other Group units is the market rate (Euribor or mid-swap) plus the premium, which in liquidity terms, the Group supports by immobilising funds during the term of the operation.

 

 

Interest rate risk is also actively managed in order to soften the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, conducted via high credit quality, very liquid and low capital consumption derivatives.

 

 

Strategic management of the exposure to exchange rates in equity and dynamic in the countervalue of the units’ annual results in euros. Net investments in equity are currently covered by EUR 24,990 million (mainly Brazil, the UK, Mexico, Chile, the US, Poland and Norway) with different instruments (spot, fx, forwards).

 

 

Management of total capital and reserves: capital allocated to each of the units.

Results

First half underlying attributable loss of EUR 1,108 million, 25% higher than in the same period of 2018, largely because of three factors: the higher costs related to foreign currency hedging, the higher stock of issuances and, to a lesser extent, IFRS 16.

Operating expenses were 9% lower driven by ongoing streamlining and simplification measures.

Corporate Centre

 

EUR million

 

      Q2’19    Q1’19    Chg.    H1’19    H1’18    Chg.

Gross income

   -423    -399    +6%    -822    -494    +66%

Net operating income

   -519    -497    +4%    -1,015    -706    +44%

PBT

   -595    -559    +6%    -1,155    -866    +33%

Underlying attrib. profit

   -592    -517    +15%    -1,108    -884    +25%

Detailed financial information on page 69

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     41


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Secondary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

  RETAIL BANKING
 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

The Group continued to focus on customer loyalty, with new products and services that cover the current needs of our customers. At end of June 2019, the Group had 142 million customers, more than 20 million of whom are loyal.

 

Underlying attributable profit of EUR 3,856 million in the first half, 6% higher than in the same period of 2018 due to the positive customer revenue dynamics and controlled costs.

 

Santander was named the Best Bank in Latin America and the Best SME Bank in Western Europe by Euromoney.

Commercial activity

The Group had 142 million customers at the end of June 2019 (including 24 million consumer finance customers), almost all of whom are from the retail banking segment. In 2019, the focus remains on customer loyalty, already exceeding 20 million loyal customers, equivalent to 30% of active ones.

Santander wants to be the reference bank for customers of all income levels, offering them the services and products that best meet their needs. Furthermore, we are fostering entrepreneurship, helping SMEs and other companies via loans and non-financial support such as training and access to our networks.

As a universal bank, we continued to reinforce our business with new products and services. Of note in the second quarter were:

 

In Spain, launch of Cuenta Mundo for non-residents, via a differential value proposition with a package of innovative products and services. We also extended Santander Personal, the remote management model, for individuals and companies.

 

In Poland, we launched a new commercial website. Santander’s online service is now also available in more languages.

 

In Portugal, the commercial transformation continued with the renewal of the offer and benefits in Mundo 1|2|3 and a stronger presence in the agrifood sector.

 

In Mexico, SuperMóvil incorporates new functionalities, notably Santander Tap, a transfer system by instant message for operations between customers and for sending money to customer of other banks, at any time and with no fees.

 

In Brazil, Santander Duo was announced for small entrepreneurs, which combines accounts of a legal and natural person and has a single customer service manager.

 

In Chile, launch of the Súper Hipoteca for those under the age of 35 and new Santander Life products. Branches continued to be opened based on the Work Café model.

All of these measures helped to boost the number of loyal customers (+11% individuals and +7% companies year-on-year).

Results

The first half underlying attributable profit rose 6%, driven by the good dynamics in customer revenue (+5%) and controlled costs. Of note was the performance of North America and South America.

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19      /Q1’19      H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

10,881

 

 

 

    

 

+3%

 

 

 

    

 

21,528

 

 

 

    

 

+4%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-4,882

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

    

 

-9,712

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-2,090

 

 

 

    

 

-3%

 

 

 

    

 

-4,251

 

 

 

    

 

+5%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

3,512

 

 

 

    

 

+9%

 

 

 

    

 

6,776

 

 

 

    

 

+7%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

2,053

 

 

 

    

 

+15%

 

 

 

    

 

3,856

 

 

 

    

 

+6%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 70

 

 

42     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Secondary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

Santander is among the leaders in Latin America and Europe, particularly in export & agency finance, and structured financing.

 

In capital markets, we are one of the main bookrunners of green bonds in Spain and Europe.

 

We continued to advance in our mission to help our global customers in their capital issuances, providing them with financing solutions and transaction services. We also continued to adapt our offer of products to the Bank’s digital transformation.

 

Underlying attributable profit was 10% higher year-on-year, driven by growth in revenue and lower loan-loss provisions.

Commercial activity

 

 

Cash management: we consolidated our leadership in our main countries, particularly in Latin America. We also grew strongly in the US, the result of strengthening our product capacities.

 

 

Trade & Working Capital Solutions: strong growth in all products, particularly in receivables finance, structured trade and trade funding. Of note was the positive evolution in the US where we secured growth with our local clients and in Latin America.

 

 

Corporate Finance: Notable participation in the re-IPO of CPFL Energía, the largest operation this year in Brazil, where Santander was the main global coordinator, thereby strengthening our position in the Brazilian market. We maintained our leadership in Spain, Portugal, Mexico and Poland.

 

 

Debt Capital Markets: Santander continued to be the leader in Latin America and was among the Top 5 in European corporate issuances. Also noteworthy was our increased participation in dollar issues and the focus on activities linked to sustainable finance, making us one of the leading bookrunners of green bonds in Spain and Europe.

 

 

Syndicated Corporate Loans: Santander continued to play a key role in corporate financing, although the volumes of financing acquisitions were very affected by the lack of M&A activity. In line with our responsible banking strategy, Santander is increasing its range of sustainable finance products via green loans and/or linked to sustainable indices such as that of Merlín, Spain’s largest syndicated real estate loan so far, or Goldwind which launched the first syndicated green loan in Asia.

 

 

Structured Financing: the Group held its global leadership position in Project Bonds, having issued more globally than any other bank. In structured loans, Santander is the leader by volume in Latin America and the third in Europe.

 

 

The contribution from markets’ activity remained stable: the positive evolution of markets in the Americas offset the reduced activity in Europe. Good sales performance in Brazil, Chile, and Argentina, as well as management of books in the UK, US, Argentina and Chile.

Results

The first half underlying attributable profit was 10% higher at EUR 889 million, underpinned by the good results of Global Transaction Banking and maintaining operations in Global Markets, which offset the lower activity in Global Debt Finance.

Revenue growth and lower provisions absorbed the higher costs in transformational projects.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19     /Q1’19        H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

1,313

 

 

 

 

+2%

 

      

 

2,606

 

 

 

    

 

+5%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-559

 

 

 

 

0%

 

      

 

-1,119

 

 

 

    

 

+9%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

-46

 

 

 

 

+375%

 

      

 

-55

 

 

 

    

 

-56%

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

693

 

 

 

 

0%

 

      

 

1,396

 

 

 

    

 

+8%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

 

    

 

434

 

 

 

 

-3%

 

        

 

889

 

 

 

    

 

+10%

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 70

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     43


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

Secondary segments

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE

 

 

LOGO

 

Highlights (changes in constant euros)

 

Insurance business was incorporated into this Division during the second quarter, having restated previous periods for comparison purposes.

 

The first half underlying attributable profit was 10% higher than in the same period of 2018.

 

Total contribution (net profit + fee income) amounted to EUR 1,227 million, 8% more than in the first half of 2018.

 

Assets under management amounted to EUR 377,000 million, +3% year-on-year.

Commercial activity

 

 

We continued to progress in our strategy to make us the best wealth manager in Europe and Latin America:

 

 

Santander Asset Management (SAM): is developing its own rating methodology in order to make the alignment of all our funds with the market’s ESG criteria transparent. In Spain, we are the leaders with 66% share of ESG mutual funds and in Latin America we continue to develop the offering.

 

 

In Private Banking: we are developing a global platform. The SPB Desk will provide customer attention and service offering across geographies to our global clients. Our digital tools for clients (Virginia) and bankers (SPiRIT) were recognised for providing the best solutions in Latin America in the Financial Times 2019 Wealth Tech Awards.

 

 

In Insurance, we are completing our value proposition with the aim to become the leaders in bancassurance in all our markets. Of note is the creation of a joint company with MAPFRE to provide car insurance and specific products for SMEs in Spain, and the alliance with HDI in car business in Brazil.

Business performance

 

 

Total assets under management at the end of June 2019 amounted to EUR 377 billion (+3% year-on-year), with increases in Private Banking as well as in SAM:

 

 

In 2019, SAM increased its market share in almost all countries, notably in Spain and Chile.

 

 

Of note in Private Banking grew in Brazil (+13%) and Chile (+10%). Loans and advances to customers grew 9%.

 

 

In Insurance, in the first half of 2019, premium volumes grew 10% compared to the same period last year. Of note was the growth in Spain, Mexico and Brazil.

Results

The first half underlying attributable profit was EUR 459 million, 10% more year-on-year:

 

 

Higher revenue, from growth in net interest income, in line with greater lending, as well as the larger contribution from insurance.

 

 

Flat operating expenses, due to optimisation measures which offset investments in platforms.

 

 

Recovery of provisions from reduced doubtful loan positions, mainly in Spain.

When the total fee income generated by this business is added to net profit, the total contribution to the Group was EUR 1,227 million, 8% more year-on-year.

The total fee income generated, including those transferred to the commercial network, represents 30% of the Group’s total and rose 4%.

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Underlying income statement

 

 

EUR million and % change in constant euros

 

     Q2’19     /Q1’19        H1’19      /H1’18  

Revenue

 

    

 

560

 

 

 

 

+7%

 

      

 

1,085

 

 

 

    

 

+6%

 

 

 

Expenses

 

    

 

-226

 

 

 

 

-2%

 

      

 

-455

 

 

 

    

 

+2%

 

 

 

LLPs

 

    

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

      

 

7

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

PBT

 

    

 

332

 

 

 

 

+12%

 

      

 

632

 

 

 

    

 

+10%

 

 

 

Underlying attrib. profit

    

 

241

 

 

 

 

+11%

 

        

 

459

 

 

 

    

 

+10%

 

 

 

 

Detailed financial information on page 71

 

 

44     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

Responsible banking

   

 

 

 

RESPONSIBLE BANKING

In 2018, the responsible banking, sustainability & culture committee (RBSCC) was created to ensure that, wherever we operate, our manage teams are aware of the need to be responsible in all that we do and in the management of the challenges we face. We have identified two challenges: adapt to the new business environment and support inclusive and sustainable growth.

 

LOGO  

Santander is helping to address today’s main global challenges

 

  Our activity and investments help us to address a number of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals, and support the Paris Agreement’s aim to combat climate change and adapt to its effects. We are:

 

LOGO

 

 

Promoting the UNEP FI Principles for Responsible Banking, embedding sustainability across all its business areas and contributing to develop methods to align with the Paris Agreement.

 

 

Incorporating the UN Global Compact principles into our policies and procedures, fulfilling our fundamental responsibilities in the areas of human rights, labour, environment and anticorruption.

 

 

Supporting the Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) recommendations, identifying and assessing risk and opportunities developing a forward looking climate strategy and disclosing to stakeholders.

 

 

Included in various sustainability indices, providing non-financial information to markets, investors and analysts on ESG:

 

LOGO

 

LOGO  

 Two key challenges have been identified and we have recently published our commitments regarding these challenges:

 

LOGO    

Challenge 1: Adapt to the new business environment:

 

 

Our commitments:

 

-

Be one of the top 10 companies to work for in at least 6 of the core geographies where we operate by 2021.

 

-

Have 40% - 60% of women members on our Group Board by 2021; and have at least 30% of women in senior leadership positions by 2025.

 

-

Achieve gender pay equality by 2025.

    

    

    

    

    

LOGO    

Challenge 2: Support inclusive and sustainable growth:

 

 

Our commitments:

 

-

Financial empowerment of more than 10 million people from 2019 to 2025.

 

-

Mobilisation of EUR 120 billion from 2019 to 2025, and EUR 220 bn from 2019 to 2030 in green finance to help tackle climate change.

 

-

Eliminate unnecessary single use plastic in our branches and corporate buildings by 2021 and by 2025 have 100% of our electricity from renewable sources.

 

-

Fund 200,000 scholarships, internships and entrepreneurs programmes from 2019 to 2021.

 

-

Help 4 million people through our community programmes from 2019 to 2021.

 

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     45


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

1.

According to a well-known external source in each country (Great Place to Work, Top Employer, Merco, etc.).

2.

Senior positions represent 1% of total workforce.

3.

Calculation of equal pay gap compares employees of the same job, level and function.

4.

Financially empowered people (mostly unbanked and underbanked), through products and services and social investment initiatives, to get access to the financial system, receive tailored finance and increase their knowledge and resilience through financial education.

5.

Includes Santander overall contribution to green finance: project finance, syndicated loans, green bonds, capital finance, export finance, advisory, structuring and other products to help our clients in the transition to a low carbon economy. Commitment from 2019 to 2030 is EUR 220 billion.

6.

In those countries where it is possible to certify renewable sourced electricity for the properties occupied by the Group.

7.

People supported through Santander Universities initiative (students who will receive a Santander scholarship, will achieve an internship in an SME or participate in entrepreneurship programmes supported by the bank).

8.

People helped through our community investment programmes (excluded Santander Universities and financial education initiatives).

 

First half 2019 highlights

LOGO

LOGO

 

SCIB financed Acciona’s first ESG loan in the Chilean market in May 2019 for USD 30 million. In Spain, Santander is classified as first in the Spanish ranking of sustainable debt issues according to Dealogic, after participating as a joint bookrunner in Telefónica, Iberdrola, Adif, ICO and the Basque Country government.

LOGO

 

Santander Wealth Management & Insurance has a range of ESG mutual funds (Santander Sostenible) that make us the leader with a 66% market share.

 

46     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

Corporate governance

   

 

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

A responsible bank has a solid governance model with well-defined functions; it manages risks and opportunities prudently and defines its long-term strategy watching out for the interests of all its stakeholders and society in general

LOGO

 

 

LOGO  

Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders

An extraordinary general meeting was called on 21 June for 23 July 2019 (second call) in order to submit for shareholders’ approval the capital increases needed to carry out the offer to acquire all the share capital of Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México, which are not owned by Grupo Santander, as announced on 12 April 2019.

In order to facilitate the informed participation of shareholders at this meeting, all the proposed agreements, relevant administrator reports and the necessary legal documentation were published on the Group’s website (www.santander.com) when the meeting was called. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this report.

 

LOGO  

Changes in the board in the second quarter

As of 1 May 2019, Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo no longer exercises his executive functions in the Group and ceases to be a deputy chairman of the board and a member of its executive committee. As such, he becomes a non-executive director (neither proprietary nor independent).

On 19 June 2019, authorisation was received from the European Central Bank to appoint Mr. Henrique de Castro as a director of the Bank, who will join the Board on 17 July 2019.

 

LOGO  

Changes to the composition of the board’s committees in the second quarter

As of 1 May 2019, Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo is a member of the appointments committee.

On 23 July 2019, Mr. Henrique de Castro will join the innovation and technology committee.

 

LOGO  

Changes to the Group’s senior management in the second quarter

Ms. Mónica López-Monis Gallego was appointed on 7 May 2019 the new head of supervisory and regulatory relations.

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS SINCE QUARTER END

From 1 July 2019 until the approval date of the interim financial statements for the six-month period ended 30 June 2019, no significant events other than those indicated in the interim financial statements have occurred.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     47


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

Santander share

   

 

 

 

SANTANDER SHARE

 

LOGO  Shareholder remuneration

The fourth dividend of EUR 0.065 per share charged to 2018’s earnings was paid in cash in May 2019.

This brought the total shareholder remuneration for 2018 to EUR 0.23 per share, 4.5% more than in 2017.

This remuneration represents a return on the average share price in 2019 of 5.5%.

In order to align us with the current practices of our peers in Europe, the board’s target is to maintain in the medium term a pay-out ratio of 40%-50%, up from the previous 30%-40% target, and, as announced at the 2018 annual general meeting, make two payments charged to 2019’s earnings. The board expects to announce the interim 2019 dividend after its meeting in September 2019.

LOGO  Share price performance

The Santander share is listed in five markets, in Spain, Mexico and Poland as an ordinary share, in the UK as a CDI and in the US as an ADR.

In Spain, the main market where the Bank is listed, the share price ended June 2019 at EUR 4.081, 2.7% higher than at the end of 2018. This performance was below that of the Ibex 35 benchmark Spanish index, which rose 7.7%, and that of the DJ Stoxx 50 and MSCI World Banks (+15.2% and +9.5%, respectively), but above DJ Stoxx Banks, the main European banking index (+0.9%).

In terms of total return, the Santander share increased 5.8% in the first half, better than the DJ Stoxx Banks (+5.0%).

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

48     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

Santander share

   

 

 

 

SANTANDER SHARE

 

LOGO Market capitalisation and trading

By 28 June 2019, Santander was the largest bank in the Eurozone by market capitalisation and the 19th in the world among financial entities (EUR 66,253 million).

The share’s weighting in the DJ Stoxx 50 at the end of June 2019 was 1.8%, 8.1% in the DJ Stoxx Banks and 13.9% in the Ibex 35.

A total of 10,262 million Santander shares were traded in the first half for an effective value of EUR 43,668 million, the largest figure among the shares that comprise the EuroStoxx (liquidity ratio of 63%).

The daily trading volume was 82 million shares with an effective value of EUR 349 million.

 

LOGO

 

The Santander share

        

June 2019

  

  Shares and trading data

        

  Shares (number)

     16,236,573,942  

  Average daily turnover (number of shares)

     82,094,277  

  Share liquidity (%)

     63  

  (Number of shares traded during the year / number of shares)

 

  Stock market indicators

        

  Price / Tangible book value (X)

     0.95  

  P/E ratio (X)

     11.29  

  Free float (%)

     99.98  
 

 

LOGO Shareholder base

The total number of Santander shareholders on 30 June 2019 was 4,054,208 of which 3,809,676 were European (77.1% of the capital stock) and 228,225 from the Americas (21.9%).

Excluding the board, which holds 1.1% of the Bank’s capital stock, retail shareholders account for 39.5% and institutional shareholders 59.4%.

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     49


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

50     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Group financial information

 

Net fee income. Consolidated

                                                     

EUR million

                 
      Q2’19      Q1’19      Chg. %      H1’19      H1’18      Chg. %  

Fees from services

     1,734        1,779        (2.5)        3,513        3,603        (2.5)  

Wealth management and marketing of customer funds

     962        936        2.8        1,898        1,840        3.2  

Securities and custody

     236        216        9.3        452        446        1.3  

Net fee income

     2,932        2,931        0.0        5,863        5,889        (0.4)  

Operating expenses. Consolidated

                                                     

EUR million

                 
      Q2’19      Q1’19      Chg. %      H1’19      H1’18      Chg. %  

Staff costs

     3,074        3,006        2.3        6,080        5,960        2.0  

Other general administrative expenses

     2,025        2,005        1.0        4,030        4,305        (6.4)  

Information technology

     562        551        2.0        1,113        763        46.0  

Communications

     132        132               264        262        0.9  

Advertising

     168        157        7.0        325        310        4.8  

Buildings and premises

     218        211        3.3        429        927        (53.7)  

Printed and office material

     31        32        (3.1)        63        62        2.3  

Taxes (other than tax on profits)

     138        126        9.5        264        287        (7.9)  

Other expenses

     776        796        (2.5)        1,572        1,695        (7.3)  

Administrative expenses

     5,099        5,011        1.8        10,110        10,265        (1.5)  

Depreciation and amortisation

     730        747        (2.3)        1,477        1,217        21.4  

Operating expenses

     5,829        5,758        1.2        11,587        11,482        0.9  

(1) In H1’19, impact of the IFRS 16 application.

 

Operating means. Consolidated

                                                              
     Employees                    Branches  
      Jun-19      Jun-18      Var.              Jun-19      Jun-18      Var.  

Europe

     91,488        92,521        (1,033)                 6,427        6,912        (485)  

Spain

     30,682        31,393        (711)                 4,247        4,468        (221)  

Santander Consumer Finance

     14,494        15,083        (589)                 424        442        (18)  

United Kingdom

     25,761        25,829        (68)                 659        779        (120)  

Portugal

     6,736        6,940        (204)                 553        672        (119)  

Poland

     11,488        11,494        (6)                 532        540        (8)  

Other

     2,327        1,782        545                 12        11        1  

North America

     36,917        36,270        647                 2,062        2,072        (10)  

US

     17,381        17,191        190                 646        670        (24)  

Mexico

     19,536        19,079        457                 1,416        1,402        14  

South America

     71,158        69,997        1,161                 4,591        4,497        94  

Brazil

     48,118        46,672        1,446                 3,643        3,490        153  

Chile

     11,797        12,023        (226)                 380        420        (40)  

Argentina

     9,183        9,222        (39)                 469        482        (13)  

Other

     2,060        2,080        (20)                 99        105        (6)  

Santander Global Platform

     597        427        170                 1        1         

Corporate Centre

     1,644        1,746        (102)                                      

Total Group

     201,804        200,961        843                 13,081        13,482        (401)  

 

Impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net)

 

EUR million

                 
      Q2’19      Q1’19      Chg. %      H1’19      H1’18      Chg. %  

Net loan-loss provisions

     2,141        2,172        (1.4)        4,313        4,297        0.4  

Non-performing loans

     2,637        2,515        4.9        5,152        5,112        0.8  

Country-risk

     (2)        1               (1)        9         

Recovery of written-off assets

     (494)        (344)        43.6        (838)        (823)        1.8  

Other impairment

     (19)        74        (125.7)        55        55        (134.8)  

Total

     2,122        2,246        (5.5)        4,368        4,352        (51.2)  

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     51


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Group financial information

 

Loans and advances to customers. Consolidated

                                            

EUR million

              
                   Change         
      Jun-19      Jun-18      Absolute      %      Dec-18  

Commercial bills

     34,275        30,301        3,974        13.1        33,301  

Secured loans

     495,091        475,428        19,663        4.1        478,068  

Other term loans

     270,244        261,538        8,706        3.3        265,696  

Finance leases

     34,534        29,804        4,730        15.9        30,758  

Receivable on demand

     8,689        9,936        (1,247)        (12.6)        8,794  

Credit cards receivable

     23,031        20,728        2,303        11.1        23,083  

Impaired assets

     33,045        35,150        (2,105)        (6.0)        34,218  

Gross loans and advances to customers (excl. reverse repos)

     898,909        862,885        36,024        4.2        873,918  

Reverse repos

     32,049        23,523        8,526        36.2        32,310  

Gross loans and advances to customers

     930,958        886,408        44,550        5.0        906,228  

Loan-loss allowances

     22,723        24,316        (1,593)        (6.6)        23,307  

Loans and advances to customers

     908,235        862,092        46,143        5.4        882,921  

Total funds. Consolidated

                                            

EUR million

              
                   Change         
      Jun-19      Jun-18      Absolute      %      Dec-18  

Demand deposits

     573,079        535,084        37,995        7.1        548,711  

Time deposits

     206,431        196,154        10,277        5.2        199,025  

Mutual funds

     174,294        163,790        10,504        6.4        157,888  

Customer funds

     953,804        895,028        58,776        6.6        905,624  

Pension funds

     15,602        15,900        (298)        (1.9)        15,393  

Managed portfolios

     28,122        27,248        874        3.2        26,785  

Repos

     35,241        43,187        (7,946)        (18.4)        32,760  

Total funds

     1,032,769        981,363        51,406        5.2        980,562  

Eligible capital (fully loaded)

                                            

EUR million

              
                   Change         
      Jun-19*      Jun-18      Absolute      %      Dec-18  

Capital stock and reserves

     117,699        116,371        1,327        1.1        114,147  

Attributable profit

     3,231        3,752        (521)        (13.9)        7,810  

Dividends

     (1,615)        (1,635)        19        (1.2)        (3,292)  

Other retained earnings

     (22,937)        (25,341)        2,404        (9.5)        (23,606)  

Minority interests

     6,893        6,567        325        5.0        6,981  

Goodwill and intangible assets

     (28,810)        (28,726)        (84)        0.3        (28,644)  

Other deductions

     (6,054)        (6,741)        687        (10.2)        (6,492)  

Core CET1

     68,406        64,248        4,158        6.5        66,904  

Preferred shares and other eligible T1

     8,690        8,824        (134)        (1.5)        8,934  

Tier 1

     77,096        73,072        4,024        5.5        75,838  

Generic funds and eligible T2 instruments

     12,544        11,646        897        7.7        11,669  

Eligible capital

     89,640        84,718        4,921        5.8        87,506  

Risk-weighted assets

     605,470        594,754        10,716        1.8        592,319  

    

                                            

CET1 capital ratio

     11.30        10.80        0.50                 11.30  

T1 capital ratio

     12.73        12.29        0.44                 12.80  

Total capital ratio

     14.80        14.24        0.56                 14.77  

(*) Applying a 50% pay-out in the calculation of the capital ratios.

 

52     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

EUROPE

                                                  LOGO  

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     3,580        0.5        0.5        7,141        1.9        1.8  

Net fee income

     1,304        (1.7)        (1.8)        2,630        (4.5)        (4.6)  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     146        (21.1)        (21.3)        332        (31.1)        (31.3)  

Other operating income

     158        4.1        4.2        310        11.5        11.3  

Total income

     5,188        (0.7)        (0.7)        10,413        (1.1)        (1.1)  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (2,789)        (0.5)        (0.5)        (5,591)        (1.3)        (1.5)  

Net operating income

     2,399        (1.0)        (1.0)        4,822        (0.7)        (0.7)  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (387)        (15.3)        (15.4)        (844)        (1.8)        (1.7)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (231)        17.0        17.0        (429)        10.5        10.5  

Profit before tax

     1,781        0.7        0.7        3,549        (1.7)        (1.7)  

Tax on profit

     (475)        (3.5)        (3.5)        (967)        (0.9)        (0.9)  

Profit from continuing operations

     1,306        2.3        2.3        2,583        (2.0)        (2.0)  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     1,306        2.3        2.3        2,583        (2.0)        (2.0)  

Non-controlling interests

     (116)        2.1        1.9        (229)        7.4        8.0  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     1,191        2.4        2.4        2,354        (2.8)        (2.8)  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     650,061        (0.9)        0.9        650,061        2.4        2.8  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     200,873        10.6        12.5        200,873        13.2        13.7  

Debt instruments

     113,844        (1.8)        (0.4)        113,844        (2.7)        (2.5)  

Other financial assets

     51,503        (5.4)        (2.6)        51,503        (11.3)        (10.7)  

Other asset accounts

     42,961        (4.1)        (3.1)        42,961        (8.1)        (8.0)  

Total assets

     1,059,243        0.6        2.4        1,059,243        2.4        2.8  

Customer deposits

     589,590        0.4        2.0        589,590        3.3        3.6  

Central banks and credit institutions

     204,741        1.4        3.3        204,741        0.1        0.4  

Marketable debt securities

     129,654        0.4        2.7        129,654        4.9        5.6  

Other financial liabilities

     63,161        4.8        7.3        63,161        3.4        4.4  

Other liabilities accounts

     17,466        (5.2)        (4.2)        17,466        (15.1)        (15.0)  

Total liabilities

     1,004,613        0.7        2.6        1,004,613        2.4        2.9  

Total equity

     54,629        (1.8)        (0.5)        54,629        2.1        2.2  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     638,237        (0.2)        1.5        638,237        2.0        2.3  

Customer funds

     658,498        0.9        2.3        658,498        4.7        5.0  

Customer deposits (3)

     573,618        0.7        2.2        573,618        5.1        5.4  

Mutual funds

     84,880        2.6        3.0        84,880        2.6        2.6  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     9.80        0.19                 9.72        (0.76)           

Efficiency ratio

     53.7        0.1                 53.7        (0.2)           

NPL ratio

     3.48        (0.13)                 3.48        (0.49)           

NPL coverage

     49.9        0.4                 49.9        (3.0)           

Number of employees

     91,488        (1.7)                 91,488        (1.1)           

Number of branches

     6,427        (4.0)                 6,427        (7.0)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     53


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Spain

                                LOGO  

EUR million

           
            / Q1’19               s/ H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      H1’19      %  

Net interest income

     1,009        (0.0)        2,018        1.1  

Net fee income

     624        0.1        1,247        (6.9)  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     214        79.1        333        22.8  

Other operating income

     2        (97.6)        107        (23.0)  

Total income

     1,849        (0.4)        3,706        (1.1)  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (1,020)        (0.5)        (2,044)        (7.3)  

Net operating income

     829        (0.3)        1,661        7.9  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (228)        (6.0)        (470)        7.7  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (143)        28.1        (255)        9.7  

Profit before tax

     458        (4.1)        936        7.4  

Tax on profit

     (120)        (0.9)        (242)        15.4  

Profit from continuing operations

     338        (5.2)        694        4.9  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                           

Consolidated profit

     338        (5.2)        694        4.9  

Non-controlling interests

     0        110.6        0         

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     338        (5.1)        694        5.0  
Balance sheet                                

Loans and advances to customers

     194,417        0.1        194,417        (3.9)  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     87,193        8.3        87,193        14.7  

Debt instruments

     39,289        (6.3)        39,289        (24.2)  

Other financial assets

     1,469        (23.7)        1,469        (53.6)  

Other asset accounts

     22,464        (9.1)        22,464        (14.8)  

Total assets

     344,831        0.4        344,831        (4.1)  

Customer deposits

     252,057        3.9        252,057        5.8  

Central banks and credit institutions

     38,002        (18.6)        38,002        (41.5)  

Marketable debt securities

     24,841        6.2        24,841        2.7  

Other financial liabilities

     8,842        10.2        8,842        19.2  

Other liabilities accounts

     6,090        (18.7)        6,090        (38.7)  

Total liabilities

     329,833        0.5        329,833        (4.3)  

Total equity

     14,999        (1.5)        14,999        0.3  

Memorandum items:

           

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     201,058        (0.1)        201,058        (4.5)  

Customer funds

     317,169        3.4        317,169        4.8  

Customer deposits (3)

     251,170        3.8        251,170        5.7  

Mutual funds

     65,999        1.7        65,999        1.6  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                

Underlying RoTE

     8.99        (0.62)        9.31        0.66  

Efficiency ratio

     55.2        (0.0)        55.2        (3.7)  

NPL ratio

     7.02        (0.27)        7.02        (0.60)  

NPL coverage

     42.9        (0.4)        42.9        (4.6)  

Number of employees

     30,682        (2.1)        30,682        (2.3)  

Number of branches

     4,247        (2.7)        4,247        (4.9)  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

54     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Santander Consumer Finance

                                                  LOGO  

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     971        3.1        3.0        1,911        3.7        4.1  

Net fee income

     201        (6.1)        (6.1)        415        2.9        3.0  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     (1)                      1        (95.1)        (95.1)  

Other operating income

     (17)                      (6)                

Total income

     1,154        (1.2)        (1.3)        2,321        2.4        2.8  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (527)        3.6        3.5        (1,035)        1.7        2.0  

Net operating income

     627        (4.9)        (4.9)        1,286        3.0        3.4  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (59)        (51.3)        (51.4)        (181)        (4.3)        (4.3)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (12)                      12        (68.4)        (68.5)  

Profit before tax

     556        (1.0)        (1.1)        1,117        1.9        2.3  

Tax on profit

     (155)        (2.7)        (2.7)        (314)        5.5        5.9  

Profit from continuing operations

     401        (0.3)        (0.4)        803        0.6        1.0  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     401        (0.3)        (0.4)        803        0.6        1.0  

Non-controlling interests

     (67)        (14.0)        (14.0)        (145)        10.6        10.8  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     334        3.0        2.9        658        (1.4)        (1.0)  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     98,395        2.7        2.7        98,395        7.1        7.3  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     6,799        7.9        8.0        6,799        30.8        31.3  

Debt instruments

     3,288        (4.5)        (4.6)        3,288        2.0        1.8  

Other financial assets

     38        14.2        14.3        38        78.1        78.6  

Other asset accounts

     4,102        10.0        10.1        4,102        14.6        14.7  

Total assets

     112,622        3.1        3.1        112,622        8.4        8.6  

Customer deposits

     37,896        2.7        2.7        37,896        3.1        3.2  

Central banks and credit institutions

     25,104        1.4        1.4        25,104        (0.3)        (0.2)  

Marketable debt securities

     33,946        5.8        5.9        33,946        24.2        24.4  

Other financial liabilities

     1,395        16.8        16.8        1,395        40.3        40.0  

Other liabilities accounts

     3,905        4.0        4.0        3,905        5.9        6.0  

Total liabilities

     102,247        3.6        3.6        102,247        8.8        8.9  

Total equity

     10,375        (2.1)        (2.2)        10,375        4.8        4.9  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     100,752        2.7        2.7        100,752        6.8        7.0  

Customer funds

     37,896        2.8        2.8        37,896        3.2        3.3  

Customer deposits (3)

     37,896        2.8        2.8        37,896        3.2        3.3  

Mutual funds

                                 (100.0)        (100.0)  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     15.83        0.98                 15.36        (1.64)           

Efficiency ratio

     45.6        2.1                 44.6        (0.3)           

NPL ratio

     2.24        (0.09)                 2.24        (0.20)           

NPL coverage

     105.9        0.6                 105.9        (1.8)           

Number of employees

     14,494        (2.0)                 14,494        (3.9)           

Number of branches

     424        (2.1)                 424        (4.1)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     55


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information
by segments

 

United Kingdom

                                                  LOGO  

EUR million

                 
        / Q1’19           / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %          % excl. FX      H1’19      %          % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     944        (3.2)        (2.9)        1,919        (6.5)        (7.2)  

Net fee income

     207        (4.3)        (4.0)        423        (7.7)        (8.4)  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     20                      20        (66.3)        (66.6)  

Other operating income

     12        (16.4)        (16.2)        26        36.7        35.7  

Total income

     1,183        (1.9)        (1.7)        2,388        (7.8)        (8.4)  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (703)        (4.8)        (4.5)        (1,442)        0.1        (0.6)  

Net operating income

     479        2.6        2.8        946        (17.7)        (18.3)  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (19)        (67.9)        (67.7)        (80)        (21.7)        (22.3)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (25)        (50.2)        (50.0)        (75)        (27.4)        (27.9)  

Profit before tax

     435        21.9        22.2        792        (16.2)        (16.8)  

Tax on profit

     (102)        5.2        5.5        (199)        (25.2)        (25.8)  

Profit from continuing operations

     333        28.2        28.4        593        (12.6)        (13.3)  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     333        28.2        28.4        593        (12.6)        (13.3)  

Non-controlling interests

     (5)        2.5        2.7        (11)        (20.6)        (21.2)  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     327        28.7        29.0        582        (12.5)        (13.1)  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     251,543        (4.6)        (0.3)        251,543        1.0        2.2  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     40,536        7.3        12.1        40,536        (23.8)        (22.9)  

Debt instruments

     23,609        (0.4)        4.0        23,609        (10.8)        (9.7)  

Other financial assets

     1,092        44.9        51.3        1,092        (84.7)        (84.6)  

Other asset accounts

     10,328        0.7        5.1        10,328        1.7        2.9  

Total assets

     327,109        (2.7)        1.7        327,109        (5.5)        (4.3)  

Customer deposits

     211,025        (2.7)        1.7        211,025        (3.6)        (2.5)  

Central banks and credit institutions

     24,521        (2.9)        1.5        24,521        2.0        3.2  

Marketable debt securities

     65,236        (3.4)        0.9        65,236        (2.0)        (0.8)  

Other financial liabilities

     4,875        10.3        15.2        4,875        (68.7)        (68.4)  

Other liabilities accounts

     4,470        (2.2)        2.1        4,470        4.4        5.7  

Total liabilities

     310,128        (2.7)        1.7        310,128        (5.9)        (4.8)  

Total equity

     16,981        (2.6)        1.8        16,981        2.7        4.0  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     232,150        (3.4)        0.9        232,150        (0.9)        0.3  

Customer funds

     205,064        (2.3)        2.1        205,064        0.5        1.7  

Customer deposits (3)

     196,925        (2.3)        2.1        196,925        0.6        1.8  

Mutual funds

     8,139        (1.7)        2.7        8,139        (3.0)        (1.9)  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     8.68        1.76                 7.81        (2.12)           

Efficiency ratio

     59.5        (1.8)                 60.4        4.8           

NPL ratio

     1.13        (0.04)                 1.13                  

NPL coverage

     31.9        1.0                 31.9        (1.9)           

Number of employees

     25,761        1.1                 25,761        (0.3)           

Number of branches

     659        (12.6)                 659        (15.4)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

56     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Portugal

                                LOGO  

EUR million

           
                / Q1’19                   s/ H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      H1’19      %  

Net interest income

     213        (1.2)        429        (1.4)  

Net fee income

     99        0.8        197        4.1  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     42        (15.4)        91        58.6  

Other operating income

     0               (6)         

Total income

     354        (0.9)        712        3.5  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (154)        (1.9)        (312)        (3.8)  

Net operating income

     200        (0.1)        400        10.0  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (1)               12         

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (13)        (34.9)        (33)        6.1  

Profit before tax

     186        (3.9)        379        16.9  

Tax on profit

     (60)        3.4        (118)        25.9  

Profit from continuing operations

     126        (7.0)        261        13.3  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                           

Consolidated profit

     126        (7.0)        261        13.3  

Non-controlling interests

     (1)        17.2        (1)        (24.6)  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     125        (7.1)        260        13.5  
Balance sheet                                

Loans and advances to customers

     35,734        0.9        35,734        0.5  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     4,025        (4.0)        4,025        (7.7)  

Debt instruments

     13,238        0.3        13,238        12.2  

Other financial assets

     1,809        (1.7)        1,809        (6.5)  

Other asset accounts

     1,941        (1.6)        1,941        (20.9)  

Total assets

     56,747        0.2        56,747        1.1  

Customer deposits

     38,975        1.9        38,975        5.1  

Central banks and credit institutions

     8,064        (1.1)        8,064        (10.8)  

Marketable debt securities

     3,426        (19.0)        3,426        (20.9)  

Other financial liabilities

     326        14.1        326        24.2  

Other liabilities accounts

     1,701        20.0        1,701        14.3  

Total liabilities

     52,491        0.3        52,491        0.6  

Total equity

     4,256        (0.7)        4,256        8.4  

Memorandum items:

           

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     36,691        0.6        36,691        (1.0)  

Customer funds

     41,784        3.8        41,784        6.6  

Customer deposits (3)

     38,975        1.9        38,975        5.1  

Mutual funds

     2,809        40.5        2,809        32.0  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                

Underlying RoTE

     11.96        (1.09)        12.54        0.98  

Efficiency ratio

     43.6        (0.4)        43.8        (3.3)  

NPL ratio

     5.00        (0.77)        5.00        (2.55)  

NPL coverage

     52.9        2.2        52.9        0.2  

Number of employees

     6,736        0.0        6,736        (2.9)  

Number of branches

     553        (1.4)        553        (17.7)  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     57


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Poland

                                                  LOGO  

EUR million

                 
        / Q1’19           / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     284        1.0        0.6        565        16.0        18.0  

Net fee income

     117        2.7        2.3        230        1.5        3.2  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     21        12.1        11.6        39        102.7        106.2  

Other operating income

     18                      (18)        756.6        771.2  

Total income

     440        16.6        16.1        817        11.7        13.6  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (176)        1.8        1.3        (349)        10.2        12.0  

Net operating income

     263        29.2        28.7        467        12.9        14.8  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (64)        47.1        46.5        (107)        23.0        25.1  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (34)        1.4        0.9        (68)        42.7        45.1  

Profit before tax

     166        30.6        30.0        293        4.7        6.5  

Tax on profit

     (36)        (3.8)        (4.3)        (73)        23.3        25.4  

Profit from continuing operations

     130        44.9        44.4        219        (0.4)        1.3  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     130        44.9        44.4        219        (0.4)        1.3  

Non-controlling interests

     (41)        46.2        45.7        (69)        6.2        8.0  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     89        44.3        43.8        150        (3.1)        (1.5)  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     29,345        3.3        2.0        29,345        29.9        26.3  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     2,987        11.8        10.5        2,987        84.7        79.5  

Debt instruments

     10,367        (8.0)        (9.0)        10,367        23.4        19.9  

Other financial assets

     565        3.9        2.7        565        0.9        (1.9)  

Other asset accounts

     1,326        1.3        0.1        1,326        29.6        26.0  

Total assets

     44,591        0.9        (0.3)        44,591        30.4        26.7  

Customer deposits

     32,758        1.0        (0.2)        32,758        27.6        24.0  

Central banks and credit institutions

     3,243        (3.2)        (4.3)        3,243        89.7        84.3  

Marketable debt securities

     2,091        16.6        15.2        2,091        107.0        101.2  

Other financial liabilities

     814        8.6        7.3        814        90.3        84.9  

Other liabilities accounts

     894        9.1        7.8        894        16.6        13.3  

Total liabilities

     39,800        1.7        0.5        39,800        34.5        30.7  

Total equity

     4,791        (5.3)        (6.4)        4,791        4.0        1.1  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     30,278        3.3        2.0        30,278        29.5        25.8  

Customer funds

     36,060        2.5        1.3        36,060        25.4        21.9  

Customer deposits (3)

     31,867        2.4        1.2        31,867        27.5        23.9  

Mutual funds

     4,193        3.1        1.8        4,193        11.6        8.4  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     11.44        3.68                 9.61        (1.32)           

Efficiency ratio

     40.1        (5.8)                 42.8        (0.6)           

NPL ratio

     4.21        (0.18)                 4.21        (0.37)           

NPL coverage

     69.7        2.1                 69.7        (2.4)           

Number of employees

     11,488        (8.5)                 11,488        (0.1)           

Number of branches

     532        (6.8)                 532        (1.5)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

58     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

 

Other Europe

                                                     

EUR million

                 
        / Q1’19           / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % w/o FX      H1’19      %      % w/o FX  

Net interest income

     159        14.4        14.3        299        50.8        49.0  

Net fee income

     56        (8.6)        (8.9)        118        (13.7)        (15.4)  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     (149)                      (153)                

Other operating income

     142        122.8        122.7        205        79.0        78.4  

Total income

     209        (20.1)        (20.3)        469        (6.8)        (8.2)  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (208)        4.2        4.0        (408)        12.8        11.1  

Net operating income

     0        (99.2)        (99.3)        62        (56.7)        (57.3)  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (16)        612.4        612.5        (18)        (50.5)        (50.7)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (4)        (37.5)        (37.5)        (11)        (5.1)        (8.3)  

Profit before tax

     (19)                      33        (65.1)        (65.6)  

Tax on profit

     (2)        (91.9)        (91.9)        (20)        (58.1)        (58.5)  

Profit from continuing operations

     (21)                      13        (72.5)        (73.1)  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     (21)                      13        (72.5)        (73.1)  

Non-controlling interests

     (1)        12.7        11.9        (3)        141.0        127.1  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     (22)                      10        (78.1)        (78.5)  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     40,627        5.6        7.5        40,627        21.5        21.8  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     59,334        18.2        21.9        59,334        60.0        60.8  

Debt instruments

     24,053        7.3        11.1        24,053        57.5        59.0  

Other financial assets

     46,529        (5.7)        (2.7)        46,529        2.9        3.7  

Other asset accounts

     2,801        (0.2)        0.6        2,801        (12.1)        (13.0)  

Total assets

     173,344        6.2        9.2        173,344        29.1        29.9  

Customer deposits

     16,880        (17.1)        (15.3)        16,880        19.5        19.9  

Central banks and credit institutions

     105,808        12.8        16.3        105,808        33.0        33.5  

Marketable debt securities

     114        11.0        11.9        114        (16.2)        (17.9)  

Other financial liabilities

     46,909        2.9        5.8        46,909        29.0        30.4  

Other liabilities accounts

     405        8.1        9.9        405        (3.0)        (3.0)  

Total liabilities

     170,116        6.2        9.2        170,116        30.2        31.0  

Total equity

     3,228        6.5        8.1        3,228        (10.5)        (11.1)  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     37,309        10.2        11.8        37,309        40.3        40.3  

Customer funds

     20,525        (12.7)        (11.2)        20,525        18.2        18.5  

Customer deposits (3)

     16,785        (16.3)        (14.5)        16,785        20.8        21.2  

Mutual funds

     3,739        7.8        7.8        3,739        7.8        7.8  
Resources                                                

Number of employees

     2,327        7.3                 2,327        30.6           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     59


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

NORTH AMERICA

                                                  LOGO  

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     2,230        2.6        1.4        4,403        15.8        8.3  

Net fee income

     463        5.5        4.3        901        11.4        4.2  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     50        312.8        310.4        62        (44.4)        (47.9)  

Other operating income

     176        35.5        34.4        306        36.9        27.7  

Total income

     2,918        6.0        4.8        5,672        14.7        7.2  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (1,214)        3.5        2.3        (2,386)        9.4        2.3  

Net operating income

     1,705        7.8        6.6        3,286        18.8        11.1  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (793)        (1.4)        (2.5)        (1,597)        13.0        5.7  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (31)        (51.5)        (52.3)        (95)        7.8        0.8  

Profit before tax

     881        23.5        22.1        1,594        26.0        17.9  

Tax on profit

     (217)        15.7        14.4        (405)        21.4        13.5  

Profit from continuing operations

     664        26.2        24.8        1,189        27.6        19.4  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     664        26.2        24.8        1,189        27.6        19.4  

Non-controlling interests

     (161)        15.4        14.0        (300)        24.1        16.1  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     503        30.1        28.7        889        28.8        20.6  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     126,478        1.7        2.8        126,478        20.9        17.3  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     25,352        (22.5)        (21.8)        25,352        1.5        (2.1)  

Debt instruments

     26,739        8.8        9.9        26,739        0.3        (3.2)  

Other financial assets

     9,483        12.0        13.0        9,483        (9.6)        (13.0)  

Other asset accounts

     21,451        6.1        7.4        21,451        33.5        29.8  

Total assets

     209,503        (0.4)        0.7        209,503        14.6        11.0  

Customer deposits

     98,362        (2.2)        (1.1)        98,362        12.7        9.0  

Central banks and credit institutions

     28,072        20.1        21.3        28,072        28.8        24.6  

Marketable debt securities

     41,825        (10.4)        (9.3)        41,825        21.4        18.0  

Other financial liabilities

     11,912        9.2        10.1        11,912        (0.5)        (4.4)  

Other liabilities accounts

     5,884        4.5        5.6        5,884        1.5        (1.8)  

Total liabilities

     186,055        (0.6)        0.5        186,055        15.3        11.6  

Total equity

     23,447        0.9        2.0        23,447        9.1        5.9  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     122,869        1.9        3.0        122,869        13.0        9.6  

Customer funds

     111,544        1.8        2.8        111,544        10.2        6.6  

Customer deposits (3)

     90,533        1.4        2.5        90,533        10.1        6.6  

Mutual funds

     21,011        3.5        4.4        21,011        10.4        6.4  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     10.56        2.11                 9.54        1.28           

Efficiency ratio

     41.6        (1.0)                 42.1        (2.0)           

NPL ratio

     2.29        (0.04)                 2.29        (0.53)           

NPL coverage

     150.3        (3.1)                 150.3        3.8           

Number of employees

     36,917        (0.6)                 36,917        1.8           

Number of branches

     2,062        (0.4)                 2,062        (0.5)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

60     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

United States

                                                     

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     1,453        3.3        2.2        2,860        14.3        6.8  

Net fee income

     244        4.4        3.3        479        10.4        3.1  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     23        46.8        45.5        39        (0.0)        (6.7)  

Other operating income

     199        26.3        25.1        357        30.3        21.7  

Total income

     1,920        5.8        4.7        3,734        15.0        7.4  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (805)        3.8        2.7        (1,581)        7.2        0.1  

Net operating income

     1,115        7.3        6.2        2,154        21.5        13.4  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (568)        (7.1)        (8.1)        (1,178)        15.0        7.4  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (26)        (55.3)        (56.1)        (84)        15.7        8.0  

Profit before tax

     521        40.8        39.6        891        31.9        23.1  

Tax on profit

     (138)        24.9        23.7        (248)        21.1        13.1  

Profit from continuing operations

     383        47.7        46.3        643        36.5        27.5  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     383        47.7        46.3        643        36.5        27.5  

Non-controlling interests

     (99)        27.2        26.0        (178)        29.6        21.0  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     284        56.4        55.1        465        39.4        30.2  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     93,133        2.0        3.3        93,133        22.2        19.3  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     13,790        (23.7)        (22.7)        13,790        18.3        15.4  

Debt instruments

     13,849        3.1        4.4        13,849        (3.5)        (5.8)  

Other financial assets

     3,913        10.3        11.8        3,913        (9.3)        (11.5)  

Other asset accounts

     17,888        5.5        6.9        17,888        34.4        31.2  

Total assets

     142,572        (0.5)        0.8        142,572        19.0        16.2  

Customer deposits

     64,373        (0.7)        0.5        64,373        19.2        16.4  

Central banks and credit institutions

     17,495        34.1        35.8        17,495        31.0        27.9  

Marketable debt securities

     35,261        (13.6)        (12.5)        35,261        23.6        20.7  

Other financial liabilities

     4,277        17.4        18.9        4,277        8.1        5.5  

Other liabilities accounts

     3,722        0.9        2.2        3,722        2.5        0.1  

Total liabilities

     125,129        (0.7)        0.5        125,129        20.9        18.1  

Total equity

     17,443        1.1        2.4        17,443        6.7        4.1  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     89,636        2.1        3.5        89,636        12.7        10.0  

Customer funds

     69,967        2.9        4.3        69,967        12.5        9.8  

Customer deposits (3)

     60,470        2.7        4.0        60,470        12.5        9.8  

Mutual funds

     9,497        4.4        5.8        9,497        12.6        9.9  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     7.65        2.58                 6.38        1.27           

Efficiency ratio

     41.9        (0.8)                 42.3        (3.1)           

NPL ratio

     2.32        (0.09)                 2.32        (0.59)           

NPL coverage

     158.4        (2.6)                 158.4        1.5           

Number of employees

     17,381        0.6                 17,381        1.1           

Number of branches

     646        (2.0)                 646        (3.6)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     61


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Mexico

                                                  LOGO  

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     777        1.4        (0.1)        1,543        18.6        11.2  

Net fee income

     218        6.9        5.4        423        12.5        5.6  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     27                      23        (68.4)        (70.4)  

Other operating income

     (23)        (17.2)        (18.5)        (51)        1.1        (5.1)  

Total income

     999        6.4        4.9        1,938        14.0        7.0  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (409)        3.0        1.5        (806)        14.1        7.1  

Net operating income

     590        8.8        7.3        1,132        14.0        6.9  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (225)        16.7        15.2        (419)        7.7        1.1  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (5)        (11.2)        (12.6)        (10)        (30.3)        (34.6)  

Profit before tax

     360        4.7        3.3        703        19.2        11.9  

Tax on profit

     (79)        2.7        1.2        (156)        21.7        14.2  

Profit from continuing operations

     280        5.3        3.9        547        18.5        11.2  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     280        5.3        3.9        547        18.5        11.2  

Non-controlling interests

     (61)        0.2        (1.3)        (122)        17.0        9.8  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     219        6.9        5.4        424        19.0        11.6  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     33,345        0.9        1.5        33,345        17.3        11.8  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     11,563        (21.1)        (20.6)        11,563        (13.2)        (17.2)  

Debt instruments

     12,890        15.7        16.4        12,890        4.7        (0.2)  

Other financial assets

     5,570        13.3        13.9        5,570        (9.8)        (14.0)  

Other asset accounts

     3,563        9.1        9.7        3,563        29.0        23.0  

Total assets

     66,930        (0.2)        0.4        66,930        6.2        1.3  

Customer deposits

     33,989        (4.8)        (4.2)        33,989        2.0        (2.7)  

Central banks and credit institutions

     10,576        2.4        3.0        10,576        25.4        19.6  

Marketable debt securities

     6,565        12.5        13.2        6,565        10.7        5.5  

Other financial liabilities

     7,635        5.1        5.7        7,635        (4.7)        (9.2)  

Other liabilities accounts

     2,161        11.3        12.0        2,161        (0.3)        (4.9)  

Total liabilities

     60,927        (0.2)        0.4        60,927        5.3        0.4  

Total equity

     6,004        0.4        1.0        6,004        16.8        11.4  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     33,234        1.1        1.7        33,234        13.8        8.5  

Customer funds

     41,577        (0.1)        0.5        41,577        6.5        1.6  

Customer deposits (3)

     30,063        (1.2)        (0.6)        30,063        5.7        0.8  

Mutual funds

     11,514        2.7        3.3        11,514        8.8        3.7  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     20.71        0.60                 20.47        0.60           

Efficiency ratio

     40.9        (1.3)                 41.6        0.0           

NPL ratio

     2.21        0.09                 2.21        (0.37)           

NPL coverage

     126.9        (3.2)                 126.9        10.8           

Number of employees

     19,536        (1.7)                 19,536        2.4           

Number of branches

     1,416        0.3                 1,416        1.0           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

62     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

SOUTH AMERICA

                                                     

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     3,425        6.3        9.2        6,647        1.4        9.4  

Net fee income

     1,178        (0.0)        2.9        2,355        0.6        10.9  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     130        (18.8)        (16.5)        289        13.1        40.7  

Other operating income

     (85)        18.1        21.7        (157)                

Total income

     4,647        3.6        6.5        9,134        (0.2)        8.7  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (1,664)        1.1        4.0        (3,309)        (1.6)        9.1  

Net operating income

     2,984        5.0        7.9        5,825        0.6        8.5  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (956)        5.9        8.8        (1,859)        (5.1)        2.4  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (151)        (1.7)        1.8        (306)        (8.2)        4.6  

Profit before tax

     1,876        5.1        8.0        3,661        4.6        12.3  

Tax on profit

     (672)        (2.9)        (0.1)        (1,363)        1.9        8.9  

Profit from continuing operations

     1,205        10.2        13.0        2,297        6.3        14.4  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     1,205        10.2        13.0        2,297        6.3        14.4  

Non-controlling interests

     (169)        1.3        3.7        (336)        7.0        11.5  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     1,035        11.8        14.7        1,961        6.2        14.9  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     124,950        1.3        1.4        124,950        8.3        9.5  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     49,995        12.5        12.2        49,995        12.4        13.0  

Debt instruments

     48,204        4.8        4.2        48,204        9.5        7.7  

Other financial assets

     11,508        28.4        28.3        11,508        36.2        34.6  

Other asset accounts

     16,456        4.5        4.1        16,456        16.9        15.8  

Total assets

     251,113        5.3        5.1        251,113        10.9        11.2  

Customer deposits

     116,739        4.7        4.7        116,739        7.6        9.2  

Central banks and credit institutions

     37,872        (2.4)        (2.8)        37,872        (0.7)        (2.0)  

Marketable debt securities

     31,983        3.2        3.0        31,983        12.9        12.1  

Other financial liabilities

     31,372        21.1        20.5        31,372        34.9        33.5  

Other liabilities accounts

     10,320        15.8        15.3        10,320        34.0        32.4  

Total liabilities

     228,286        5.6        5.4        228,286        10.8        11.2  

Total equity

     22,827        2.3        2.1        22,827        11.7        11.4  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     130,953        1.5        1.5        130,953        8.4        9.5  

Customer funds

     173,298        5.7        5.4        173,298        10.6        11.4  

Customer deposits (3)

     105,299        5.8        5.8        105,299        10.5        12.9  

Mutual funds

     67,999        5.5        4.9        67,999        10.7        9.2  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     21.98        2.40                 20.76        0.95           

Efficiency ratio

     35.8        (0.9)                 36.2        (0.5)           

NPL ratio

     4.81        (0.02)                 4.81        (0.01)           

NPL coverage

     93.0        (1.1)                 93.0        (1.4)           

Number of employees

     71,158        1.7                 71,158        1.7           

Number of branches

     4,591        1.8                 4,591        2.1           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     63


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Brazil

                                                  LOGO  

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     2,520        2.5        5.5        4,979        1.5        6.6  

Net fee income

     924        (0.7)        2.3        1,855        3.5        8.7  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     45        (22.0)        (19.4)        103        24.0        30.2  

Other operating income

     (36)        (2.0)        1.0        (72)        456.3        484.2  

Total income

     3,453        1.2        4.2        6,864        1.4        6.5  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (1,102)        (2.0)        1.0        (2,227)        (1.8)        3.1  

Net operating income

     2,351        2.8        5.9        4,637        3.1        8.2  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (761)        7.1        10.2        (1,471)        (6.4)        (1.7)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (153)        (8.8)        (6.0)        (320)        (1.4)        3.6  

Profit before tax

     1,438        2.1        5.1        2,846        9.3        14.8  

Tax on profit

     (581)        (1.9)        1.1        (1,173)        4.8        10.1  

Profit from continuing operations

     856        4.9        8.0        1,673        12.7        18.3  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     856        4.9        8.0        1,673        12.7        18.3  

Non-controlling interests

     (94)        (1.4)        1.6        (190)        14.0        19.7  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     762        5.7        8.8        1,482        12.6        18.2  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     73,175        2.0        1.2        73,175        12.1        8.7  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     37,661        13.0        12.1        37,661        8.8        5.5  

Debt instruments

     42,738        4.1        3.3        42,738        11.9        8.5  

Other financial assets

     6,822        20.3        19.3        6,822        24.5        20.7  

Other asset accounts

     12,474        5.2        4.4        12,474        9.1        5.8  

Total assets

     172,869        5.6        4.8        172,869        11.5        8.1  

Customer deposits

     74,698        6.3        5.5        74,698        10.7        7.3  

Central banks and credit institutions

     28,908        (2.6)        (3.4)        28,908        (5.7)        (8.5)  

Marketable debt securities

     20,584        2.9        2.1        20,584        15.5        12.0  

Other financial liabilities

     24,148        13.5        12.6        24,148        30.5        26.5  

Other liabilities accounts

     8,620        19.2        18.2        8,620        36.3        32.2  

Total liabilities

     156,958        5.7        4.9        156,958        11.5        8.1  

Total equity

     15,912        4.7        3.9        15,912        12.2        8.8  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     77,835        2.0        1.1        77,835        12.0        8.6  

Customer funds

     121,485        6.8        5.9        121,485        14.5        11.0  

Customer deposits (3)

     63,417        8.6        7.8        63,417        16.7        13.1  

Mutual funds

     58,069        4.8        4.0        58,069        12.2        8.7  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     22.40        1.42                 21.65        1.76           

Efficiency ratio

     31.9        (1.0)                 32.4        (1.1)           

NPL ratio

     5.27        0.01                 5.27        0.01           

NPL coverage

     105.5        (2.2)                 105.5        (3.2)           

Number of employees

     48,118        2.8                 48,118        3.1           

Number of branches

     3,643        2.3                 3,643        4.4           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

64     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Chile                                        

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     500        13.5        15.0        940        (4.6)        (1.7)  

Net fee income

     97        (5.9)        (4.5)        200        (12.1)        (9.4)  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     59        7.9        9.4        113        96.0        101.9  

Other operating income

     0        (82.6)        (81.7)        2        (80.7)        (80.1)  

Total income

     656        9.4        10.8        1,255        (2.1)        0.9  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (269)        5.4        6.8        (524)        (1.3)        1.7  

Net operating income

     387        12.3        13.8        731        (2.6)        0.3  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (105)        2.8        4.2        (208)        (12.0)        (9.4)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (1)                      37        (31.8)        (29.8)  

Profit before tax

     281        0.5        1.9        560        (1.5)        1.5  

Tax on profit

     (43)        (28.0)        (26.8)        (103)        (10.0)        (7.3)  

Profit from continuing operations

     237        8.3        9.8        456        0.7        3.7  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     237        8.3        9.8        456        0.7        3.7  

Non-controlling interests

     (74)        4.9        6.3        (145)        (0.7)        2.3  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     163        9.9        11.4        311        1.3        4.4  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     40,081        1.1        2.3        40,081        4.8        7.0  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     4,742        18.4        19.8        4,742        21.8        24.4  

Debt instruments

     3,949        4.4        5.7        3,949        (5.8)        (3.8)  

Other financial assets

     4,551        43.7        45.5        4,551        55.1        58.4  

Other asset accounts

     2,880        (0.9)        0.3        2,880        57.4        60.8  

Total assets

     56,203        5.0        6.3        56,203        10.0        12.4  

Customer deposits

     27,122        1.4        2.7        27,122        2.2        4.4  

Central banks and credit institutions

     5,586        (6.6)        (5.5)        5,586        6.6        8.8  

Marketable debt securities

     11,076        3.5        4.8        11,076        11.5        13.9  

Other financial liabilities

     6,417        72.0        74.2        6,417        64.7        68.2  

Other liabilities accounts

     1,025        (3.3)        (2.1)        1,025        13.7        16.1  

Total liabilities

     51,226        6.2        7.5        51,226        10.2        12.5  

Total equity

     4,977        (6.0)        (4.9)        4,977        8.6        10.9  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     41,182        0.9        2.2        41,182        4.5        6.8  

Customer funds

     35,215        3.1        4.3        35,215        3.2        5.4  

Customer deposits (3)

     26,964        1.1        2.3        26,964        1.8        3.9  

Mutual funds

     8,251        10.3        11.6        8,251        8.1        10.3  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     18.75        2.41                 17.63        (0.56)           

Efficiency ratio

     41.0        (1.6)                 41.8        0.3           

NPL ratio

     4.52        (0.15)                 4.52        (0.34)           

NPL coverage

     59.1        (0.6)                 59.1        (0.9)           

Number of employees

     11,797        (0.8)                 11,797        (1.9)           

Number of branches

     380                        380        (9.5)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     65


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Argentina                                    LOGO  
EUR million                                   
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     298        39.6        43.8        511        14.2        113.4  

Net fee income

     125        8.1        11.8        241        (8.4)        71.3  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     14        (61.9)        (59.5)        52        (44.8)        3.3  

Other operating income

     (47)        34.1        38.2        (83)                

Total income

     389        17.7        21.5        720        (10.7)        66.9  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (229)        13.0        16.7        (431)        1.1        89.0  

Net operating income

     161        25.1        29.0        289        (24.0)        42.1  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (70)        (2.9)        0.5        (143)        14.7        114.5  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     3                      (19)        (66.4)        (37.1)  

Profit before tax

     94        178.5        185.1        127        (35.9)        19.7  

Tax on profit

     (30)        31.7        35.7        (54)        (12.3)        64.0  

Profit from continuing operations

     63        502.8        515.0        74        (46.5)        0.1  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     63        502.8        515.0        74        (46.5)        0.1  

Non-controlling interests

     (0)        84.1        89.1        (0)        (60.1)        (25.4)  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     63        508.4        520.8        73        (46.4)        0.3  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     5,755        (5.2)        (6.0)        5,755        (23.8)        9.8  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     5,198        7.9        7.1        5,198        42.5        105.3  

Debt instruments

     917        114.3        112.7        917        (2.6)        40.4  

Other financial assets

     125        10.2        9.4        125        411.2        636.6  

Other asset accounts

     909        12.1        11.3        909        58.5        128.4  

Total assets

     12,903        5.4        4.6        12,903        1.3        46.0  

Customer deposits

     9,384        6.4        5.6        9,384        0.5        44.8  

Central banks and credit institutions

     992        2.9        2.2        992        (0.5)        43.4  

Marketable debt securities

     257        4.2        3.5        257        (52.1)        (31.0)  

Other financial liabilities

     762        (10.6)        (11.3)        762        (6.9)        34.1  

Other liabilities accounts

     415        4.9        4.1        415        74.5        151.5  

Total liabilities

     11,809        4.7        4.0        11,809        (1.0)        42.7  

Total equity

     1,094        12.9        12.0        1,094        35.4        95.1  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     5,858        (0.8)        (1.6)        5,858        (21.0)        13.8  

Customer funds

     11,030        6.2        5.4        11,030        (2.6)        40.3  

Customer deposits (3)

     9,384        6.4        5.6        9,384        0.5        44.8  

Mutual funds

     1,646        5.0        4.2        1,646        (17.2)        19.3  
Ratios (%) and operating means                                                

Underlying RoTE

     27.09        22.01                 16.95        (13.90)           

Efficiency ratio

     58.7        (2.4)                 59.8        7.0           

NPL ratio

     3.79        0.29                 3.79        1.39           

NPL coverage

     126.4        7.8                 126.4        4.9           

Number of employees

     9,183        (0.9)                 9,183        (0.4)           

Number of branches

     469        0.2                 469        (2.7)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

66     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

Other South America                                        

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % w/o FX      H1’19      %      % w/o FX  

Net interest income

     108        (1.3)        2.4        217        (0.4)        4.5  

Net fee income

     32        10.8        14.8        60        3.2        9.2  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     12        14.3        17.2        22        0.9        5.6  

Other operating income

     (2)        4.2        8.8        (5)        22.3        32.6  

Total income

     149        2.0        5.8        295        0.2        5.2  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (64)        1.1        5.0        (127)        (6.1)        (1.3)  

Net operating income

     85        2.7        6.4        168        5.4        10.7  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (20)        9.5        13.5        (38)        45.4        59.1  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (1)        (31.2)        (27.0)        (3)        (40.6)        (37.5)  

Profit before tax

     64        1.7        5.2        128        (1.0)        3.1  

Tax on profit

     (17)        1.9        5.2        (33)        (23.2)        (21.6)  

Profit from continuing operations

     48        1.6        5.2        95        10.1        15.9  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     48        1.6        5.2        95        10.1        15.9  

Non-controlling interests

     (0)        (2.5)        (3.7)        (1)        30.3        24.4  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     47        1.6        5.3        94        10.0        15.8  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     5,939        1.4        4.8        5,939        37.2        44.6  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     2,395        5.4        10.7        2,395        2.8        9.2  

Debt instruments

     601        (18.3)        (14.3)        601        (12.4)        (4.9)  

Other financial assets

     10        9.9        12.7        10        5.2        12.2  

Other asset accounts

     193        6.9        11.7        193        (18.9)        (15.2)  

Total assets

     9,137        0.9        4.9        9,137        20.4        27.5  

Customer deposits

     5,535        (2.5)        2.3        5,535        7.5        15.1  

Central banks and credit institutions

     2,386        8.8        10.3        2,386        90.6        94.6  

Marketable debt securities

     67        12.5        12.9        67        30.8        28.2  

Other financial liabilities

     46        (3.9)        0.7        46        23.8        34.5  

Other liabilities accounts

     260        17.0        22.6        260        9.1        15.9  

Total liabilities

     8,293        1.2        5.2        8,293        23.3        30.7  

Total equity

     844        (1.8)        2.4        844        (2.7)        2.5  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     6,079        1.3        4.8        6,079        36.1        43.4  

Customer funds

     5,567        (2.4)        2.4        5,567        7.6        15.1  

Customer deposits (3)

     5,535        (2.5)        2.3        5,535        7.5        15.1  

Mutual funds

     32        (1.5)        5.0        32        10.4        20.9  
Resources                                                

Number of employees

     2,060        1.9                 2,060        (1.0)           

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     67


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

SANTANDER GLOBAL PLATFORM                                            LOGO  

EUR million

                 
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      Q1’19      %      H1’19      H1’18      %  

Net interest income

     23        22        5.3        46        38        19.4  

Net fee income

     1        2        (52.0)        2        2        (0.4)  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     (0)        (1)        (67.6)        (2)        0         

Other operating income

     (4)        (4)        (4.4)        (7)        (7)        6.8  

Total income

     20        19        7.6        39        34        14.5  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (67)        (41)        62.4        (108)        (62)        75.0  

Net operating income

     (47)        (22)        108.3        (69)        (28)        149.2  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (0)        (0)        114.6        (0)        0         

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (0)        (1)        (56.8)        (1)        (1)        (21.1)  

Profit before tax

     (47)        (23)        103.8        (70)        (29)        145.0  

Tax on profit

     7        12        (41.9)        19        6        216.8  

Profit from continuing operations

     (40)        (11)        266.6        (51)        (23)        125.6  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     (40)        (11)        266.6        (51)        (23)        125.6  

Non-controlling interests

                                         

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     (40)        (11)        266.6        (51)        (23)        125.6  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     515        417        23.5        515        193        166.8  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     8,938        8,673        3.1        8,938        7,567        18.1  

Debt instruments

                                         

Other financial assets

     147        152        (3.0)        147        139        5.7  

Other asset accounts

     132        129        2.6        132        91        45.7  

Total assets

     9,732        9,370        3.9        9,732        7,990        21.8  

Customer deposits

     9,106        8,804        3.4        9,106        7,477        21.8  

Central banks and credit institutions

     130        75        73.2        130        83        57.6  

Marketable debt securities

                                         

Other financial liabilities

     67        41        65.0        67        45        48.0  

Other liabilities accounts

     81        60        34.1        81        131        (38.0)  

Total liabilities

     9,384        8,980        4.5        9,384        7,736        21.3  

Total equity

     348        390        (10.9)        348        254        36.8  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     518        420        23.4        518        196        164.4  

Customer funds

     9,500        9,183        3.5        9,500        8,082        17.5  

Customer deposits (3)

     9,106        8,804        3.4        9,106        7,477        21.8  

Mutual funds

     394        379        3.9        394        605        (34.9)  
Resources                                                

Number of employees

     597        545        9.5        597        427        39.8  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

68     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

 

CORPORATE CENTRE

                                                  LOGO  

EUR million

                 
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      Q1’19      %      H1’19      H1’18      %  

Net interest income

     (304)        (296)        2.9        (600)        (477)        25.8  

Net fee income

     (13)        (14)        (6.1)        (27)        (17)        53.8  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     (92)        (79)        15.7        (171)        5         

Other operating income

     (14)        (11)        31.8        (25)        (5)        422.9  

Total income

     (423)        (399)        5.9        (822)        (494)        66.4  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (96)        (97)        (1.5)        (193)        (212)        (9.1)  

Net operating income

     (519)        (497)        4.4        (1,015)        (706)        43.7  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (5)        (8)        (38.8)        (13)        (67)        (81.1)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (72)        (55)        31.4        (127)        (93)        36.5  

Profit before tax

     (595)        (559)        6.5        (1,155)        (866)        33.3  

Tax on profit

     3        33        (90.1)        36        (18)         

Profit from continuing operations

     (592)        (526)        12.5        (1,118)        (884)        26.5  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     (592)        (526)        12.5        (1,118)        (884)        26.5  

Non-controlling interests

     1        10        (94.1)        10        0         

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     (592)        (517)        14.5        (1,108)        (884)        25.4  
Balance sheet                                                

Loans and advances to customers

     6,231        6,138        1.5        6,231        7,012        (11.1)  

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

     31,895        26,755        19.2        31,895        39,060        (18.3)  

Debt instruments

     952        954        (0.2)        952        351        171.4  

Other financial assets

     2,446        2,207        10.9        2,446        2,240        9.2  

Other asset accounts

     132,086        132,551        (0.4)        132,086        120,821        9.3  

Total assets

     173,610        168,605        3.0        173,610        169,484        2.4  

Customer deposits

     953        163        485.9        953        231        311.9  

Central banks and credit institutions

     14,650        16,920        (13.4)        14,650        29,012        (49.5)  

Marketable debt securities

     51,326        43,441        18.2        51,326        40,421        27.0  

Other financial liabilities

     2,617        2,321        12.8        2,617        1,622        61.3  

Other liabilities accounts

     9,743        8,356        16.6        9,743        7,763        25.5  

Total liabilities

     79,290        71,201        11.4        79,290        79,050        0.3  

Total equity

     94,320        97,404        (3.2)        94,320        90,433        4.3  

Memorandum items:

                 

Gross loans and advances to customers (2)

     6,331        6,414        (1.3)        6,331        7,134        (11.3)  

Customer funds

     964        176        449.3        964        238        304.7  

Customer deposits (3)

     953        163        485.9        953        231        311.9  

Mutual funds

     11        13        (15.8)        11        7        59.2  
Resources                                                

Number of employees

     1,644        1,757        (6.4)        1,644        1,746        (5.8)  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

(2) Excluding reverse repos.

(3) Excluding repos.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     69


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

 

RETAIL BANKING

                                                           LOGO  

EUR million

                    
            / Q1’19                    / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19              %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     8,390        2.8        3.5        16,553                 3.6        4.8  

Net fee income

     2,269        (2.0)        (0.9)        4,583                 1.8        5.2  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     180        91.8        89.3        273                 (9.9)        (8.1)  

Other operating income

     42        (44.8)        (48.8)        118                 (53.0)        (56.4)  

Total income

     10,881        2.2        2.9        21,528                 2.4        3.9  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (4,882)        1.1        1.7        (9,712)                 (0.2)        1.5  

Net operating income

     5,999        3.1        4.0        11,816                 4.5        5.9  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (2,090)        (3.3)        (2.6)        (4,251)                 3.6        4.7  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (397)        1.3        2.4        (789)                 2.8        7.6  

Profit before tax

     3,512        7.6        8.5        6,776                 5.4        6.5  

Tax on profit

     (1,073)        (1.9)        (0.6)        (2,166)                 3.6        5.4  

Profit from continuing operations

     2,439        12.4        13.1        4,610                 6.2        7.1  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                                  

Consolidated profit

     2,439        12.4        13.1        4,610                 6.2        7.1  

Non-controlling interests

     (386)        5.1        5.4        (754)                 13.6        12.7  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     2,053        13.9        14.7        3,856                 4.9        6.0  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

                                                           LOGO  

EUR million

                    
            / Q1’19                    / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19              %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     701        7.3        8.0        1,354                 18.6        22.5  

Net fee income

     377        6.8        7.6        730                 (10.9)        (9.3)  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     113        (51.0)        (49.4)        343                 (31.6)        (26.6)  

Other operating income

     123        115.7        115.7        180                 80.5        83.4  

Total income

     1,313        1.6        2.5        2,606                 1.8        5.3  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (559)        (0.1)        0.3        (1,119)                 7.8        9.1  

Net operating income

     754        2.9        4.2        1,488                 (2.3)        2.6  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (46)        379.0        375.1        (55)                 (56.2)        (55.7)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (16)        (25.5)        (25.1)        (36)                 (1.8)        (1.8)  

Profit before tax

     693        (1.4)        (0.1)        1,396                 2.6        8.4  

Tax on profit

     (212)        2.0        3.5        (420)                 (0.6)        5.4  

Profit from continuing operations

     481        (2.8)        (1.5)        976                 4.1        9.7  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                                  

Consolidated profit

     481        (2.8)        (1.5)        976                 4.1        9.7  

Non-controlling interests

     (47)        15.5        16.9        (87)                 9.2        11.3  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     434        (4.4)        (3.2)        889                 3.6        9.5  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

70     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Financial information

by segments

 

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE                                            LOGO  

EUR million

                 
            / Q1’19             / H1’18  
Underlying income statement    Q2’19      %      % excl. FX      H1’19      %      % excl. FX  

Net interest income

     144        3.1        3.4        283        10.6        10.7  

Net fee income

     298        8.1        8.5        574        (1.5)        (0.8)  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     34        (0.0)        0.5        67        51.1        53.4  

Other operating income

     84        9.8        10.7        160        8.2        10.2  

Total income

     560        6.5        6.9        1,085        5.2        5.9  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (226)        (1.7)        (1.7)        (455)        2.8        2.3  

Net operating income

     334        12.9        13.7        630        6.9        8.7  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (0)                      7                

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (1)        (55.6)        (54.7)        (4)        (7.2)        (8.0)  

Profit before tax

     332        10.9        11.6        632        8.2        10.1  

Tax on profit

     (79)        11.9        12.7        (149)        10.7        12.6  

Profit from continuing operations

     254        10.5        11.3        483        7.4        9.3  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                                         

Consolidated profit

     254        10.5        11.3        483        7.4        9.3  

Non-controlling interests

     (13)        9.5        11.6        (24)        (6.3)        (3.1)  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     241        10.6        11.3        459        8.3        10.1  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     71


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Alternative

performance measures

 

 

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES (APM)

 

In addition to the financial information prepared under IFRS, this consolidated directors’ report contains financial measures that constitute alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) to comply with the guidelines on alternative performance measures issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority on 5 October 2015 and non-IFRS measures.

The financial measures contained in this consolidated directors’ report that qualify as APMs and non-IFRS measures have been calculated using the financial information from Santander but are not defined or detailed in the applicable financial information framework or under IFRS and have neither been audited nor reviewed by our auditors.

We use these APMs and non-IFRS measures when planning, monitoring and evaluating our performance. We consider these APMs and non-IFRS financial measures to be useful metrics for management and investors to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. While we believe that these APMs and non-IFRS financial measures are useful in evaluating our business, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute of IFRS

measures. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate such measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

The APMs and non-IFRS measures we use in this document can be categorised as follows:

Underlying results

In addition to IFRS results measures, we present some results measures which are non-IFRS measures and which we refer to as underlying measures. These underlying measures allow in our view a better year-on-year comparability as they exclude items outside the ordinary course performance of our business which are grouped in the non-IFRS line management adjustments and are further detailed on page 12 of this report.

In addition, the results by business areas in the ‘Geographic businesses’ section are presented only on an underlying basis in accordance with IFRS 8, and reconciled on an aggregate basis to our IFRS consolidated results to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Reconciliation of underlying results to statutory results

 

EUR million

     First half 2019  
      Underlying
results
     Adjustments      Statutory
results
 

Net interest income

     17,636               17,636  

Net fee income

     5,863               5,863  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     511               511  

Other operating income

     426               426  

Total income

     24,436               24,436  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (11,587)               (11,587)  

Net operating income

     12,849               12,849  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (4,313)               (4,313)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (957)        (1,048)        (2,005)  

Profit before tax

     7,579        (1,048)        6,531  

Tax on profit

     (2,679)        230        (2,449)  

Profit from continuing operations

     4,900        (818)        4,082  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                    

Consolidated profit

     4,900        (818)        4,082  

Non-controlling interests

     (855)        4        (851)  

Attributable profit to the parent

     4,045        (814)        3,231  

 

(1)

Includes exchange differences.

Explanation of adjustments:

Net capital gains from the sale of our stake in Prisma of EUR 150 million, net capital losses of EUR 180 million for the sale of real estate assets, restructuring costs in the United Kingdom, Poland and Spain for a net impact of EUR 704 million and PPI provisions for a net amount of EUR 80 million.

 

72     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Alternative

performance measures

 

Reconciliation of underlying results to statutory results

 

EUR million         
     First half 2018  
      Underlying
results
     Adjustments      Statutory
results
 

Net interest income

     16,931               16,931  

Net fee income

     5,889               5,889  

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (1)

     854               854  

Other operating income

     488               488  

Total income

     24,162               24,162  

Administrative expenses and amortisations

     (11,482)               (11,482)  

Net operating income

     12,680               12,680  

Net loan-loss provisions

     (4,297)               (4,297)  

Other gains (losses) and provisions

     (903)        (581)        (1,484)  

Profit before tax

     7,480        (581)        6,899  

Tax on profit

     (2,659)        281        (2,378)  

Profit from continuing operations

     4,821        (300)        4,521  

Net profit from discontinued operations

                    

Consolidated profit

     4,821        (300)        4,521  

Non-controlling interests

     (769)               (769)  

Attributable profit to the parent

     4,052        (300)        3,752  

(1) Includes exchange differences.

        

Explanation of adjustments:

Restructuring costs: The net impact of EUR -300 million on profit relates to restructuring costs in connection with the integration of Grupo Banco Popular, as follows EUR -280 million in Spain, EUR -40 million in Corporate Centre and EUR 20 million in Portugal.

Profitability and efficiency ratios

The purpose of the profitability and efficiency ratios is to measure the ratio of profit to capital, to tangible capital, to assets and to risk weighted assets, while the efficiency ratio measures how much general administrative expenses (personnel and other) and amortisation costs are needed to generate revenue.

 

     

Ratio

  

Formula

  

Relevance of the metric

RoE

(Return on equity)

  

Attributable profit to the parent

Average stockholders’ equity (1) (excl. minority interests)

  

This ratio measures the return that shareholders obtain on the funds invested in the entity and as such measures the company’s ability to pay shareholders.

RoTE

(Return on tangible equity)

  

Attributable profit to the parent

Average stockholders’ equity (1) (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

  

This is a very common indicator, used to evaluate the profitability of the company as a percentage of its tangible equity. It’s measured as the return that shareholders receive as a percentage of the funds invested in the entity less intangible assets.

Underlying RoTE

  

Attributable profit to the parent

Average stockholders’ equity(1) (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

  

This indicator measures the profitability of the tangible equity of a company arising from ordinary activities, i.e. excluding results from non-recurring operations.

RoA

(Return on assets)

  

Consolidated profit

Average total assets

  

This metric, commonly used by analysts, measures the profitability of a company as a percentage of its total assets. It is an indicator that reflects the efficiency of the company’s total funds in generating profit over a given period.

RoRWA

(Return on risk weighted assets)

  

Consolidated profit

Average risk weighted assets

  

The return adjusted for risk is an derivative of the RoA metric. The difference is that RoRWA measures profit in relation to the bank’s risk weighted assets.

Underlying RoRWA

  

Underlying consolidated profit

Average risk weighted assets

  

This relates the underlying profit (excluding non-recurring results) to the bank’s risk weighted assets.

Efficiency ratio

  

Operating expenses (2)

Total income

  

One of the most commonly used indicators when comparing productivity of different financial entities. It measures the amount of funds used to generate the bank’s total income.

 

(1)

Stockholders’ equity = Capital and Reserves + Accumulated other comprehensive income + Attributable profit to the parent + Dividends.

(2)

Operating expenses = Administrative expenses + amortisations.

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     73


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Alternative

performance measures

 

 

Profitability and efficiency (1) (2) (3) (4)    Q2’19     Q1’19     H1’19     H1’18  

RoE

     7.79     7.85     7.41     8.24

Attributable profit to the parent

     7,681       7,684       7,276       7,804  

Average stockholders’ equity (excluding minority interests)

     98,659       97,886       98,191       94,662  

RoTE

     11.02     11.15     10.51     11.79

Attributable profit to the parent

     7,681       7,684       7,276       7,804  

Average stockholders’ equity (excluding minority interests)

     98,659       97,886       98,191       94,662  

(-) Average intangible assets

     28,965       28,978       28,952       28,472  

Average stockholders’ equity (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

     69,694       68,908       69,239       66,190  

Underlying RoTE

     12.03     11.31     11.68     12.24

Attributable profit to the parent

     7,681       7,684       7,276       7,804  

(-) Management adjustments

     (706)       (108)       (814)       (300)  

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

     8,388       7,792       8,090       8,104  

Average stockholders’ equity (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

     69,694       68,908       69,239       66,190  

RoA

     0.63     0.63     0.60     0.65

Consolidated profit

     9,464       9,318       8,981       9,342  

Average total assets

     1,500,703       1,488,505       1,492,954       1,438,444  

RoRWA

     1.56     1.54     1.48     1.55

Consolidated profit

     9,464       9,318       8,986       9,342  

Average risk weighted assets

     608,697       603,340       605,979       603,424  

Underlying RoRWA

     1.67     1.56     1.62     1.60

Consolidated profit

     9,464       9,318       8,986       9,342  

(-) Management adjustments

     (701)       (113)       (814)       (300)  

Underlying consolidated profit

     10,169       9,431       9,800       9,642  

Average risk weighted assets

     608,697       603,340       605,979       603,424  

Efficiency ratio

     47.2     47.6     47.4     47.5

Underlying operating expenses

     5,829       5,758       11,587       11,482  

Operating expenses

     5,829       5,758       11,587       11,482  

Management adjustments impact in operating expenses

                        

Underlying total income

     12,351       12,085       24,436       24,162  

Total income

     12,351       12,085       24,436       24,162  

Management adjustments impact in total income

                        
(1)

Averages included in the RoE, RoTE, RoA and RoRWA denominators are calculated using 4 months’ worth of data in the case of quarterly figures (from March to June in Q2 and December to March in Q1) and 7 months in the case of H1 data (from December to June).

 

(2)

For periods less than one year, and if there are results in the net capital gains and provisions line, the profit used to calculate RoE and RoTE is the annualised underlying attributable profit to which said results are added without annualising.

 

(3)

For periods less than one year, and if there are results in the net capital gains and provisions line, the profit used to calculate RoA and RoRWA is the annualised underlying consolidated profit, to which said results are added without annualising.

 

(4)

The risk weighted assets included in the denominator of the RoRWA metric are calculated in line with the criteria laid out in the CRR (Capital Requirements Regulation).

 

Efficiency ratio

 

    

H1’19

    

H1’18

 
      %      Total
income
     Operating
expenses
     %      Total
income
     Operating
expenses
 

Europe

     53.7        10,413        5,591        53.8        10,524        5,666  

Spain

     55.2        3,706        2,044        58.9        3,746        2,205  

Santander Consumer Finance

     44.6        2,321        1,035        44.9        2,266        1,018  

United Kingdom

     60.4        2,388        1,442        55.6        2,590        1,440  

Portugal

     43.8        712        312        47.2        688        324  

Poland

     42.8        817        349        43.4        731        317  

North America

     42.1        5,672        2,386        44.1        4,947        2,181  

US

     42.3        3,734        1,581        45.4        3,248        1,475  

Mexico

     41.6        1,938        806        41.6        1,699        706  

South America

     36.2        9,134        3,309        36.7        9,151        3,361  

Brazil

     32.4        6,864        2,227        33.5        6,768        2,269  

Chile

     41.8        1,255        524        41.5        1,282        531  

Argentina

     59.8        720        431        52.8        807        426  

 

74     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Alternative

performance measures

 

Underlying RoTE

 

    

H1’19

    

H1’18

 
      %      Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent
    

Average
stockholders’
equity (excl.

minority

interests) -
intangible
assets

     %      Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent
    

Average
stockholders’
equity (excl.

minority

interests) -
intangible
assets

 

Europe

     9.72        4,707        48,442        10.48        4,844        46,225  

Spain

     9.31        1,388        14,915        8.65        1,322        15,288  

Santander Consumer Finance

     15.36        1,316        8,565        17.00        1,335        7,851  

United Kingdom

     7.81        1,164        14,901        9.93        1,330        13,390  

Portugal

     12.54        520        4,150        11.56        459        3,967  

Poland

     9.61        300        3,119        10.93        309        2,831  

North America

     9.54        1,779        18,637        8.26        1,381        16,713  

US

     6.38        930        14,578        5.11        667        13,054  

Mexico

     20.47        849        4,145        19.87        713        3,589  

South America

     20.76        3,922        18,894        19.81        3,693        18,643  

Brazil

     21.65        2,965        13,696        19.89        2,634        13,247  

Chile

     17.63        623        3,532        18.19        615        3,379  

Argentina

     16.95        146        863        30.86        273        884  

Credit risk indicators

The credit risk indicators measure the quality of the credit portfolio and the percentage of non-performing loans covered by provisions.

 

     

Ratio

 

Formula

  

Relevance of the metric

NPL ratio

(Non-performing loans)

 

Non-performing loans and advances

to customers, customer guarantees and

customer commitments granted

Total Risk (1)

  

The NPL ratio is an important variable regarding financial institutions’ activity since it gives an indication of the level of risk the entities are exposed to. It calculates risks that are, in accounting terms, declared to be non-performing as a percentage of the total outstanding amount of customer credit and contingent liabilities.

Coverage ratio

 

Provisions to cover impairment losses on loans and

advances to customers, customer guarantees and

customer commitments granted

Non-performing loans and advances to customers,

customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

  

The coverage ratio is a fundamental metric in the financial sector. It reflects the level of provisions as a percentage of the non-performing assets (credit risk). Therefore it is a good indicator of the entity’s solvency against client defaults both present and future.

Cost of Credit

 

Allowances for loan-loss provisions over the last 12 months

Average loans and advances to customers over the last 12 months

  

This ratio quantifies loan-loss provisions arising from credit risk over a defined period of time for a given loan portfolio. As such, it acts as an indicator of credit quality.

 

(1)

Total risk = Total loans and advances and guarantees to customers (performing and non-performing) + non-performing contingent liabilities.

 

Credit risk    Jun-19     Mar-19     Jun-19     Jun-18  

NPL ratio

     3.51     3.62     3.51     3.92

Non-performing loans and advances to customers customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

     34,421       35,590       34,421       36,654  

Total risk

     980,885       983,790       980,885       934,388  

Coverage ratio

     68     68     68     69

Provisions to cover impairment losses on loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

     23,432       24,129       23,432       25,148  

Non-performing loans and advances to customers customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

     34,421       35,590       34,421       36,654  

Cost of credit

     0.98     0.97     0.98     0.99

Allowances for loan-loss provisions over the last 12 months

     8,889       8,762       8,889       8,729  

Average loans and advances to customers over the last 12 months

     910,753       899,201       910,753       880,329  

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     75


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Alternative

performance measures

 

 

NPL ratio                                                      
    

Jun-19

    

Jun-18

 
      %      Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted
     Total risk      %      Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted
     Total risk  

Europe

     3.48        24,156        694,083        3.97        27,042        681,565  

Spain

     7.02        15,619        222,449        7.62        17,778        233,356  

Santander Consumer Finance

     2.24        2,263        100,974        2.44        2,307        94,473  

United Kingdom

     1.13        2,863        253,953        1.13        2,842        252,124  

Portugal

     5.00        1,916        38,362        7.55        2,938        38,907  

Poland

     4.21        1,353        32,129        4.58        1,129        24,631  

North America

     2.29        3,120        136,013        2.82        3,183        112,858  

US

     2.32        2,317        99,660        2.91        2,375        81,551  

Mexico

     2.21        803        36,353        2.58        808        31,307  

South America

     4.81        6,909        143,638        4.82        6,399        132,635  

Brazil

     5.27        4,571        86,736        5.26        4,093        77,797  

Chile

     4.52        1,969        43,537        4.86        2,024        41,659  

Argentina

     3.79        231        6,102        2.40        188        7,853  
Coverage ratio                                                
    

Jun-19

    

Jun-18

 
      %     

Provisions

to cover
impairment
losses on
loans and
advances to
customers,
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted

     Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted
     %     

Provisions

to cover
impairment
losses on loans

and advances

to customers,
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted

     Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments
granted
 

Europe

     49.9        12,047        24,156        52.9        14,318        27,042  

Spain

     42.9        6,699        15,619        47.5        8,450        17,778  

Santander Consumer Finance

     105.9        2,397        2,263        107.7        2,484        2,307  

United Kingdom

     31.9        914        2,863        33.8        962        2,842  

Portugal

     52.9        1,015        1,916        52.7        1,550        2,938  

Poland

     69.7        942        1,353        72.1        815        1,129  

North America

     150.3        4,689        3,120        146.5        4,665        3,183  

US

     158.4        3,670        2,317        156.9        3,727        2,375  

Mexico

     126.9        1,019        803        116.1        938        808  

South America

     93.0        6,429        6,909        94.4        6,039        6,399  

Brazil

     105.5        4,821        4,571        108.7        4,449        4,093  

Chile

     59.1        1,165        1,969        60.0        1,215        2,024  

Argentina

     126.4        292        231        121.5        229        188  

 

76     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Alternative

performance measures

 

Other indicators

 

The market capitalisation indicator provides information on the volume of tangible equity per share. The loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD) identifies the relationship between net customer loans and advances and customer deposits, assessing the proportion of loans and advances granted by the Group that are funded by customer deposits.

 

The Group also uses gross customer loan magnitudes excluding reverse repurchase agreements (repos) and customer deposits excluding repos. In order to analyse the evolution of the traditional commercial banking business of granting loans and capturing deposits, repos and reverse repos are excluded, as they are mainly treasury business products and highly volatile.

 

 

Ratio

   Formula    Relevance of the metric

 

  

 

  

 

TNAV per share

(Tangible equity net asset value per share)

  

Tangible book value (1)

Number of shares excluding treasury stock

   This is a very commonly used ratio used to measure the company’s accounting value per share having deducted the intangible assets. It is useful in evaluating the amount each shareholder would receive if the company were to enter into liquidation and had to sell all the company’s tangible assets.
Price / tangible book value per share (X)   

Share price

TNAV per share

   Is one of the most commonly used ratios by market participants for the valuation of listed companies both in absolute terms and relative to other entities. This ratio measures the relationship between the price paid for a company and its accounting equity value.
LTD ratio (Loan-to-deposit)   

Net loans and advances to customers

Customer deposits

   This is an indicator of the bank’s liquidity. It measures the total (net) loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer funds.
Loans and advances (excl. reverse repos)    Gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos    In order to aid analysis of the commercial banking activity, reverse repos are excluded as they are highly volatile treasury products.
Deposits (excl. repos)    Customer deposits excluding repos    In order to aid analysis of the commercial banking activity, repos are excluded as they are highly volatile treasury products.
PAT + After tax fees paid to SAN (in Wealth Management & Insurance)    Net profit + fees paid from Santander Asset Management to Santander, net of taxes, excluding Private Banking customers    Metric to assess Wealth Management & Insurance’s total contribution to Grupo Santander profit.

 

(1)

Tangible book value = Stockholders’ equity - intangible assets

 

Others    Jun-19     Mar-19     Jun-19     Jun-18  

TNAV (tangible book value) per share

     4.30       4.30       4.30       4.10  

Tangible book value

     69,835       69,731       69,835       66,157  

Number of shares excl. treasury stock (million)

     16,233       16,235       16,233       16,125  

Price / Tangible book value per share (X)

     0.95       0.96       0.95       1.12  

Share price (euros)

     4.08       4.14       4.08       4.59  

TNAV (tangible book value) per share

     4.30       4.30       4.30       4.10  

Loan-to-deposit ratio

     111     113     111     111

Net loans and advances to customers

     908,235       910,195       908,235       862,092  

Customer deposits

     814,751       808,361       814,751       774,425  
      Q2’19     Q1’19     H1’19     H1’18  

PAT + After tax fees paid to SAN (in WM&I) (Constant EUR million)

     628       599       1,227       1,136  

Profit after tax

     254       229       483       442  

Net fee income net of tax

     374       370       744       694  

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     77


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Alternative

performance measures

 

 

 

Local currency measures

We make use of certain financial measures in local currency to help in the assessment of our ongoing operating performance. These non-IFRS financial measures include the results of operations of our subsidiary banks located outside the Eurozone, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. Because changes in foreign currency exchange rates do not have an operating impact on the results, we believe that evaluating their performance on a local currency basis provides an additional and meaningful assessment of performance to both management and the company’s investors.

The Group presents, at both the Group level as well as the business unit level, the real changes in the income statement as well as the changes excluding the exchange rate effect, as it considers the latter facilitates analysis, since it enables businesses movements to be identified without taking into account the impact of converting each local currency into euros.

Said variations, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, are calculated by converting P&L lines for the different business units comprising the Group into our presentation currency, the euro, applying the average exchange rate for the first half of 2019 to all periods contemplated in the analysis.

The Group presents, at both the Group level as well as the business unit level, the changes in euros in the balance sheet as well as the changes excluding the exchange rate effect for loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos and customer funds (which comprise deposits and mutual funds) excluding repos. As with the income statement, the reason is to facilitate analysis by isolating the changes in the balance sheet that are not caused by converting each local currency into euros.

These changes excluding the impact of exchange rate movements are calculated by converting loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos and customer funds excluding repos, into our presentation currency, the euro, applying the closing exchange rate on the last working day of the first half of 2019 to all periods contemplated in the analysis.

The average and period-end exchange rates for the main currencies in which the Group operates are set out in the table below.

 

 

Exchange rates: 1 euro / currency parity                                                
     Average (Income statement)             Period-end (balance sheet)  
      H1’19      H1’18              Jun-19      Mar-19      Jun-18  

US dollar

     1.130        1.210                 1.138        1.124        1.166  

Pound sterling

     0.873        0.880                 0.897        0.858        0.886  

Brazilian real

     4.341        4.134                 4.351        4.387        4.488  

Mexican peso

     21.647        23.073                 21.820        21.691        22.882  

Chilean peso

     762.804        740.383                 773.897        764.435        757.828  

Argentine peso

     46.643        25.832                 48.291        48.659        33.517  

Polish zloty

     4.292        4.220                 4.250        4.301        4.373  

 

78     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Interim condensed consolidated

financial statements

 

 

INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LOGO CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

LOGO CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

NOTE:

The financial information for the first half 2019 and 2018 (attached herewith) corresponds to that included in the interim condensed consolidated financial statements at these dates, prepared in accordance with the International Accounting Standards (IAS) 34, Interim Financial Information. The accounting policies and methods used are those established by the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the European Union (IFRS-EU), Circular 4/2017 of the Bank of Spain, and subsequent modifications, and the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB).

Interim condensed consolidated balance sheet

 

EUR million

 

Assets    Jun-19      Dec-18      Jun-18  

Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand

     104,104        113,663        107,687  

Financial assets held for trading

     102,574        92,879        112,947  

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

     28,424        23,495        30,793  

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

     5,393        10,730        5,263  

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

                    

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     73,420        57,460        48,043  

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

     8,221        6,477        5,831  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     118,062        121,091        120,831  

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

     26,458        35,558        32,499  

Financial assets at amortised cost

     981,046        946,099        922,948  

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

     20,466        18,271        23,176  

Hedging derivatives

     8,451        8,607        8,348  

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk

     1,621        1,088        1,143  

Investments

     7,788        7,588        9,262  

Joint ventures companies

     962        979        2,047  

Associated entities

     6,826        6,609        7,215  

Assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts

     311        324        345  

Tangible assets

     33,755        26,157        23,461  

Property, plant and equipment

     32,651        24,594        21,792  

For own-use

     14,522        8,150        7,787  

Leased out under an operating lease

     18,129        16,444        14,005  

Investment property

     1,104        1,563        1,669  

Of which: Leased out under an operating lease

     794        1,195        1,272  

Memorandum items: acquired in financial lease

     6,608        98        96  

Intangible assets

     28,794        28,560        27,893  

Goodwill

     25,613        25,466        25,035  

Other intangible assets

     3,181        3,094        2,858  

Tax assets

     30,102        30,251        30,051  

Current tax assets

     6,502        6,993        6,403  

Deferred tax assets

     23,600        23,258        23,648  

Other assets

     12,140        9,348        10,068  

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

     207        210        223  

Inventories

     5        147        164  

Other

     11,928        8,991        9,681  

Non-current assets held for sale

     4,535        5,426        5,543  

TOTAL ASSETS

     1,512,096        1,459,271        1,433,833  

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     79


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Interim condensed consolidated

financial statements

 

 

Interim condensed consolidated balance sheet

 

EUR million

 

Liabilities    Jun-19      Dec-18      Jun-18  

Financial liabilities held for trading

     74,187        70,343        75,350  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     60,237        68,058        58,153  

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

                    

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

     1,224,194        1,171,630        1,153,918  

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

     21,419        23,820        23,939  

Hedging derivatives

     7,267        6,363        6,728  

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

     296        303        317  

Liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts

     731        765        936  

Provisions

     14,571        13,225        13,758  

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations

     6,216        5,558        5,465  

Other long term employee benefits

     1,708        1,239        1,525  

Taxes and other legal contingencies

     3,153        3,174        3,084  

Contingent liabilities and commitments

     728        779        855  

Other provisions

     2,766        2,475        2,829  

Tax liabilities

     9,838        8,135        7,659  

Current tax liabilities

     3,230        2,567        2,481  

Deferred tax liabilities

     6,608        5,568        5,178  

Other liabilities

     10,790        13,088        12,569  

Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

                    

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     1,402,111        1,351,910        1,329,388  

EQUITY

                    

Shareholders´ equity

     120,054        118,613        117,935  

Capital

     8,118        8,118        8,068  

Called up paid capital

     8,118        8,118        8,068  

Unpaid capital which has been called up

                    

Share premium

     50,993        50,993        51,053  

Equity instruments issued other than capital

     581        565        542  

Equity component of the compound financial instrument

                    

Other equity instruments issued

     581        565        542  

Other equity

     155        234        215  

Accumulated retained earnings

     61,049        56,756        56,967  

Revaluation reserves

                    

Other reserves

     (4,061)        (3,567)        (1,552)  

(-) Own shares

     (12)        (59)        (61)  

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent

     3,231        7,810        3,752  

(-) Interim dividends

            (2,237)        (1,049)  

Other comprehensive income

     (21,425)        (22,141)        (23,885)  

Items not reclassified to profit or loss

     (3,625)        (2,936)        (2,751)  

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

     (17,800)        (19,205)        (21,134)  

Non-controlling interest

     11,356        10,889        10,395  

Other comprehensive income

     (1,149)        (1,292)        (1,377)  

Other elements

     12,505        12,181        11,772  

TOTAL EQUITY

     109,985        107,361        104,445  

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     1,512,096        1,459,271        1,433,833  

MEMORANDUM ITEMS

        

Loans commitment granted

     223,954        218,083        210,977  

Financial guarantees granted

     12,077        11,723        13,247  

Other commitments granted

     94,785        74,389        73,061  

 

80     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Interim condensed consolidated

financial statements

 

 

Interim condensed consolidated income statement

 

EUR million

 

      H1’19      H1’18  

Interest income

     28,669        26,904  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     2,020        2,548  

Financial assets at amortised cost

     24,396        23,011  

Other interest income

     2,253        1,345  

Interest expense

     (11,033)        (9,973)  

Net interest income

     17,636        16,931  

Dividend income

     361        264  

Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method

     306        354  

Commission income

     7,502        7,475  

Commission expense

     (1,639)        (1,586)  

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

     350        326  

Financial assets at amortised cost

     105        16  

Other financial assets and liabilities

     245        310  

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net

     (12)        1,197  

Reclassification of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

             

Reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost

             

Other gains (losses)

     (12)        1,197  

Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

     215        56  

Reclassification of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

             

Reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost

             

Other gains (losses)

     215        56  

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

     (207)        132  

Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net

     (26)        33  

Exchange differences, net

     191        (890)  

Other operating income

     855        813  

Other operating expenses

     (1,136)        (979)  

Income from assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts

     1,630        1,756  

Expenses from liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts

     (1,590)        (1,720)  

Total income

     24,436        24,162  

Administrative expenses

     (10,110)        (10,265)  

Staff costs

     (6,080)        (5,960)  

Other general administrative expenses

     (4,030)        (4,305)  

Depreciation and amortisation cost

     (1,477)        (1,217)  

Provisions or reversal of provisions, net

     (1,916)        (1,262)  

Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

     (4,368)        (4,352)  

Financial assets at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

     (6)        (1)  

Financial assets at amortised cost

     (4,362)        (4,351)  

Impairment of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net

             

Impairment on non-financial assets, net

     (27)        (96)  

Tangible assets

     (19)        (33)  

Intangible assets

     (2)        (64)  

Others

     (6)        1  

Gain or losses on non financial assets and investments, net

     250        23  

Negative goodwill recognised in results

             

Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

     (257)        (94)  

Profit or loss before tax from continuing operations

     6,531        6,899  

Tax expense or income from continuing operations

     (2,449)        (2,378)  

Profit for the period from continuing operations

     4,082        4,521  

Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations

             

Profit for the period

     4,082        4,521  

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     851        769  

Profit attributable to the parent

     3,231        3,752  

Earnings per share

     

Basic

     0.181        0.216  

Diluted

     0.180        0.216  

 

January - June 2019     LOGO     81


Table of Contents
           

Responsible banking

   

Santander vision and

   

Group financial

   

Financial information

   

Corporate governance

   

corporate culture

 

  

 

information

 

  

 

by segments

 

  

 

Santander share

 

  

 

Appendix

 

   

 

   

 

                

   

 

   

 

Glossary

 

GLOSSARY

 

   

Active customer: Those customers who comply with balance, income and/or transactionality demanded minima defined according to the business area

 

   

ALCO: Assets and Liabilities Committee

 

   

APM: Alternative Performance Measures

 

   

Banco Popular/Popular: Banco Popular Español, S.A., a bank whose share capital was acquired by Banco Santander, S.A. on 7 June 2017 and was merged into Santander in September 2018

 

   

bps: basis points

 

   

CAGR: Compound annual growth rate

 

   

CEO: Chief Executive Officer

 

   

CET1: Core equity tier 1

 

   

CFO: Chief Financial Officer

 

   

CNMV: Spanish National Securities Market Commission (Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores)

 

   

Digital customers: Every consumer of a commercial bank’s services who has logged on to their personal online banking and/or mobile banking in the last 30 days

 

   

ECB: European Central Bank

 

   

EIB: European Investment Bank

 

   

ESG: Environmental, Social and Governance

 

   

EPS: Earnings Per Share

 

   

ESMA: European Securities and Markets Authority

 

   

Fed: Federal Reserve

 

   

FX: Foreign Exchange

 

   

GDP: Gross Domestic Product

 

   

GRI: Global Reporting Initiative

 

   

IFRS 9: International Financial Reporting Standard 9, regarding financial instruments

 

   

IFRS 16: International Financial Reporting Standard 16, regarding leases

 

   

IT&O: Information technology and operations

 

   

LCR: Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

   

Loyal customers: Active customers who receive most of their financial services from the Group according to the commercial segment that they belong to. Various engaged customer levels have been defined taking profitability into account.

   

NPLs: Non-performing loans

 

   

P/E ratio: Price / earnings per share ratio

 

   

pp: percentage points

 

   

Repos: Repurchase agreements

 

   

RoA: Return on assets

 

   

RoE: Return on equity

 

   

RoRAC: Return on risk adjusted capital

 

   

RoRWA: Return on risk weighted assets

 

   

RoTE: Return on tangible equity

 

   

RWAs: Risk weighted assets

 

   

SAM: Santander Asset Management

 

   

SBNA: Santander Bank N.A.

 

   

SCF: Santander Consumer Finance

 

   

SCIB: Santander Corporate & Investment Banking

 

   

SC USA: Santander Consumer USA

 

   

SEC: Securities and Exchanges Commission

 

   

SRF: Single Resolution Fund

 

   

SGP: Santander Global Platform

 

   

SHUSA: Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

 

   

SMEs: Small or medium enterprises

 

   

SPB: Santander Private Banking

 

   

SPF: Simple, Personal and Fair

 

   

SSM: Single Supervisory Mechanism, the system of banking supervision in Europe. It comprises the ECB and the national supervisory authorities of the participating countries

 

   

T1: Tier 1

 

   

TLAC: The total loss absorption capacity requirement which is required to be met under the CRD V package

 

   

TNAV: Tangible net asset value

 

   

TRIM: Targeted review of internal models

 

   

UK: United Kingdom

 

   

US: United States of America

 

   

VaR: Value at Risk

 

   

WM&I: Wealth Management & Insurance

 

 

82     LOGO     January - June 2019


Table of Contents

LOGO

OTHER DISCLOSURES REQUIRED BY THE BANK OF SPAIN

Financing for real estate construction and development

Policies and strategies to manage risks of financing for real estate construction

The policies for managing this portfolio, which are regularly reviewed and approved by the Group’s senior management, are currently focused on reducing and consolidating exposure, while also staying attuned to new, viable business opportunities.

In order to manage this credit exposure, the Santander Group creates specialised teams that work not only in the risk areas, but also as a support for the entire life cycle of the operations: commercial management, legal treatment, potential recovery, etc.

Proactive management of these risks has allowed the Group to significantly reduce its exposure, ensuring a granular, regionally-diversified portfolio in which financing for second homes represents a very small portion overall. Mortgage loans for undeveloped land account for only a reduced portion of total land mortgage exposure, as the bulk of these loans relate to developed or developable land.

Exposure to financing of completed residences has been significantly reduced through a number of actions. In tandem with existing specialised sales channels, the Group carried out campaigns supported by specific management teams. In the case of the Santander network, these teams were directly guided by the recovery area. By directly managing loans to property developers and buyers and applying buyer reduction criteria, the Bank was able to subrogate outstanding loans. Subrogating the sale price and adapting financing conditions to borrowers’ needs made it possible to diversify risk to a business segment whose NPL ratio is markedly lower.

Loan approval processes are managed by specialised teams working in direct coordination with sales teams, under clearly-defined policies and criteria:

 

  -

Property developers must have a strong creditworthiness profile and demonstrable market experience.

 

  -

Strict criteria are applied for transaction parameters: financing for the cost of construction only, high percentage of accredited sales, financing for primary residences, etc.

 

  -

Support is given for financing state-sponsored housing, with high percentages of accredited sales.

 

  -

Land financing is restricted to the level needed to re-establish proper coverage for existing financing or to increase collateral.

In addition to ongoing control by the Group’s risk monitoring teams, a technical unit is specialised in monitoring and controlling this portfolio in respect of progress of works, compliance with work schedules and control of sales, as well as validation and control of payments made upon work certified. To that end, Santander uses specific tools created for this purpose. All mortgage distributions, drawdowns for any reason, modification of grace periods, etc., are authorised centrally.

In the event projects in the construction phase present any type of difficulty, the Group guarantees completion of the work in order to ensure that it has finished buildings that can be sold in the market. Individual analyses are carried out for each project and the most efficient measures are adopted for each specific case (supplier payment structures that ensure completion of the works, specific drawdown calendars, etc.).

 

83


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

In those cases that could potentially warrant a possible restructuring of the exposure, this restructuring is analysed collaboratively between the risks area and the recovery business area. The analysis is performed before any default occurs, in order to ensure that the payment structure of each project allows for its successful completion. These operations are authorised centrally by expert teams, applying strict criteria in line with the Group’s prudent risk management principles. Possible losses are recognised as soon as they are identified, classifying the positions as needed and making any provisions required before any default occurs, in line with Bank of Spain regulations.

On-balance sheet real estate assets are managed through specialised property sales companies (Altamira Santander Real Estate, S.A. and Promodomus Desarrollo de Activos, S.L.), supported by the commercial network structure. Sales are made at low prices, in response to market conditions.

Foreclosed assets (Spain)

The sale and foreclosure of real estate assets is one of the mechanisms adopted in Spain in order to efficiently manage the portfolio.

The Group views acquisitions as a more effective tool for resolving defaulted loans than recurring to legal enforcement proceedings, given the following factors:

 

  -

Immediate availability of assets after an acquisition, compared to lengthy legal proceedings

 

  -

Cost savings

 

  -

Enhanced viability of companies, as acquisition provides them with an injection of liquidity

 

  -

Reduction in the possible loss of value of loans to these customers

 

  -

Reduction in exposure and expected loss

 

84


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Disclosures required under Bank of Spain Circular 7/2010 on certain aspects of the mortgage market

a) Assets

As required under Bank of Spain Circular 7/2010 and Circular 5/2011 of 30 November on certain aspects of the mortgage market, details are provided below of the nominal value of all mortgage loans and credits and of those that are eligible, pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009 regulating the Spanish mortgage market, for calculating the limit for issuing mortgage covered bonds, mortgage loans and credits covering the issue of mortgage bonds, loans that have been monetised through mortgage participations or mortgage transfer certificates and uncommitted transactions corresponding to Banco Santander, S.A.

At 30 June 2019, the breakdown of mortgage loans, based on their eligibility in respect of mortgage market calculations, is as follows:

 

      Millions of
euros
 
      Nominal
value
 
      30-06-2019  
   

Total mortgage loans and credits (*)

     100,629  
   

Mortgage participations issued

     522  

Of which: On-balance sheet loans

      
   

Mortgage transfer certificates issued

     14,536  

Of which: On-balance sheet loans

     14,508  
   

Mortgage loans and credits securing financing received

      
   

Mortgage loans and credits backing the issue of mortgage bonds and mortgage covered bonds (**)

     85,571  

i) Ineligible mortgage loans and credits (***)

     26,107  

-  That meet the eligibility requirements except for the limit established in article 5.1 of RD 716/2009

     14,172  

-  Others

     11,935  

ii) Eligible mortgage loans and credits (****)

     59,464  

-  Amounts not included in calculation (*****)

     13  

-  Amounts included in calculation

     59,451  

a)  Mortgage loans and credits covering issues of mortgage bonds

      

b)  Mortgage loans and credits covering issues of mortgage covered bonds

     59,464  

(*) Including those acquired through mortgage participations and mortgage transfer certificates, even when derecognised from the balance sheet.

(**) Total loans less mortgage participations issued, mortgage transfer certificates issued and mortgage loans securing financing received.

(***) As the requirements of article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009 are not meet.

(****) As per article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009, without deducting the limits for calculation pursuant to article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009.

(*****) In line with the criteria set out under article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009.

 

85


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The nominal value of outstanding mortgage loans and credits and the nominal value of eligible loans and credits pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009, without taking into account the calculation limits established in article 12 thereof and broken down by origin, currency, payment status, average residual maturity, interest rate, holder and type of collateral are as follows:

 

     Millions of euros  
     30-06-2019  
     Mortgage loans and
credits backing the
issue of mortgage
bonds and mortgage
covered bonds
    Of which: Eligible
loans (*)
 
     

Origin

       

Originated by the Bank

    83,485       57,826  

Derived from subrogations

    2,086       1,638  

Other

           
      85,571       59,464  

Currency

       

Euros

    84,466       59,399  

Other currencies

    1,105       65  
      85,571       59,464  

Payment status

       

Performing

    75,769       57,705  

Other status

    9,802       1,759  
      85,571       59,464  

Residual maturity

       

Up to 10 years

    28,186       16,012  

10 to 20 years

    31,059       25,192  

20 to 30 years

    22,310       17,307  

Over 30 years

    4,016       953  
      85,571       59,464  

Interest rate

       

Fixed interest

    10,237       6,986  

Variable interest

    75,334       52,478  

Mixed interest

           
      85,571       59,464  

Holder

       

Legal entities and individual business owners

    29,706       14,762  

Of which: Real estate developers

    3,560       252  

Other individuals and non-profit institutions serving households

    55,865       44,702  
      85,571       59,464  

Type of collateral

       

Finished buildings – residential

    62,005       48,139  

Of which: State-sponsored housing

    3,653       2,694  

Finished buildings – commercial

    8,611       4,675  

Finished buildings – other

    9,953       4,985  

Buildings under construction – residential

    1,125       78  

Of which: State-sponsored housing

    40        

Buildings under construction – commercial

    63       4  

Buildings under construction – other

    210       3  

Land – certified for development

    1,882       677  

Land – other

    1,722       903  
      85,571       59,464  

(*) As per article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009, without deducting the limits for calculation established in article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009

 

86


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The nominal value of mortgage loans and credits eligible pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009, without taking into account the calculation limits established in article 12 thereof and broken down by the percentage loan-to-value (LTV) are as follows:

 

     30-06-2019  
     LTV (millions of euros)  
     <=40%     >40%, <=
60%
    >60%,
<=80%
    >80%     Total  
Mortgage loans and credits eligible for issuing mortgage bonds and mortgage covered bonds (*)     24,339       21,815       13,310             59,464  

Residential

    18,423       16,484       13,310             48,217  

Other

    5,916       5,331                   11,247  

(*) As per article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009, without deducting the limits for calculation established in article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009

Changes in the nominal value of mortgage loans and credits, both eligible and ineligible pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009, are as follows:

 

     Millions of euros  
     Eligible
mortgage loans
and credits (*)
    Ineligible
mortgage
loans and
credits
(**)
 
     

Balance at 31 December 2018

    59,057       24,648  

Derecognitions during the period

    5,518       3,659  

Repaid upon maturity

    94       493  

Repaid early

    3,271       1,619  

Subrogated by other entities

           

Other

    2,153       1,547  

Additions during the period

    5,925       5,118  

Originated by the Bank

    4,231       3,803  

Subrogated from other entities

    4       1  

Other

    1,690       1,314  

Balance at 30 June 2019

    59,464       26,107  

(*) As per article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009, without deducting the limits for calculation pursuant to article 12 of Royal Decree 716/2009

(**) As the requirements of article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009 are not meet

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The breakdown of available balances of mortgage loans and credits backing the issue of mortgage bonds and mortgage covered bonds is as follows:

 

     Millions of euros  
     Nominal value (*)  
      30-06-2019  

Potentially eligible (**)

    637  

Ineligible

    2,110  

(*) Amounts committed less amounts drawn down, including those amounts only delivered to developers upon sale of the property

(**) Pursuant to article 3 of Royal Decree 716/2009

 

 

b) Liabilities

The Bank has not issued any mortgage bonds. The aggregate nominal value of outstanding mortgage covered bonds issued by the Bank, pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009 and broken down by residual maturity, is as follows:

 

Millions of euros    30-06-2019  
   Less
than 3
years
     3 to 5
years
     5 to 10
years
     Over 10
years
     Total  

Issued through public offerings:

     15,590        5,675        14,100        3,684        39,049  

Marketable mortgage covered bonds (1)

     15,590        5,675        14,100        3,684        39,049  

EIB covered bonds

     100                             100  

Multi-seller bonds

            300                      300  

Other issue

                                  

Marketable mortgage covered bonds

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(-) Issues not recognised under liabilities

                                 17,661  

Total issued through public offerings and placed in the market

                                 21,388  

(1)  Recognised under “Financial liabilities at amortised cost - Marketable debt securities”, for a cash value of EUR 22.156 million, after deducting unrecognised issues

   

At the subject date, the Bank’s overcollateralisation stood at 219% (based on all mortgage covered bonds, EUR 39,049 million), compared to the nominal value of the mortgage loan and credit portfolio pending repayment in accordance with Royal Decree 716/2009 (EUR 85,571 million).

None of the mortgage covered bonds issued by the Bank have replacement assets.

 

88


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The aggregate nominal value of outstanding mortgage transfer certificates issued by the Bank at 30 June 2019, based on residual maturity, is as follows:

 

30-06-2019

   Millions of euros  
   Less
than 3
years
     3 to 5
years
     5 to 10
years
     Over 10
years
     Total  

Mortgage transfer certificates

                        14,494        14,494  

Issued through public offerings

                            14        14  

The members of the Board of Directors hereby state that the Bank has implemented policies and procedures to expressly address all activities carried out in respect of the mortgage market issues it performs and to ensure rigorous compliance with mortgage market regulations applicable to these activities as per Royal Decree 716/2009 of 24 April, implementing certain aspects of Mortgage Market Law 2/1981 of 25 March, and therefore, of Bank of Spain Circular 7/2010 of 30 November, along with other regulations governing the mortgage and financial system. In addition, the financial management area defines the Bank’s funding strategy.

The risk policies applied to mortgage market transactions foresee maximum loan-to-value limits. In addition, specific policies are in place for each mortgage product, which at times apply even more restrictive limits. The general policies defined in that respect require that a repayment capacity analysis be carried out for each potential customer. This analysis determines whether the customer’s income is sufficient to allow it to settle each repayment required. In addition, the analysis determines whether the customer’s income can be considered stable over the entire lifetime of the transaction in question. The indicator used to measure repayment capacity (housing affordability index) of each customer primarily looks at the ratio of the potential debt to the borrowers’ income, taking into account both monthly repayments on the requested transaction as well as for other debts held, in comparison with monthly salary income and any other duly-justified income.

In ascertaining the customer’s information and creditworthiness, the Bank applies specialised documentary verification tools and procedures (see Note 49 to the Bank’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018).

Under the Bank’s procedures, an individual appraisal must be carried out by an independent appraisal company for each mortgage loan originated in the mortgage market.

Although under article 5 of Mortgage Market Law 41/2007 any Bank of Spain-certified appraisal company may issue valid valuation reports, under this same article, the Bank of Spain sets out a series of verifications, selecting, among these entities, a smaller group with which it signs collaboration agreements, applying special conditions and automated control mechanisms. The Bank’s internal regulations further specify, in detail, each internally-certified appraisal company, along with the pertinent certification requirements and procedures and the specific review controls established. This regulation also governs the functioning of an appraisal committee comprising several Bank areas that engage with these appraisal companies. The purpose of this committee is to regulate and adapt internal rules, as well as these companies’ procedures, to the market and business situation.

 

89


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

In this way, the appraisal companies that wish to work with the Bank must have a relevant activity in the mortgage market and in the region in question, pass certain filters in respect of independence criteria, technical capacity and creditworthiness (to ensure their business continuity) and, lastly, successfully complete a series of tests prior to definitive certification.

Moreover, in accordance with the Bank’s internal regulations, any appraisal submitted by a potential customer is reviewed, regardless of the issuing company, in order to formally verify that all requirements, procedures and methods employed are suitable for the asset valued, based on prevailing regulations, and that the values reported are in line with market conditions.

Disclosures required under Bank of Spain Circular 6/2012 on sector and geographic concentration of risk

Concentration of risk

The breakdown of counterparties, at 30 June 2019 of the concentration of the Group’s risk, by activity and geographic location of counterparties, is as follows:

 

Millions of euros    30-06-2019  
   Total      Spain      Rest of
the
European
Union
     America      Rest of
the
world
 

Central banks and credit institutions

     263,086        42,770        123,822        81,516        14,978  

Public administrations

     176,355        57,428        43,382        68,897        6,648  

Central government

     155,825        45,889        39,522        63,789        6,625  

Other public administrations

     20,530        11,539        3,860        5,108        23  

Other financial institutions

     102,871        15,645        53,848        29,021        4,357  

Non-financial companies and individual entrepreneurs

     398,225        125,572        121,208        135,218        16,227  

Real estate construction and development (b)

     26,773        5,139        4,731        16,771        132  

Civil engineering

     5,724        3,368        1,706        627        23  

Large companies (c)

     233,234        60,281        75,982        82,385        14,586  

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs (c)

     132,494        56,784        38,789        35,435        1,486  

Other households and non-profit institutions serving households

     503,663        90,556        280,950        123,392        8,765  

Residential (d)

     317,894        63,105        211,920        41,961        908  

Consumer (d)

     164,203        20,463        66,792        71,997        4,951  

Other purposes (d)

     21,566        6,988        2,238        9,434        2,906  

Total

     1,444,200        331,971        623,210        438,044        50,975  

(*) For the purpose of this table, the definition of risk includes the following public balance sheet items: loans and advances to credit institutions, deposits at central banks, loans and advances to customers, debt securities, capital instruments, trading derivatives, hedging derivatives, equity investments and guarantees extended.

 

 

90


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

      Millions of euros (*)  
                    Secured loans  
                    Net exposure      Loan-to-value(a)  
      Total      Unsecured
loans
     Of which:
Mortgage
collateral
     Of which:
Other
collateral
     Less than
or equal
to 40%
     Greater
than 40%
and less
than or
equal to
60%
     Greater
than 60%
and less
than or
equal to
80%
     Greater
than 80%
and less
than or
equal to
100%
     Greater
than
100%
 
                   

Public administrations

     23,580        22,481        271        828        111        123        62        682        121  

Other financial institutions

     52,495        16,326        1,081        35,088        854        600        503        33,757        455  

Non-financial companies and individual entrepreneurs

     311,933        161,745        71,909        78,279        31,010        22,504        23,075        45,587        28,012  

Real estate construction and development

     23,969        1,758        19,910        2,301        6,680        5,968        4,386        3,323        1,854  

Civil engineering

     3,220        1,791        394        1,035        128        309        79        420        493  

Large companies

     165,612        101,685        21,368        42,559        11,742        7,415        10,459        21,046        13,265  

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs

     119,132        56,511        30,237        32,384        12,460        8,812        8,151        20,798        12,400  

Other households and non-profit institutions serving households

     498,814        112,726        327,544        58,544        86,143        104,204        105,585        55,389        34,767  

Residential

     317,876        1,921        315,225        730        77,787        98,130        99,454        34,816        5,768  

Consumer

     163,009        107,159        4,259        51,591        4,766        4,095        3,733        15,600        27,656  

Other purposes

     17,929        3,646        8,060        6,223        3,590        1,979        2,398        4,973        1,343  

Subtotal

     886,822        313,278        400,805        172,739        118,118        127,431        129,225        135,415        63,355  

Memorandum item

                                            

Refinanced and restructured transactions (**)

     25,287        5,310        14,285        5,692        3,162        3,004        2,855        3,157        7,799  

(*) In adittion, the Group has granted customer prepayments amounting to EUR 21,413 million; therefore, the total amount of credits and customer prepayments amounts to EUR 908,235 million.

(**) Includes fair value impairment and losses net balance due to credit risk.

 

91


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   

Banco Santander, S.A.

Date: July 30, 2019   By:  

/s/ José García Cantera

      Name:   José García Cantera
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer